TWI284350B - Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material - Google Patents

Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI284350B
TWI284350B TW094123262A TW94123262A TWI284350B TW I284350 B TWI284350 B TW I284350B TW 094123262 A TW094123262 A TW 094123262A TW 94123262 A TW94123262 A TW 94123262A TW I284350 B TWI284350 B TW I284350B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
wafer
substrate
stage
path
reactive gas
Prior art date
Application number
TW094123262A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200636801A (en
Inventor
Mitsuhide Nogami
Taira Hasegawa
Syunsuke Kunugi
Original Assignee
Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2004342994A external-priority patent/JP2006156600A/en
Priority claimed from JP2004342993A external-priority patent/JP2006156599A/en
Priority claimed from JP2005195966A external-priority patent/JP4772399B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005195965A external-priority patent/JP3802918B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005195964A external-priority patent/JP4813831B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005195963A external-priority patent/JP2007019066A/en
Priority claimed from JP2005195961A external-priority patent/JP3769584B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005195962A external-priority patent/JP3765826B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005195960A external-priority patent/JP3769583B1/en
Application filed by Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd filed Critical Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd
Publication of TW200636801A publication Critical patent/TW200636801A/en
Publication of TWI284350B publication Critical patent/TWI284350B/en
Application granted granted Critical

Links

Landscapes

  • Cleaning Or Drying Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Drying Of Semiconductors (AREA)

Abstract

A method and a device for treating the outer periphery of a base material capable of avoiding damage to the center part of the base material in a treatment for removing an unnecessary membrane from the outer peripheral part of the base material. A refrigerant chamber (41) as an endothermic means is formed in a stage (10), and a refrigerant such as water is filled therein. A wafer (90) is supported on the support surface (10a) of the stage (10). While the outer peripheral part of the wafer (90) is heated by a heater (20), a reactive gas for removing the unnecessary membrane is supplied from a reactive gas outlet (30b) to the heated portion of the wafer. On the other hand, a heat in the portion of the wafer (90) on the inner side of the outer peripheral part is absorbed by the endothermic means.

Description

1284350 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種除去覆蓋於半導體晶圓及液晶顯示基 板等之基材外周部之有機膜等不需要之物質之方法及裝 置。 【先前技術】 在半導體晶圓及液晶顯示用之玻璃基板等基材上覆蓋絕 • 緣膜、有機光阻及聚醯亞胺等之手段,熟知有藉由自旋式 塗敷法之塗敷,藉由CVD、PVD之堆積薄膜等之方法。但 疋’自旋式塗敷在基材外周部塗敷之塗敷物質比中央部 厚’造成外周部凸起。此外,CVD如使用電漿CVD時,由 於電場集中於基材外周之邊緣部分,而引起膜之異常生 長,因此基材外周部之膜質與中央部不同,膜厚亦比中央 部大。使用臭氧(〇3)及TEOS等之熱CVD情況下,由於在基 材中央部與外周之邊緣部分之反應性氣體之電阻不同,因 φ 此同樣地,基材外周部之膜質與中央部不同,臈厚亦變 大。 半導體晶圓之製程中,各向異性蝕刻時堆積之碳氟化合 物自晶圓之外端面亦蔓延至背面,亦在其上堆積。因而在 晶圓之背面外周部附著有不需要之有機物。 此種基材外周部之薄膜,在以輸送機輸送基材,而收容 於搬運用盒中搬運時容易破裂,而可能產生塵埃。由於該 塵埃而發生微粒子附著於晶圓上,造成良率降低之問題/ 先前,在上述各向異性蝕刻時’碳氟化合物蔓延至晶圓 103065.doc 1284350 背面而形成之膜,如藉由乾式灰化處理,將氧電衆自晶圓 表側面蔓延至背面來除去。但是,1qw铺進行乾式灰化 處理時會受到損傷。因而嘗試以低輸出進行處理,不過低 輸出無法除去晶圓背面之碳氟化合物,於基材搬運時等產 生微粒子,而成為良率降低之主因。 處理半導體晶圓外周部之先前文獻:[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for removing an unnecessary substance such as an organic film covering an outer peripheral portion of a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer or a liquid crystal display substrate. [Prior Art] A method of coating a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer or a glass substrate for liquid crystal display with a film, an organic photoresist, a polyimide, or the like is known as a coating by a spin coating method. A method of depositing a film by CVD or PVD. However, the coating material applied by the spin coating on the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is thicker than the central portion, causing the outer peripheral portion to be convex. Further, when CVD is used for plasma CVD, since the electric field concentrates on the edge portion of the outer periphery of the substrate to cause abnormal growth of the film, the film quality of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is different from that of the central portion, and the film thickness is larger than that of the central portion. In the case of thermal CVD using ozone (〇3) and TEOS, the resistance of the reactive gas in the edge portion of the central portion and the outer periphery of the substrate is different, and the film quality of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is different from that of the central portion. The thickness is also getting bigger. In the process of semiconductor wafers, the fluorocarbon deposited during the anisotropic etching also spreads from the outer end surface of the wafer to the back surface and also builds up thereon. Therefore, unnecessary organic matter adheres to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer. The film on the outer peripheral portion of such a substrate is likely to be broken when transported by a conveyor and transported in a transfer case, and dust may be generated. The problem of a decrease in yield due to the adhesion of fine particles to the wafer due to the dust / Previously, the film formed by the fluorocarbon spreading to the back side of the wafer 103065.doc 1284350 during the anisotropic etching, such as by dry The ashing process removes the oxygen from the side of the wafer surface to the back side. However, the 1qw shop will be damaged when it is subjected to dry ashing. Therefore, it is attempted to process at a low output, but the low output cannot remove the fluorocarbon on the back side of the wafer, and generates fine particles during substrate handling, which is a major cause of a decrease in yield. Previous literature dealing with the outer perimeter of semiconductor wafers:

如專利文獻1 ;特開平5-82478號公報中揭示有:以上下 一對保持器(Holder)覆蓋半導體晶圓之中央部,使外周部 :出,而在其上噴射電漿。但是,由於係使保持器之〇: %只體性接觸於晶圓,因此可能產生微粒子。 專利文獻2 ;特開平8_279494號公報中揭示有:使義材 之中央部放置於載台上,而自上方喷射電衆至外周部: 專利文獻3 ;特開平1〇-189515號公報中揭示有:自下侧 喷射電漿至基材之外周部。 專利文獻4;特開2〇〇3_264168號公報中揭示有:將晶圓 設置於載台上’吸引夾緊而使其旋轉,並且以埋入載台外 周之加熱器,自背面侧將晶圓之外周部接觸加熱,並自氣 體供給噴嘴垂直噴射包含臭氧與氟酸之反應性氣體於外周 部之表側面。 專利文獻5 ;特開2〇〇4_96〇86號公報中揭示有:將晶圓 之外周邛插入C字形構件之内部,以紅外線燈自背面側, 將晶圓之外周部予以輕射加熱’…字形構件内部之頂 部向晶圓之外周部噴射氧自由基,並且自設於c字形構件 内部底側之吸引口吸引。 103065.doc 1284350 -般而言,為了結晶方位及載台之定位,而在晶圓之外 周部形成有定向平面及凹槽等之缺口部,將附著於該缺口 部邊緣之不需要之膜亦進行除去處理時,需要配合其缺口 部之輪廓形狀來動作。 專利文獻6 :特開平〇5_144725號公報中揭示者,係設置 與處理晶圓之圓形部之主要喷嘴不同之定向平面用喷嘴, 並使該定向平面用噴嘴,以沿著定向平面部之方式直線移 _ 動,藉此可處理定向平面部。 專利文獻7:特開2〇〇3-188234,係自彼此不同之角度將 數個接腳抵接於晶圓外周,而可對準晶圓。 專利文獻8 ·特開2〇〇3_ 152051及專利文獻9 :特開2〇〇4_ 47654,係使用光學感測器,以非接觸檢測晶圓之偏芯, 依據該檢測結果,以機器手臂進行修正後,設置於處理載 台上。 專利文獻1 ··特開平5-82478號公報 # 專利文獻2 :特開平8-279494號公報 專利文獻3 :特開平10·1 895 15號公報 專利文獻4 :特開2003-264168號公報 專利文獻5 :特開2〇〇4_96〇86號公報 專利文獻6:特開平〇5_144725號公報 專利文獻7 ·特開2003-188234號公報 專利文獻8 :特開2003-152051號公報 專利文獻9 :特開2004-47654號公報 【發明内容】 103065.doc 1284350 (發明所欲解決之問題) 在常壓下有效除去光阻及l〇w_ 使用臭氧等反應性氣體 增加。但是,將晶圓之全體暴露於高溫氣氛下時,發生銅 之氧化及Wk膜之特性改變等,導致配線及絕緣膜等變 質’而影響裝置特性,使可#性降低。上述專利文獻等, 雖係在須除去膜之外周部抵接加熱器,不過熱自基材之外 周部傳導至中央部’亦可能造成中央部高溫化。此外,加 k膜等有機㈣膜、㈣時堆積之碳氟化合物等有機物時 需要加熱。如圖⑽所示’將光阻作為不需要之有機膜而 除去時,在HKTC附近幾乎不引起反應,而幻5吖附近蝕 刻率上昇。而自超過2001料,㈣率對溫度大致線性Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 5-82478 discloses that the upper and lower holders cover the central portion of the semiconductor wafer, and the outer peripheral portion is ejected, and plasma is ejected thereon. However, due to the entanglement of the holder: % is only physically in contact with the wafer, microparticles may be generated. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. : Spray plasma from the lower side to the outer periphery of the substrate. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 2-264168 discloses that a wafer is placed on a stage to 'clamp and rotate, and a heater is embedded in the outer periphery of the stage, and the wafer is transferred from the back side. The outer peripheral portion is heated by contact, and a reactive gas containing ozone and hydrofluoric acid is vertically sprayed from the gas supply nozzle to the front side of the outer peripheral portion. Patent Document 5: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The top of the inside of the glyph member ejects oxygen radicals to the outer periphery of the wafer, and is attracted by a suction port provided on the inner bottom side of the c-shaped member. 103065.doc 1284350 In general, in order to position the crystal and the positioning of the stage, a notch portion such as an orientation flat surface and a groove is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer, and an unnecessary film attached to the edge of the notch portion is also When the removal process is performed, it is necessary to operate in accordance with the outline shape of the notch portion. The method disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. 5-144725 is to provide a nozzle for an orientation plane different from a main nozzle for processing a circular portion of a wafer, and to use the nozzle for the orientation flat along the orientation flat portion. The linear motion is moved, whereby the directional plane portion can be processed. Patent Document 7: JP-A No. 3-188234, which is capable of aligning wafers by abutting a plurality of pins at different angles from each other. Patent Document 8: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 152051 and Patent Document 9: JP-A No. 2-4-47654, which uses an optical sensor to detect the eccentricity of a wafer by non-contact, and performs a robot arm based on the detection result. After correction, it is set on the processing stage. Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2003-152. JP-A-2004-47654 [Disclosure] 103065.doc 1284350 (Problem to be Solved by the Invention) The photoresist is effectively removed under normal pressure and the amount of reactive gas such as ozone is increased. However, when the entire wafer is exposed to a high-temperature atmosphere, the oxidation of copper and the change in characteristics of the Wk film occur, and the wiring and the insulating film are deteriorated, which affects the device characteristics and reduces the usability. In the above-mentioned patent documents and the like, the peripheral portion abuts the heater except for the film to be removed, but the heat is transmitted from the outer peripheral portion of the substrate to the central portion, and the central portion may be heated. Further, heating is required when an organic substance such as an organic (tetra) film such as a k film or a fluorocarbon deposited at the time of (d) is added. When the photoresist was removed as an unnecessary organic film as shown in Fig. 10, almost no reaction occurred in the vicinity of HKTC, and the etching rate near the phantom was increased. And since the 2001 material, (4) rate is roughly linear to temperature

熱盗係紅外線燈等時,紅外線亦照射於基材之中央部而將 其直接加熱’而可能高溫化。在此種高溫化之基材中央部 流入臭氧等反純氣體時,亦可能㈣此處之I此外基 材中央部之膜亦可能變質。When the heat ray is an infrared lamp or the like, the infrared ray is also irradiated to the central portion of the substrate to directly heat it, which may increase the temperature. When a counter-purified gas such as ozone is introduced into the center portion of the substrate having such a high temperature, it is also possible that (4) the film at the center portion of the substrate may be deteriorated.

(解決問題之手段) 為了解決上述問題,本發明之除去覆蓋於半導體晶圓等 之基材外周部之不需要物質之裝置之特徵為具備: (a)載台,其係具有接觸支撐基材之支撐面; (b)加熱器,其係於被該載台支撐之基材之外周部所在 之被處理位置賦予熱; (C)反應性氣體供給機構,其係供給除去不需要物質用之 反應性氣體至前述被處理位置;及 ⑷吸熱機構,其係設於前述載台上,並自前述支撐面 103065.doc 1284350 吸熱(參照圖1〜圖13等)。 此外’除去覆蓋於基材外周部之不需要物質之方法之特 基材接觸切於載台之支揮面,將該基材之外周 p予乂加熱$外,對比外周部更靠近内侧之部分,以設 於前述載台之吸熱機料以吸熱,並且對前述已加熱之外 周部供給除去不需要物質用之反應性氣 等)。 更宜為,使基材接觸支撑於載台之支撐面,以熱光線將 §亥基材之外周部局部輻射加熱,另外對比外周部更靠近内 :之部分’以設於前述载台之吸熱機構予以吸熱,並且對 刖述局部位置供給前述反應性氣體。 藉此’可有效除去基材外周部之不需要物質。另外,即 使熱自外周部傳導至比基材外周部之内侧部分(中央部), 而直接地施加加熱器之熱,仍可以吸熱機構將其吸熱。藉 此’可防止基材之内側部分之膜及配線變質。此外,即使 反應性氣體自基材之外周侧流入内側,仍可抑制反應。藉 此可防止損及基材之内側部分。 前述載台之支撐面宜比前述基材料,前述基材之外周 部所在之被處理位置,位於比前述支#面之彳^向外^ 前述吸熱機構如係以冷媒冷卻載台者。 其具體構造’如在前述載台之内部形成冷媒室,作為前 述吸熱機構,並在該冷媒室連接冷媒之供給路彳^排出路 徑(參照W、圖6、K7及圖10等)。藉由在該冷媒室中送入 冷媒予以填充或流通,進而使其循環,可自基材吸孰。藉 103065.doc -10· 1284350 由擴大冷媒室之内容積,可右八 & 充刀&鬲熱容量甚至吸熱能 力。冷媒如使用水、空氣、翕望 乳荨&體。亦可壓縮冷媒等而 加強供給於冷媒室内。藉此, 』以十均地遍佈之方式流動 至冷媒至之各個角落,可提萬男為 J杈问吸熱效率。另外,即使冷媒 供給強度穩定,或是即使填充而停止供給排出,藉由冷媒 室内之自然、對流仍可確保吸熱性。亦可以共同之通路構成 連接於冷媒室之冷媒供給路徑與冷媒排出路徑。 亦可在前述載台之内部及背面側(與支撑面相反側之 面)’、藉由管等設計冷料路作為前述吸熱機構,而在該 冷媒通路中通過冷媒(參照圖8、圖9等)。 前述冷媒通路亦可自前述載台内部之支撐面侧之部分向 與支擇面相反側之部分而形成(參照圖6、圖7等)。藉此, 可進步提南吸熱效率。亦可在前述載台内部形成室,該(Means for Solving the Problem) In order to solve the above problems, the apparatus for removing an unnecessary substance covering the outer peripheral portion of a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer of the present invention is characterized by comprising: (a) a stage having a contact supporting substrate (b) a heater for imparting heat to a treated position at a peripheral portion of the substrate supported by the stage; (C) a reactive gas supply mechanism for supplying an unnecessary substance a reactive gas to the treated position; and (4) a heat absorbing mechanism attached to the stage and absorbing heat from the support surface 103065.doc 1284350 (see FIGS. 1 to 13 and the like). Further, the special substrate for removing the unnecessary substance covering the outer peripheral portion of the substrate contacts the branch surface of the stage, and the outer periphery of the substrate is heated to the outside, and the portion closer to the inner side is compared with the outer portion. The heat absorbing material provided on the stage is used to absorb heat, and a reactive gas for removing unnecessary substances is supplied to the heated outer peripheral portion. Preferably, the substrate is contacted and supported on the support surface of the stage, and the outer circumference of the base material is heated by the heat ray, and the portion of the outer circumference is closer to the inner portion: the heat absorption portion is provided on the stage. The mechanism absorbs heat and supplies the aforementioned reactive gas to the local position. Thereby, unnecessary substances in the outer peripheral portion of the substrate can be effectively removed. Further, even if the heat is transmitted from the outer peripheral portion to the inner portion (center portion) of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, and the heat of the heater is directly applied, the heat absorbing mechanism can absorb the heat. By this, the film and wiring of the inner portion of the substrate can be prevented from deteriorating. Further, even if the reactive gas flows into the inner side from the outer peripheral side of the substrate, the reaction can be suppressed. This prevents damage to the inside portion of the substrate. Preferably, the support surface of the stage is higher than the base material, and the processed position of the outer periphery of the substrate is located at a position higher than the front surface of the support surface, such as a refrigerant cooling stage. The specific structure is such that a refrigerant chamber is formed inside the stage as a heat absorbing means, and a supply path of the refrigerant is connected to the refrigerant chamber (see W, Fig. 6, K7, Fig. 10, etc.). The refrigerant can be filled or circulated in the refrigerant chamber to be circulated, and can be sucked from the substrate. By 103065.doc -10· 1284350 by expanding the internal volume of the refrigerant room, you can right-and-fill the knife & heat capacity and even heat absorption capacity. Refrigerant such as water, air, and cradle & The refrigerant can be compressed and supplied to the refrigerant chamber. In this way, 』 flows to the corners of the refrigerant in a way that is spread over ten times, so that Wan Man can ask for heat absorption efficiency. Further, even if the supply strength of the refrigerant is stabilized or the supply and discharge are stopped even if it is filled, the heat absorption can be ensured by natural and convection in the refrigerant chamber. The common passage may constitute a refrigerant supply path and a refrigerant discharge path connected to the refrigerant chamber. In the inside and the back side (the surface opposite to the support surface) of the stage, a cold material path is designed as a heat absorbing means by a pipe or the like, and a refrigerant is passed through the refrigerant passage (see Figs. 8 and 9). Wait). The refrigerant passage may be formed from a portion on the side of the support surface inside the stage toward a portion opposite to the support surface (see Figs. 6, 7 and the like). Thereby, the heat absorption efficiency of the south can be improved. a chamber may also be formed inside the aforementioned stage,

二室部分構成前述冷媒通路下游側之通路部分(參照圖6 圖7等)。 ㈣之第—室部分以及與支撑面相反側之第 二室部分’並且此等第-、第二室部分彼此連通,前述第 一室部分構成前料媒料之上_之料料,前述第 此外,前述冷媒通路亦可自前述載台之外周部分向中央 Μ㈣W參圖9等)。#此’可充分冷卻接近基 ^外周部之側,可確實吸收自基材外周部傳來之熱,可確 二保叹中央部之膜。s亥冷媒通路如形成渦卷狀(參照圖8 等)。或是具有:形成同心狀之數個環狀路徑,及設於徑 方向相鄰之各環狀路徑之間,而連繫此等環狀路徑之連通 103065.doc -11 · 1284350 路徑(參照圖9等)。 前述吸熱機構亦可包含將吸熱侧朝向前述支撐面,而設 於載台内之派耳帖(Peltier)元件(參照圖11)。派耳帖元件接 近支撐面設置即可。此外,在派耳帖元件之背面侧(散熱 側)可設置輔助散熱之風扇及散熱片等。 前述吸熱機構亦可設於前述載台之大致全部區域(參照 圖1〜圖11等)。藉此,可自前述支撐面之大致全體吸熱。The two-chamber portion constitutes a passage portion on the downstream side of the refrigerant passage (see Figs. 6 and 7 and the like). (d) the first chamber portion and the second chamber portion 'on the side opposite to the support surface' and the first and second chamber portions are in communication with each other, and the first chamber portion constitutes a material on the preceding material medium, the aforementioned Further, the refrigerant passage may be directed from the outer peripheral portion of the stage to the center (four) W (see Fig. 9, etc.). #此' can be sufficiently cooled to the side close to the outer peripheral portion of the base, and it can surely absorb the heat from the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, and can surely sigh the film at the center. The s-new refrigerant passage is formed into a spiral shape (see Fig. 8, etc.). Or having: a plurality of annular paths forming a concentric shape, and being disposed between the adjacent annular paths in the radial direction, and connecting the paths of the circular paths 103065.doc -11 · 1284350 (refer to the figure) 9 etc.). The heat absorbing means may include a Peltier element (see Fig. 11) provided in the stage with the heat absorbing side facing the support surface. The Peltier element can be placed close to the support surface. In addition, a fan and a heat sink for assisting heat dissipation may be provided on the back side (heat dissipation side) of the Peltier element. The heat absorbing mechanism may be provided in substantially all of the stages of the stage (see Figs. 1 to 11 and the like). Thereby, heat can be absorbed from substantially the entire support surface.

吸熱機構設於載台之至少外周側部分即可,亦可不設於 内側之部分(參照圖13、圖21及圖23等)。 前述吸熱機構亦可僅設於前述載台之外周側部分(外周 區域)與中央侧之部分(中央區域)中之外關部分(參照圖 13、圖21及圖23等)。 藉此可僅自前述支撐面之外周侧部分吸熱,可確實吸熱 除去來自配置於更外侧之基材外周部之熱,另夕卜,可防止 無谓地吸熱冷卻至中央铜之部八 ^ _ |王t央W之邛分,而可謀求節約吸熱源。 在前述載台上宜插入吸著美姑 次考&材之靜電式及真空式之吸著 夾盤機構,作為基材之— 何之口疋機構(參照圖18〜圖23等)。藉 此,可使基材與支撐面緊褒接 家山接觸,而可確實發揮吸著能 力。雖亦可使用藉由掉入箄 寻之機械性夾盤機構,不過,由 於此時基材外周部之一部分 刀膜與機械夾盤實體接觸,因此 仍宜儘量形成靜電夾盤機 ^ 2機構及真空夾盤機構。真空夾盤機 構之吸者孔及吸著溝宜儘 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 犯縮小。猎此可擴大基材與載 口之接觸面積,而可確保吸熱效率。 而不設 前述夾盤機構宜僅設於前 、j边载台之外周側部分, 103065.doc -12- 1284350 圖23等)。更宜在前述载台之中 述外周侧部分凹陷之凹部(參照 於中央側部分(參照圖22及 央侧之支撐面上形成比前 圖22及圖23等)。 藉匕可縮小載口與基材之接觸面積,可減少吸著時引 起之微粒子。另外,在载台 ^ Ό炙至> 外周側部分設置吸熱機 構時’由於該載台之外周部分與晶圓接觸,因此可確實吸 收自晶圓外周部傳導至内側之熱,可確實防止晶圓之中央The heat absorbing mechanism may be provided on at least the outer peripheral side portion of the stage, or may not be provided on the inner side (see Figs. 13, 21, and 23, etc.). The heat absorbing means may be provided only in the outer peripheral portion (outer peripheral region) of the stage and the outer portion (center portion) of the center side (see Figs. 13, 21, and 23, etc.). Thereby, heat can be absorbed only from the outer peripheral side portion of the support surface, and the heat from the outer peripheral portion of the substrate disposed on the outer side can be surely absorbed, and the unnecessary heat can be prevented from being cooled to the central portion of the copper. | Wang Tyang W's points, but can seek to save heat sources. On the above-mentioned stage, it is preferable to insert an electrostatic type and vacuum type suction chuck mechanism that sucks the Meigu sub-test & material as a substrate - (for example, Fig. 18 to Fig. 23, etc.). As a result, the substrate can be brought into contact with the support surface in close contact with the home, and the absorbing ability can be surely exerted. Although it is also possible to use a mechanical chuck mechanism that is dropped into the 箄, however, since a part of the blade of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is in physical contact with the mechanical chuck at this time, it is still preferable to form an electrostatic chucking machine 2 and Vacuum chuck mechanism. The suction hole and the suction groove of the vacuum chuck mechanism should be reduced by ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^. Hunting expands the contact area between the substrate and the carrier to ensure endothermic efficiency. Instead of the aforementioned chuck mechanism, it should be set only on the outer side of the front and j side stages, 103065.doc -12-1284350 Fig. 23, etc.). It is preferable to form a recessed portion in which the outer peripheral side portion is recessed in the above-described stage (refer to the center side portion (see FIG. 22 and the support surface on the center side to form a front view of FIG. 22 and FIG. 23, etc.). When the contact area of the substrate is reduced, the particles caused by the absorbing are reduced. When the heat sink is provided on the outer peripheral side of the stage, the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is in contact with the wafer, so that it can be surely absorbed. The heat transmitted from the outer periphery of the wafer to the inside can reliably prevent the center of the wafer

部被加熱。 之支撐面之大致全部區域(參照 夾盤機構亦可設於載台 圖18〜圖21等)。 反應性氣體之成分係依須除去之不需要物質來選擇。如 須除去之不需要物質係碳氣化合物等之有機臈情況下,宜 有氧之氣體,更宜使用包含臭氧、氧電聚等之高反 錄氧糸之氣體。亦可直接❹未线化及自由基化之_ 般氧之純氣體及空氣。 另外,臭氧㈣分解成氧分子與氧原?(〇2+〇)’形成 與(〇2+0)之熱平衡狀態。臭氧之壽命取決於溫度。在 25C附近非常長’而在抓附近時減少一半。 此外’須除去之不需要物f係無機膜情況下,亦可 全氟碳㈣)而電漿化者。此外,亦可為The part is heated. The entire area of the support surface (see the chuck mechanism can also be placed on the stage, Figure 18 to Figure 21, etc.). The components of the reactive gas are selected based on the undesired substances to be removed. In the case of an organic hydrazine in which the undesired substance is a carbonaceous compound or the like, it is preferable to use an aerobic gas, and it is preferable to use a gas containing a high-reactive oxygen enthalpy such as ozone or oxygen. It can also directly lick the pure gas and air of the oxygen that is not linearized and free radicalized. In addition, ozone (4) is decomposed into oxygen molecules and oxygenogens? (〇2+〇)' forms a thermal equilibrium state with (〇2+0). The life of ozone depends on the temperature. It is very long near 25C and halved when it is near. Further, in the case where the unnecessary material f to be removed is an inorganic film, it may be a perfluorocarbon (tetra) or a plasma. In addition, it can also be

專包含氧之氣體。 “、、A 吐忐田^ * 一札肢货從綠(反應性氣體 生成用反應器),如可使用常壓 24〜圖27笙、.. 电水處理虞置(參照圖1、圖 囷27荨)。反應性氣體為臭氧愔 乳h况下亦可使用臭氧化 103065.doc -13- 1284350 器(參照圖29〜圖31、圖34〜圖37、圖41〜圖44及圖47〜圖52 等)反應性氣體為氟酸蒸汽時,亦可使用氟酸之氣化器 及噴射器。 书壓電漿處理裝置係在大致常壓(接近大氣壓之壓力) 下,於電極間形成輝光放電,將處理氣體予以電漿化(包 自由基化及臭氧化),而形成反應性氣體者。另外, 本,明中所謂「大致常遷」,係指〜5〇 663x1〇4 pa • ^範圍,考慮壓力調整之容易化及裝置構造之簡便化時, 且為 1.333X104〜ι〇·664χ1〇4 Pa,更宜為 9 33ΐχΐ〇4〜ι〇 39八 l〇4Pa〇 ' 月·』述反應性氣體供給機構宜為具有形成將來自前述反應 性氣體供給源之反應性氣體引導喷出至前述被處理位置之 路咎之喷出路徑形成構件者(參照圖29等)。 反應1*生體供給源亦可配置於被處理位置附近,亦可離 開:置,而以噴出路徑形成構件引導至被處理位置附近。 :述喷出路徑形成構件亦可藉由喷出路徑調溫機構來調 〜照圖34、圖35及圖37等)。藉此,可將通過噴出路徑 予以調溫而維持在適當溫度,而可維持其活 要 ^ L長氧自由基之壽命。如此可確實確保與不需 要^之反L可提高除去處理效率。 刖述噴出路徑調溫機構, 徑及風扇而構成。亦可將通相溫媒體之調溫路 造,將其_路徑 、^成構件形成雙重管構 為貰出路徑,使反應性氣體流入其 103065.doc -14- 1284350 中’將外側之環狀路徑作為調溫路徑、、 媒體。調溫媒體可使用水、 : /、通過調溫 等。 二軋、氦及碳氫化合物(Flon) 亦可形成前述噴出路#形成構件 吸熱機構冷卻(參照圖36等)。 °以則述 用之冷卻機構,可簡化構j :無須設置喷出路徑專 在須冷卻反應性氣體時,如 構以 有效。 反應眭氧體使用臭氧時等特別 前述反應性氣體供給機構宜 體之喰Ψ ΠΤ + + , 、为小成嘴出别述反應性氣 4Λ4Γ 成構件(嘴出喷嘴)者(參照圖29、圖 41〜圖45及圖47〜圖52等)。 配=噴出口宜朝向前述被處理位置,而接近被處理位置 配置(參照、圖24〜圖29及圖47〜圖5〇等)。 置 垃0使來自1個反應性氣體供給源之喷出路徑分歧,而 連接於數個噴出口。 裳乂噴出°之形狀亦可為點狀(SPGt狀)(參照圖47〜圖50 專)’亦可為沿著前述載△用古a々& & 周方向之線狀,亦可為沿著前 口。向之全周之環狀(參照圖30及圖31等)。亦可對 ::光源形成卿™ 口,對線狀光源形成隸 贺出口,對環狀光源形成環狀噴出口。 口。、"著載口之周方向配置數個點狀喷出口及線狀噴出 口 在月,J述嘴出口形成構件中設置使反應性氣體在噴出 σ方向回旋之回旋流形成部(參照圖4〇等)。藉此,可 103065.doc -15 - 1284350 在基材之被處理部位均一地喷射反應性氣體。 前述回旋流形成部具有回旋導孔,其係延伸於噴出口之 大致切線方向而連接於喷出口之内周面,並且在噴出口 周方向彼此分離而配置數個,此等回旋導孔須構成噴出= 之上游側之路徑部分(參照圖40等)。Contains oxygen gas. ",,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 27荨). The reactive gas is ozone deuterium, and ozonation 103065.doc -13-1284350 can also be used (refer to Fig. 29 to Fig. 31, Fig. 34 to Fig. 37, Fig. 41 to Fig. 44 and Fig. 47~) Figure 52, etc.) When the reactive gas is fluoric acid vapor, a vaporizer and an ejector of hydrofluoric acid can also be used. The piezoelectric slurry processing device forms a glow between the electrodes at a substantially normal pressure (pressure close to atmospheric pressure). In the discharge, the processing gas is plasma (free radicalization and ozonation) to form a reactive gas. In addition, in the present, the term "substantially moving" refers to ~5〇663x1〇4 pa • ^ Scope, considering the ease of pressure adjustment and the simplicity of the device structure, it is 1.333X104~ι〇·664χ1〇4 Pa, more preferably 9 33ΐχΐ〇4~ι〇39八l〇4Pa〇'月·” Preferably, the reactive gas supply means has a function of forming a reactive gas from the reactive gas supply source. Forming a discharge path is processed to the position of the road by means of the blame (refer to FIG. 29, etc.). The reaction 1* raw material supply source may be disposed in the vicinity of the treated position, or may be disposed apart from the discharge path forming member to the vicinity of the treated position. The discharge path forming member may be adjusted by the discharge path temperature adjusting mechanism (see Fig. 34, Fig. 35, Fig. 37, etc.). Thereby, the temperature can be maintained at an appropriate temperature by the temperature of the discharge path, and the life of the long-oxygen radical can be maintained. This ensures that the removal efficiency can be improved by ensuring that the reverse L is not required. The spouting path temperature adjustment mechanism, the diameter and the fan are described. It is also possible to make a temperature-regulating path of the through-phase temperature medium, and form a double tube as a scooping path, so that the reactive gas flows into the 103065.doc -14-1284350 The path acts as a temperature adjustment path, and the media. The temperature control media can use water, : /, through temperature adjustment, and so on. The second rolling, the bismuth and the hydrocarbon (Flon) may also form the above-described discharge path # forming member, which is cooled by the heat absorbing means (see Fig. 36 and the like). ° The cooling mechanism described above simplifies the construction of the structure: it is not necessary to provide a discharge path, which is effective when it is necessary to cool the reactive gas. When the reaction enthalpy is in the form of ozone, the above-mentioned reactive gas supply mechanism is preferably 喰Ψ ΠΤ + + , and the reactive gas 4 Λ 4 Γ is formed into a small nozzle (the nozzle is discharged) (see Fig. 29, Fig. 29 41 to 45 and 47 to 52, etc.). Preferably, the discharge port is disposed toward the processed position and is disposed close to the processed position (see, Figs. 24 to 29 and Fig. 47 to Fig. 5, etc.). The discharge 0 is made to make the discharge paths from one reactive gas supply source divergent, and is connected to a plurality of discharge ports. The shape of the 乂 乂 ° ° 亦可 亦可 点 SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP Along the front mouth. The ring is made to the whole circumference (see Fig. 30 and Fig. 31, etc.). It is also possible to form a clear port for the ::light source, a congratulatory exit for the linear light source, and an annular discharge port for the annular light source. mouth. And " a plurality of dot-shaped discharge ports and linear discharge ports are arranged in the circumferential direction of the carrier opening, and a swirling flow forming portion for swirling the reactive gas in the discharge σ direction is provided in the nozzle outlet forming member (refer to FIG. 4). 〇, etc.). Thereby, the reactive gas can be uniformly sprayed at the treated portion of the substrate at 103065.doc -15 - 1284350. The swirling flow forming portion has a swirling guide hole that extends in a substantially tangential direction of the discharge port and is connected to the inner peripheral surface of the discharge port, and is disposed apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the discharge port, and the swirling guide holes are formed. The path portion on the upstream side of the discharge = (see Fig. 40 and the like).

在則述基材之外周部上,有時不需要物質堆疊有有機膜 與無機膜(參照圖78)。一般而言’與有機膜反應之氣體以 及與無機臈反應之氣體之種類不同,包含是否需要加熱之 :應方式亦不同。如光阻等之有機膜如上述,需要藉由加 熱而引起氧化反應之灰化。另外,二氧化邦叫)等之盈 ㈣可藉由常溫下之化學反應而_。_,前述反歸 氣體使用與前述有機膜反應之氧系反應性氣體等之卜反 =1 體,前述反應性氣體供給機構(第—反應性氣體供 ::構)可用於除去前述有機膜。另夕卜可進一步具備將 供:應之第二反應性氣體(如氟系反應性氣體) 構』’L σ上之基材外周部之第二反應性氣體供給機 圖79及圖叫)。藉此,錢另行設置除去無機膜 寻用之處理室及恭厶 σ 可謀求簡化裝置構造,並且不需 處理處理%所轉送至無機膜處理場所或是自無機膜 所轉送至有機膜處理場所,可進-步防止隨伴轉送 而產生之微粒子,可造—也1 氣體種類不同之噴頭^提高通量。此外’藉由使用各 有機膜如由光阻及取1避免交互污染之問題。 數)為代表之有捲私來5物等之以cmHn(Mm,n, 1係整 @構成。具有與有機膜之反應性之第 103065.doc •16- 1284350 一反應性氣體宜為包含氧之氣體,更宜為包含氧自由基及 臭氧等面反應性之氧系之氣體。亦可直接使用一般氧之純 氣體及空氣。氧系反應性氣體可將氧氣(ο。作為原料氣 體,並使用電漿放電裝置及臭氧化器而生成。有機膜藉由 施加熱,而提高與第一反應性氣體之反應性。 另外’氧系反應性氣體不適於除去無機膜。 無機膜如由二氧化矽(Si〇2)、氮化矽(SiN)、p_Si、1〇w_k φ 膜等而構成。具有與無機膜之反應性之第二反應性氣體可 使用氟自由基(F*)等之氟系反應性氣體。氟系反應性氣體 可將四氟化碳(CFO、六氟化二碳(cjj等之pFC氣體及 CHF3專HFC專之氟系^i體作為原料氣體,使用電装放電裝 置而生成。氟系反應性氣體與有機膜不易反應。 如上述,無機膜之蝕刻,通常可在常溫下實施,不過其 中亦存在需要加熱之無機物質。如碳化矽。 上述基材外周處理裝置亦可適用於除去作為不需要物質 φ 之需要加熱之無機膜。 對應於碳化矽之反應性氣體,如四氟化碳。此外,具備 則述(a)〜(d)之構造之基材外周處理裝置,係在基材上堆疊 有··可在高溫下蝕刻之第一無機膜(如碳化矽),及在高溫 下钱刻率比前述第一無機膜低之第二無機膜(如二氧化 矽)在僅蝕刻此等第一及第二無機膜中之第一無機膜時 亦有效。 則述加熱器宜為具有··熱光線之光源,及將來自該光源 之熱光線向前述被處理位置集束照射之照射部之輻射加熱 103065.doc -17- 1284350 器(參照圖1等)。藉此,可非接觸地加熱基材。 加熱器並不限定於輻射加熱器,亦可使用電熱器等。 加熱器使用輻射加熱器時之光源,可使用雷射及燈等。 前述光源亦可為點狀光源,亦可為沿著前述載台之周方 向之線狀光源,亦可為沿著前述載台周方向之全周之環狀 光源。 為點狀光源時,可將基材外周部之一處點狀局部加熱。 雷射光源通常係點狀光源,聚光性佳,適於集束照射, 可以高密度賦予能量至被處理部位之不需要物質,可瞬間 加熱至高溫。處理寬度之控制亦容易。雷射之種類可為 LD(半導體)雷射,亦可為YAG雷射,亦可為準分子雷射, 亦可為其他之形式。LD雷射之波長係8〇8 nm〜94〇 nm, YAG雷射之波長係1064 nm,準分子雷射之波長係157 nm〜35i 。 輸出密度宜為10 W/mm2程度以上。振盪形態亦可為cw(連 續波),亦可為脈衝波。並須為以高頻率之切換等而可連 續處理者。 亦可使A述光源之輸出波長對應於前述不需要物質之吸 收波長。如此,可有效賦予能量至不需要物質,而可提高 加熱效率。前述光源之發光波長亦可對應於前述不需要物 質之吸收波長,亦可以帶通濾波器等波長抽出機構僅抽出 吸收波長。另外,光阻之吸收波長係15〇〇 nm〜2〇〇〇 nm。 亦可將點狀光源之點狀光,藉由凸透鏡及柱面透鏡等轉 換成沿著基材外周部之線狀光而照射。 光源為線狀時,可將延伸於基材外周部之周方向之範圍 103065.doc -18- 1284350 局部線狀地加熱。 光源係環狀時,可局部環狀地加熱基材之外周部全周。 亦可沿著載台之周方向配置數個點狀光源及線狀光源。 燈光源如為豳素燈等之近紅外線燈及遠紅外線燈等之紅 外線燈。燈光源之發光形態為連續發光。紅外線燈之發光 波長如係760 nm〜10000 nm,而76〇 nm〜2〇〇〇 nm成為近紅 外線帶。宜使用前述帶通滤波器等波長抽出手段自該波長 φ區域中抽出適合前述不需要物質之吸收波長之波長來照 射。 前述輻射加熱器(特別是燈光源形式者)須以冷媒及風扇 等輻射加熱器冷卻機構來冷卻(參照圖3〇等)。 前述輻射加熱H亦可包含自光源向前述被處理位置延伸 之波導管等光傳送系統(參照圖叫。藉此,可將來自光源 之熱光線確實傳送至基材之外周部近旁。波導管宜使用光 纖二藉此配線容易。光纖宜形成數(多數)條之束。 刖述波導管亦可包含數條本 数條先纖,此等光纖自前述光源分 歧而延伸,其末端部沿著前 ^ . ^戟口之周方向而彼此分離配 置(參照圖39等)〇蕤此,^p m 士 9 同時照射熱光線於基材外周部 之周方向之數個位置。 宜在前述光纖等之波導管 末、邛光學性連接包含前述 集^用光學構件之照射部(參照圖⑷。 前述輻射加熱器之照射 邦、,甘^ & τ肩包含集束光學系統(聚光 。…、包3.使來自光源之埶‘ 击 …、九線向刖述被處理位置隼 束之抛物柱面反射鏡、凸透 直票 纜及柱面透鏡等。集束光學系 103065.doc -19. 1284350 統亦可為拋物柱面反射鏡、 個,亦可為數個者之組合。 凸透鏡及柱面透鏡等之任何一 前述照射部中須插入焦點調整機構 理位¥ 正機構。焦點亦可對準被處 φ可有右干偏差。藉此,可將賦予基材外周部之 輪射能之密度及照射面積(聚光徑、光點徑)調整成適切之 大小。 前述焦點調整機構可使用如下。On the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, an organic film and an inorganic film are sometimes not required to be stacked (see Fig. 78). Generally, the type of gas which reacts with the organic film and the gas which reacts with the inorganic hydrazine differs depending on whether or not heating is required: the method is different. If the organic film such as a photoresist is as described above, it is necessary to cause ashing of the oxidation reaction by heating. In addition, the dioxide state is called) and the surplus (4) can be obtained by chemical reaction at room temperature. The anti-return gas is an anti-reactive gas such as an oxygen-based reactive gas which is reacted with the organic film, and the reactive gas supply means (the first reactive gas supply means) is used to remove the organic film. Further, a second reactive gas supply device that supplies a second reactive gas (e.g., a fluorine-based reactive gas) to the outer peripheral portion of the substrate at 'L σ can be further provided in Fig. 79 and Fig. 7). Therefore, it is possible to simplify the structure of the apparatus by separately providing the processing chamber for removing the inorganic film and to transfer it to the inorganic film processing place or the inorganic film to the organic film processing place without the need for the treatment. It can prevent the particles generated by the accompanying transfer, and can also create a nozzle with different gas types to increase the flux. In addition, by using various organic films such as photoresist and taking 1 to avoid cross-contamination problems. The number is represented by a volume of 5, etc., which is composed of cmHn (Mm, n, 1 is integral @. It has the reactivity with the organic film, 103065.doc • 16-1284350. The reactive gas should preferably contain oxygen. The gas is more preferably a surface-reactive oxygen-based gas containing oxygen radicals and ozone. It is also possible to directly use a pure oxygen gas and air. The oxygen-based reactive gas can use oxygen as a raw material gas. It is produced by using a plasma discharge device and an ozonator. The organic film increases the reactivity with the first reactive gas by applying heat. The 'oxygen-based reactive gas is not suitable for removing the inorganic film. The inorganic film is made of dioxide.矽(Si〇2), tantalum nitride (SiN), p_Si, 1〇w_k φ film, etc. The second reactive gas having reactivity with the inorganic film may be fluorine such as fluorine radical (F*). It is a reactive gas. The fluorine-based reactive gas can use carbon tetrafluoride (CFO, hexafluoride dicarbonate (such as pFC gas such as cjj and CHF3 special HFC-specific fluorine system) as the material gas, and the electric discharge device is used. The fluorine-based reactive gas does not easily react with the organic film. The etching of the inorganic film can be carried out usually at normal temperature, but there is also an inorganic substance which needs to be heated, such as niobium carbide. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus can also be applied to remove an inorganic film which is heated as an unnecessary substance φ. A reactive gas corresponding to tantalum carbide, such as carbon tetrafluoride. Further, a substrate peripheral processing apparatus having the structures (a) to (d) described above is stacked on a substrate and can be etched at a high temperature. a first inorganic film (such as tantalum carbide), and a second inorganic film (such as cerium oxide) having a lower etching rate than the first inorganic film at a high temperature is etched only in the first and second inorganic films The first inorganic film is also effective. The heater is preferably a light source having a ····································· The substrate can be heated in a non-contact manner. The heater is not limited to the radiant heater, and an electric heater or the like can also be used. When the heater uses a radiant heater, a laser can be used. And lights, etc. The light source may be a point light source, a linear light source along the circumferential direction of the stage, or an annular light source along the entire circumference of the stage. For a point light source, the base may be used. One of the outer peripheral parts of the material is partially heated locally. The laser light source is usually a point light source, which has good condensing property and is suitable for bundling irradiation. It can impart energy to the treated part at a high density and can be heated to a high temperature instantaneously. The control width is also easy to control. The type of laser can be LD (semiconductor) laser, YAG laser, excimer laser, or other forms. The wavelength of LD laser is 8〇. 8 nm~94〇nm, the wavelength of YAG laser is 1064 nm, and the wavelength of excimer laser is 157 nm~35i. The output density should be above 10 W/mm2. The oscillation form can also be cw (continuous wave) or pulse wave. It must be continuously processed for switching at a high frequency, etc. It is also possible to make the output wavelength of the light source of reference A correspond to the absorption wavelength of the aforementioned unwanted substance. In this way, energy can be effectively imparted to unnecessary substances, and heating efficiency can be improved. The light emission wavelength of the light source may correspond to the absorption wavelength of the unnecessary substance, and the wavelength extraction means such as a band pass filter may extract only the absorption wavelength. In addition, the absorption wavelength of the photoresist is 15 〇〇 nm to 2 〇〇〇 nm. The spot light of the point light source can also be converted into a linear light along the outer peripheral portion of the substrate by a convex lens, a cylindrical lens or the like. When the light source is linear, the range of the circumferential direction extending from the outer peripheral portion of the substrate 103065.doc -18-1284350 can be locally linearly heated. When the light source is annular, the outer circumference of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate can be heated in a partial annular shape. A plurality of point light sources and linear light sources may be arranged along the circumferential direction of the stage. The light source is an infrared lamp such as a near-infrared lamp such as a halogen lamp or a far-infrared lamp. The light source of the light source is continuous light. The wavelength of the infrared lamp is 760 nm to 10000 nm, and 76 〇 nm to 2 〇〇〇 nm becomes the near-red band. It is preferable to use a wavelength extraction means such as the above-described band pass filter to extract a wavelength suitable for the absorption wavelength of the unnecessary substance from the wavelength φ region to illuminate. The radiant heater (especially in the form of a light source) must be cooled by a radiant heater cooling mechanism such as a refrigerant or a fan (refer to Fig. 3, etc.). The radiant heating H may also include an optical transmission system such as a waveguide extending from the light source to the processed position (refer to the drawing. Thereby, the hot light from the light source can be surely transmitted to the periphery of the substrate. It is easy to use the optical fiber 2 to make the wiring easy. The optical fiber should form a bundle of several (majority) strips. The waveguide can also include several strips of pre-fibers extending from the above-mentioned light source, and the end portions thereof are along the front ^ ^The circumference of the mouth is separated from each other (see Fig. 39, etc.). Here, ^pm 9 is simultaneously irradiated with heat rays at several positions in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate. The optical connection between the terminal and the optical fiber includes the irradiation unit of the optical member for the above-mentioned assembly (see Fig. 4). The irradiation of the radiant heater, and the τ shoulder include a focusing optical system (concentration...., package 3. From the light source, the 埶', the ninth line, the parabolic cylindrical mirror, the convex straight line cable and the cylindrical lens, etc., which are bundled at the processing position, etc. The cluster optical system 103065.doc -19. 1284350 can also be Parabolic cylinder A combination of a plurality of mirrors and a plurality of projections may be inserted into the illuminating portion of the convex lens and the cylindrical lens, etc., and the focus adjustment mechanism may be inserted into the slanting mechanism. The focus may also be aligned with the φ and may have a right-drying deviation. Thereby, the density of the laser energy and the irradiation area (light collecting path and spot diameter) which are provided to the outer peripheral portion of the substrate can be adjusted to an appropriate size. The above-described focus adjusting mechanism can be used as follows.

如處理基材外周之凹槽或定向平面等之缺σ部時,將前 述輻射加熱器之焦點,對處理前述缺口部以外之基材外周 時’在光軸方向上偏差。藉此,可 η 一 ^ j便暴材上之照射寬度 (光徑),比凹槽及定向平面以外虛 Γ <恳理時更大,可使熱光 線亦照射於凹槽及定向平面之邊绫, 心逭緣進而可除去附著於凹 槽及定向平面邊緣之膜(參照圖14等)。 t調整’可調整基材外周上之照射寬度,進而可調整處理 覓度(除去之不需要膜之寬度)(參照圖16等)。 即使藉由使輻射加熱器在基材之徑方向上作微小滑動, 藉由前述焦點調整機構將輻射加熱器之焦點在光軸方向When the σ portion of the groove or the orientation flat surface of the outer periphery of the substrate is treated, the focus of the radiant heater is shifted in the optical axis direction when the outer periphery of the substrate other than the notch portion is treated. Thereby, the irradiation width (light path) on the arsenal material can be larger than the groove and the plane of the orientation, and the heat ray is also irradiated to the groove and the orientation plane. The side edge, the heart edge, can further remove the film attached to the groove and the edge of the orientation plane (refer to FIG. 14 and the like). t adjustment 'Adjusts the irradiation width on the outer circumference of the substrate, and further adjusts the processing twist (the width of the film which is not required to be removed) (see Fig. 16 and the like). Even by making the radiant heater slightly slide in the radial direction of the substrate, the focus of the radiant heater is in the optical axis direction by the aforementioned focus adjustment mechanism

仍可調整處理寬度(參照圖17等)。此時,基材每旋轉一 •人,且以與輻射加熱器在基材上之照射寬度大致相同大小 之。卩为,使輻射加熱器在基材之徑方向上微小滑動。並宜 自基材外周須處理範圍之内周側開始照射,而依序在半徑 外方向微小滑動。 亦可在比前述被處理位置更内側且在被處理位置之近 旁,設置將來自前述光源之熱光線向前述被處理位置全反 103065.doc -20- 1284350 射之反射構件(參照圖28等)。藉此,亦可將光源配置於前 述支撐面之延長面上之近旁及比其表側。 基材外周處理裝置亦可具備: (a)載台’其係具有以外周部突出之方式支撐基材之支撐 面; (b)輻射加熱器,其係具有:光源,其係自被該載台支 撐之基材之背面外周部所在之被處理位置離開而配置;及The processing width can still be adjusted (refer to Figure 17, etc.). At this time, the substrate is rotated by one person per person and is approximately the same size as the irradiation width of the radiant heater on the substrate. In other words, the radiant heater is slightly slid in the radial direction of the substrate. It is also preferable to start the irradiation from the inner side of the outer peripheral processing range of the substrate, and to sequentially slide slightly in the outer direction of the radius. Further, a reflection member that irradiates the heat rays from the light source toward the processed position at the opposite position 103065.doc -20-1284350 may be disposed on the inner side of the processed position and in the vicinity of the processed position (refer to FIG. 28 and the like). . Thereby, the light source can also be disposed in the vicinity of the extension surface of the support surface and on the front side thereof. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus may further include: (a) a stage that supports a support surface of the substrate so as to protrude from the outer peripheral portion; (b) a radiant heater having a light source from the load Arranging away from the processed position where the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the substrate supported by the table is separated; and

光學系統,其係以不散射來自該光源之熱光線之方式,而 朝向前述被處理位置;及An optical system that faces the processed position without scattering light from the source; and

(〇反應性氣體供給機構,其係具有連接於供給除去不需 要物質用之反應性氣體之反應性氣體供給源,而喷出反應 性氣體之喷出口,該噴出口在前述支撐面或比其延長面靠 为面側或大致前述延長面上,朝向前述被處理位置接近而 配置(參照圖1、圖24〜圖30、圖34〜圖39、圖41〜圖44等)。 亦可以基材之外周部突出之方式而以載台支撐基材,並 以在前述基材之背面之外周 射來自輻射加熱器之熱光線 部加熱之部位近旁,以朝向 供給機構之噴出口,藉由自 用之反應性氣體,來除去覆 物質。 部或其近旁連結焦點之方式照 ’實施局部加熱,並且在該局 該部位之方式設置反應性氣體 該噴出口噴出除去不需要物質 蓋於基材背面外周部之不需要 藉此’可局部照射熱光線於基材之背面外周部,來實施 局部加熱’可在該局部加熱部位’自其近旁噴射反應性氣 體。猎此可有效除去該部位之不需要物f。 103065.doc -21· 1284350 前述載台之支撐面宜比前述基材稍小,前述基材之外周 部所在之被處理位置,位於比前述支撐面延長於徑方向外 侧之面上。 前述照射部亦可配置於比前述延長面内侧,前述喷出口 配置於比前述延長面内側或大致前述延長面上(參照圖i 等)。 藉此,可局部照射熱光線於基材之背面外周部,可在該 局部加熱之部位,自其近旁喷射反應性氣體。藉此可有效 除去該部位之不需要物質。 前述喷出口宜比前述照射部接近被處理位置而配置。藉 此’可以未擴散、高濃度及高活性之狀態確實供給反應性 氣體至被處理位置,可確實提高除去不需要物質之效率。 前述輻射加熱器之照射部宜比前述喷出口,自前述被處理 位置離開而配置。藉此,照射部與喷出口形成構件之 容易。(a reactive gas supply means having a reactive gas supply source connected to a reactive gas for supplying an unnecessary substance, and a discharge port for discharging a reactive gas, the discharge port being on the support surface or the like The extension surface is disposed on the surface side or substantially on the extension surface, and is disposed close to the processed position (see FIGS. 1, 24 to 30, 34 to 39, 41 to 44, etc.). The substrate is supported by the stage so as to protrude from the periphery of the substrate, and is irradiated to the discharge port of the supply mechanism by the periphery of the back surface of the substrate, which is heated by the heat ray portion from the radiant heater, by itself. The reactive gas is used to remove the coating material. The portion or the vicinity of the focal point is connected as follows: 'local heating is applied, and a reactive gas is provided in the portion of the portion of the chamber. The ejection port is ejected to remove unnecessary substances and cover the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the substrate. It is not necessary to locally irradiate the heat to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the substrate to perform local heating, and the reactive gas can be sprayed from the vicinity of the local heating portion. The hunting surface can effectively remove the unnecessary material f of the part. 103065.doc -21· 1284350 The support surface of the aforementioned stage is preferably slightly smaller than the aforementioned substrate, and the processed position of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is located at a position higher than the aforementioned support The surface may be extended on the outer surface in the radial direction. The irradiation portion may be disposed on the inner side of the extension surface, and the discharge port may be disposed on the inner side of the extension surface or substantially on the extension surface (see FIG. 1 and the like). The partial heat is applied to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the substrate, and the reactive gas can be sprayed from the vicinity of the locally heated portion. Thereby, the unnecessary substance of the portion can be effectively removed. The discharge port is preferably closer to the irradiation portion. By arranging the processing position, it is possible to reliably supply the reactive gas to the treated position in a state of non-diffusion, high concentration, and high activity, and it is possible to surely improve the efficiency of removing unnecessary substances. The outlet is disposed away from the treated position, whereby the irradiation portion and the discharge port forming member are easily formed.

前述輻射加熱H之照射部與噴出口宜在對前述被處理位 置彼此不同之方向上配置(參照圖蹲)。藉此輻射加熱器與 贺出口形成構件之佈局更佳容易。 前述輻射加熱器之照射部與喷 二 出口之任何一方,宜通過 '述被處理位置’而大致配置於與前述延長面正交之線上 (芩照圖1等)。藉由將輻射加熱 x ^ ^ “、、态之-射部大致配置於前述 父Λ上,可提高加熱效率, 稽田將贺出口大致配置於前 述正父線上,可提高反應效率。 形成前述反應性氣體供給機構之喷出口之嘴出口形成構 103065.doc 22· I28435〇The irradiation portion and the discharge port of the radiant heating H are preferably arranged in a direction different from each other in the above-described processed positions (see Fig. 。). Thereby, the layout of the radiant heater and the outlet forming member is easier. Any one of the irradiation portion and the discharge port of the radiant heater should be disposed substantially on a line orthogonal to the extended surface by the "processed position" (see Fig. 1 and the like). By heating the radiant x ^ ^ ", the radiant portion is disposed substantially on the parent sputum, the heating efficiency can be improved, and the Shida will be arranged on the positive parent line substantially, thereby improving the reaction efficiency. The mouth outlet of the discharge port of the gas supply mechanism is formed 103065.doc 22· I28435〇

(嘴出喷嘴)須以透光材料構成。藉此,即使輕射加熱器 2光程與喷出Π形成構件干擾,光仍可透過噴出口形成構 而確實照射於基材之被處理部位,而可確實將該部位加 :。進而不受輕射加熱器之光程限制,而可將嘴出口形成 構件確實配置於極接近被處理部位’可確實自近旁喷射反 應性氣體至該部位。透光材料如可使用石英、丙稀酸、透 明鐵氟龍(登錄商標)及透明聚氯乙稀等透明樹脂等。另 外,透明樹脂而使用耐熱性低者時,須以 程度調整輕射加熱器之輸出等。 /解 亦可設置包圍前述被處理位置之圍柵,在該圍柵内配置 反應性氣體之噴出口。再者’亦可在圍柵之外側設置前述 ㈣加熱器之照射部’並以透光性材料構成圍栅之至少朝 向照射部之側的部位(參照圖38及圖61〜圖77等藉此, 可確實防止處理完成之反應性氣體茂漏至外部,並且輕射 加熱益之熱光線可透過圍栅,而可確實將基材之被處理部 位幸§射加熱。 :述載台與前述照射部及喷出口須可相對移動。 一前述載台係圓形載台,該圓形載台須在中心軸周圍,對 料ί源及喷出口相對旋轉。藉此,即使光源係點狀,仍 :沿者基材之背面外周部之周方向進行不需要物質之除去 處理。即使光源係環狀,藉由執行上述相對旋轉,可使處 :之:一性提高。相對旋轉數(相對移動速度)係依須將基 材之月面外周部加熱之溫度而適切設定。 須具備在周方向包圍前述載台進而包圍前述被處理位 103065.doc -23- 1284350 置’並在與前述栽台之間 圖…。藉此,在被處理二:::之框架(參照圖1及 體短暫料,可㈣⑷卜部料^理完叙反應性氣 „、,+· L広b 卜補政,並且可充分確保反應時 卜料錢與噴出口須^容^對料狀空間之方 式,位置固定於前述框架。 須具備使錢U對前述㈣,在巾心 之旋轉驅動機構。亦可固1(The nozzle is out of the nozzle) must be made of a light-transmitting material. Thereby, even if the optical path of the light-emitting heater 2 interferes with the ejection enthalpy forming member, the light can be surely irradiated to the processed portion of the substrate through the ejection port, and the portion can be surely added. Further, it is not limited by the optical path of the light-emitting heater, and the nozzle outlet forming member can be surely disposed in the vicinity of the portion to be treated, and the reaction gas can be surely ejected from the vicinity to the portion. As the light-transmitting material, for example, a transparent resin such as quartz, acrylic acid, transparent Teflon (registered trademark) or transparent polyvinyl chloride can be used. In addition, when a heat-resistant resin is used for a transparent resin, the output of the light-emitting heater or the like must be adjusted to a certain extent. / Solution A fence surrounding the processed position may be provided, and a discharge port of the reactive gas may be disposed in the fence. Further, 'the fourth (four) heater irradiation portion' may be provided on the outer side of the fence, and at least a portion of the fence facing the irradiation portion may be formed of a light-transmitting material (see FIGS. 38 and 61 to 77, etc.) It can prevent the completed reactive gas from leaking to the outside, and the heat radiation can be transmitted through the fence, and the substrate can be surely heated and heated. The portion and the discharge port must be relatively movable. The aforementioned stage is a circular stage, and the circular stage must be rotated around the central axis, and the source and the discharge port are relatively rotated. : The removal process of the unnecessary substance is performed in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the substrate. Even if the light source is annular, by performing the relative rotation described above, it is possible to improve the number of relative rotations (relative movement speed). It is necessary to appropriately set the temperature at which the outer peripheral portion of the base surface of the substrate is heated. It is necessary to surround the above-mentioned stage in the circumferential direction to surround the processed position 103065.doc -23-1284350 and to be in the same stage as the above Between the figures.... by this, in the Treatment 2:::The framework (refer to Figure 1 and the short material of the body, can be (4) (4) Bu Department material to complete the reaction gas „,, +· L広b Bu Buzheng, and can fully ensure the reaction time and money The outlet shall be in a manner to accommodate the material-like space, and the position shall be fixed to the aforementioned frame. It shall be provided with a rotating drive mechanism for the money U to the aforementioned (four), in the center of the towel.

台而框架旋轉。疋框架而載台旋轉,亦可固定載 須具備容許相對旋轉且密封與前述載台之支撐 面側)相反之靠背面側部與 照圖1等)。藉此,不構成;1 迷宮式密封(參 不構成卩手礙而可旋轉載台或框架,並且 可防止處理完成之反應性翁鞅 沒漏至外部。 ' 冑…面側與框架之間 "丨议,須扠置向載台側延伸而芸 前述被處理位置之表面側,單獨或與設於前述u之^ ^卜周部共同覆蓋前述環狀空間之覆蓋構件(參照_〜㈣ 寺)。籍此,可防止虛授—Α、>广士 丨万止恳理疋成之反應性氣體自環狀 出至表面側。 间/屬 前述覆蓋構件須可自付蓋前述環狀空間之位置後 照圖29等)°藉此’將基材設置於載台上或取出時,葬由 ”蓋構件後退,可避免覆蓋構件影響設置及取出操二 前述環狀空間須連接有吸引該環狀空間之環狀空° 機構(參照圖卜圖24〜圖27等)。藉此可自環狀空間 排出處理完成之反應性氣體。 103065.doc .24- 1284350 須具備吸引前述噴出口近旁之吸引機構(參照圖3等)。 藉此,可自被處理部位之周邊迅速吸引而排出處理完成之 反應性氣體。 在前述載台之支撐面外周部,須形成與基材之外周部共 同須形成氣體滯留處之階差(參照圖37等)。藉此,使自喷 出口噴出之反應性氣體暫時滯留於氣體滯留處,可延長與 基材之外周部接觸之時間,可充分確保反應時間,而可提 ^ 高反應效率。 在則述支撐面中央部之正對面,須配置噴射惰性氣體之 惰性氣體喷射構件(參照圖34〜圖37等)。藉此,可避免反 應丨生氣體流至基材之表側面,可確實防止損及表面側之 膜。惰性氣體噴射構件可為喷嘴,亦可為風扇過濾器單 元。當然,該惰性氣體喷射構件係自前述支撐面至少離開 土材之厚度部分以上而配置。此外,基材之設置、取出操 作時,後退而避免影響。惰性氣體可使用純氮氣及潔淨乾 φ 燥空氣(CDA)等。 如上述,以臭氧等氧系反應性氣體蝕刻碳氟化合物等之 有機膜時’愈在高溫下,愈可提高蝕刻率。加熱機構採用 紅外線及雷射之輻射加熱,比加熱器等之隨伴實體接觸者 車父為適宜,可防止產生微粒子。 另外’自正上方或正下方照射雷射等之輕射光線至晶圓 之外周部時’在晶圓外周部之斜面部及端緣之垂直部,光 傾斜甚至平行地入射,加熱效率不足,钱刻率遲緩。 因此’亦可藉由以載台支撐基材, 103065.doc -25 · 1284350 向七述基材之外周部,自傾倒於基材之半徑外側之方向 、、射"、、光線,並供給反應性氣體,使覆蓋於基材外周部之 不而要物貝與反應性氣體接觸而除去(參照圖30、圖53、 圖56及圖57等)。 藉此,可垂直接近對基材外周部之斜面部及垂直之外端 之…、光線之知射方向,可充分增加輻射能密度而可充分 提高加熱效率,進而可增加除去基材外周之膜之處理速度 (蝕刻率)。 觔述彳員倒之方向,除對基材傾斜方向(參照圖3 〇、圖5 3 圖7等)之外,亦包含正旁方向(與基材平行)(參照圖% 等)。 亦可藉由以載台支撐基材, 向前述基材之外周部照射熱光線,並供給前述反應性氣 體, 使前述熱光線之照射方向,以前述基材之外周部作為中 ^在與基材(之主面)正交之面内移動,使覆蓋於基材外 周部之不需要物質與反應性氣體接觸而除去(參照圖59及 圖6 0等)。 藉此,對基材外周部之表面側及外端面及靠背面側等各 部分,可分別大致垂直地照射熱光線,對任何部分均可有 效處理。 前述熱光線移動之面宜為通過基材之一個半徑之面。 基材外周處理裝置亦可具備: U)載台,其係具有支撐基材之支撐面; 103065.doc -26- 1284350 之基材外周 及 (b)反應性氣體供給機構,其係在該載台上 部所在之被處理位置’供給前述反應性·氣體; 自傾倒於前述支撐 圖、圖53、圖56 (c)照射部’其係向前述被處理位置, 面之半徑外侧之方向照射熱光線(參照 及圖57等)。 藉此,垂直地接近對基材外周部之斜面部及外端面等之 垂直部之熱光線之照射方向,可使入射角接近零,可充分 增加輻射能密度而充分提高加熱效率,進而可增加除去美 材外周之膜之處理速度(蝕刻率)。 土 基材外周處理裝置亦可具備: (a) 載台’其係具有支撐基材之支撐面; (b) 反應性氣體供給機構,其係向該載台上之基材外周 部所在之被處理位置,供給前述反應性氣體; ° (c) 照射部,其係向前述被處理位置照射熱光線丨及 (d) 移動機構,其係使前述照射部朝向前述被處理位 置,並在與前述支撐面(進而該支撐面上之基材)正交之面 内移動(參照圖59及圖60等)。 藉此,可對基材外周部之表面側及外端面及靠背面側等 各部分分別大致垂直地照射熱光線,對任何部分均可有效 處理。 與前述支撐面正交之面宜為通過支撐面之中央之面。 前述反應性氣體供給機構之供給噴嘴及排氣噴嘴,亦可 與前述照射部一起移動甚至調整角度,亦可儘管前述照射 部移動,而其位置固定。 103065.doc -27- 1284350 前述照射方向宜大致沿著基材外周部之被照射點(被照 射部分之中心)之法線(參照圖54等)。 藉在該點之入射角可大致為零,可確實增加輕射能 密度,而可確實提高加熱效率。 基材外周處理裝置之反應性氣體供給機構之喷出喷嘴, 若自基端至末端以-樣之直徑而吸管狀地變細時,反應性 氣體喷射於基材上而立即擴散。如此,賦予活性種之反應The table rotates. The frame is rotated by the frame, and the fixed carrier is also provided with a side portion of the back surface that allows relative rotation and is sealed against the support surface side of the stage, as shown in Fig. 1 and the like. Therefore, it does not constitute; 1 labyrinth seal (can not rotate the stage or frame, and can prevent the reaction of the finished treatment from leaking to the outside. ' 胄... between the side and the frame &quot丨 , , 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 须 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( According to this, it is possible to prevent the false gas--, 广, 广 丨 丨 丨 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应 反应The position is shown in Fig. 29, etc.). By this, when the substrate is placed on the stage or taken out, the cover member is retracted, and the cover member can be prevented from being affected by the setting and the removal operation. An annular space mechanism of the annular space (see Fig. 24 to Fig. 27, etc.), whereby the processed reactive gas can be discharged from the annular space. 103065.doc .24-1284350 must be provided to attract the vicinity of the discharge port Attraction mechanism (refer to Figure 3, etc.) The peripheral portion of the processing portion is quickly sucked to discharge the processed reactive gas. The outer peripheral portion of the support surface of the stage must be formed with a step of forming a gas stagnation joint with the outer peripheral portion of the substrate (see FIG. 37 and the like). In this way, the reactive gas ejected from the discharge port is temporarily retained in the gas retention portion, and the time of contact with the outer peripheral portion of the substrate can be prolonged, and the reaction time can be sufficiently ensured, and the reaction efficiency can be improved. The inert gas ejecting member that injects an inert gas (see Figs. 34 to 37, etc.) is disposed opposite to the portion, thereby preventing the reaction gas from flowing to the front side of the substrate, and surely preventing the surface side from being damaged. The inert gas injection member may be a nozzle or a fan filter unit. Of course, the inert gas injection member is disposed from the support surface at least a portion of the thickness of the soil material. Further, the substrate is disposed and removed. When it is backed up, it will be avoided. The inert gas can be pure nitrogen and clean dry air (CDA), etc. As mentioned above, oxygen-based reactive gas such as ozone When the organic film such as fluorocarbon is engraved, the higher the etching rate is, the higher the etching rate can be. The heating mechanism is heated by infrared rays and laser radiation, which is suitable for the contact person of the accompanying entity such as a heater, and can prevent generation. In addition, when the light beam such as a laser is irradiated to the outer periphery of the wafer from the top or the bottom of the wafer, the light is obliquely or even parallelly incident at the vertical portion of the bevel portion and the end edge of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer, and the heating efficiency is obtained. Insufficient, the rate of money is slow. Therefore, it is also possible to support the substrate by the stage, 103065.doc -25 · 1284350, to the outer circumference of the substrate, and to pour the direction outside the radius of the substrate, and to shoot The light is supplied to the reactive gas, and the unnecessary material covering the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is removed by contact with the reactive gas (see FIGS. 30, 53, 56, and 57, etc.). Thereby, the oblique direction of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate and the outer end of the vertical direction of the substrate and the direction of the light can be vertically approached, and the radiant energy density can be sufficiently increased to sufficiently increase the heating efficiency, thereby further increasing the film of the outer periphery of the substrate. Processing speed (etching rate). In addition to the direction in which the substrate is tilted (see Fig. 3 〇, Fig. 5 3 Fig. 7, etc.), it also includes the positive side direction (parallel to the substrate) (see figure %, etc.). The substrate may be supported by the stage, and the outer peripheral portion of the substrate may be irradiated with a heat ray, and the reactive gas may be supplied to cause the irradiation direction of the heat ray to be the center of the substrate. The material (the main surface) moves in the plane perpendicular to the surface, and the unnecessary substance covering the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is removed by contact with the reactive gas (see FIGS. 59 and 60, etc.). Thereby, the surface of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, the outer end surface, and the back surface side can be irradiated with heat rays substantially perpendicularly, and can be effectively treated for any portion. The surface on which the heat rays move is preferably a surface that passes through a radius of the substrate. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus may further comprise: U) a carrier having a support surface for supporting the substrate; a substrate outer periphery of 103065.doc -26-1284350; and (b) a reactive gas supply mechanism at the carrier The treated position at the upper portion of the stage is supplied with the above-mentioned reactivity and gas; from the above-mentioned support map, Fig. 53 and Fig. 56 (c) the illuminating unit' is irradiated with heat rays in the direction outside the radius of the surface to be processed. (Refer to Figure 57 and so on). Thereby, the irradiation direction of the heat rays perpendicular to the vertical portions such as the inclined surface portion and the outer end surface of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate can be made to be close to zero, and the incident angle can be made close to zero, and the radiant energy density can be sufficiently increased to sufficiently increase the heating efficiency, thereby further increasing The processing speed (etching rate) of the film of the outer periphery of the US material was removed. The soil substrate peripheral processing apparatus may further include: (a) a stage that has a support surface supporting the substrate; (b) a reactive gas supply mechanism that is attached to the outer peripheral portion of the substrate on the stage a treatment position to supply the reactive gas; ° (c) an irradiation unit that irradiates the heat-irradiated light to the processed position and (d) a moving mechanism that faces the irradiated portion toward the processed position and The support surface (and the base material on the support surface) moves in the plane orthogonal to each other (see FIGS. 59 and 60, etc.). Thereby, the heat rays can be irradiated substantially perpendicularly to the surface side and the outer end surface of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, and the back surface side, and the like, and any portion can be effectively treated. The surface orthogonal to the aforementioned support surface is preferably the surface passing through the center of the support surface. The supply nozzle and the exhaust nozzle of the reactive gas supply means may move or even adjust the angle together with the irradiation unit, and the position may be fixed despite the movement of the irradiation unit. 103065.doc -27- 1284350 The irradiation direction is preferably substantially along the normal line of the irradiated point (the center of the irradiated portion) of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate (see Fig. 54 and the like). By the fact that the incident angle at this point can be substantially zero, the light energy density can be surely increased, and the heating efficiency can be surely improved. When the discharge nozzle of the reactive gas supply means of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus is tubularly tapered from the base end to the end, the reactive gas is sprayed on the substrate and immediately diffused. Thus, the reaction of the active species is given

時間縮短’活性種之利用效率及反應效率差。且反應性氣 體之需要量亦增加。 口此材外周處理裝置之反應性氣體供給機構具備: 導入部’其係將除去不需要物質用之反應性氣體引導至 基材外周部所在之被處理位置之近旁;及 筒部,其係連接於該導入部,並且蓋住前述被處理位 &亦可構成前述筒部之内部成為自前述導人部擴大,而使 _ y述反應性氣體暫時滞留之暫時滞留空間(參照圖〜圖66 及圖70〜圖77等)。 藉此,可提咼反應性氣體之利用效率及反應效率,並可 減少需要氣體量。 ^述筒部本身或在該筒部與前述被處理位置之基材外緣 之間且形成連績於前述暫時滯留空間之排放口,通過該 排放口,促使氣體自前述暫時滞留空間流出。 藉此,可避免反應度降低之處理完成之氣體及反應副生 成物長%間滯留於暫時滞留空間,暫時滞留空間可隨時供 103065.doc •28- 1284350 給新的反應性氣體,而可進一步確實提高反應效率。 如刚述筒部之末端面向前述被處理位置而開口(參照圖 66及圖71等)。 此時’宜在前述筒部之末端緣之須對應於基材之半徑外 側之位置形成缺口,成為前述排放口(參照圖70及圖71 等)。 藉此’可使處理完成氣體及反應副生成物通過缺口,自 φ 暫時滯留空間迅速流出,可在暫時滞留空間隨時供給新的 反應性氣體,而可進一步確實提高反應效率。 亦可别述筒部以貫穿前述被處理位置之方式配置,並且 在该筒部對應於前述被處理位置之周側部形成插入基材之 外周部之切口,前述導入部連接於比該切口基端側之筒部 (參照圖74〜圖77等)。 此時’比前述切口基端側之筒部内部構成前述暫時滯留 空間’刖述筒部對應於前述被處理位置之部位中之未形成 # 切口而保留之部分之内周面,與前述被處理位置之晶圓外 緣共同構成前述排放口。 排氣路徑宜直接連接於比前述切口末端侧之筒部(參照 圖74及圖75等)。 藉此,可將處理完成氣體及反應副生成物確實導入排氣 路徑,即使產生微粒子,仍可確實強制排氣,並且容易進 行反應控制。 前述筒部之基端部宜設有將其閉塞之透光性之蓋部, 熱光線之照射部宜朝向前述被處理位置而配置於該蓋部 103065.doc -29- 1284350 之外側(參照圖7 0及圖7 7等)。 藉此,不需要之膜與反應性氣體吸熱反應時,可 進反應。 耳促 如上述由於吸熱機構在晶圓等之基材外周部之内側有 效’因此宜使載台之直徑比晶圓等之基材直徑稍小,僅基 材之外周部突出於載台之半徑外側。 另外,將基材設置於載台上,而自載台取出時,宜避免 籲接觸於基材之表側面。為此,宜使用叉狀之機器手臂,將 其抵接於基材下面(背面)而拿起。但是,僅基材外周部之 少許部分自載台突出時,則無在基材下面抵接又子之餘 地。 、 因此,宜在載台之中央部上下可移動地設置小徑之中心 墊片U肤圖86〜圖87等)。在使該中心墊片自載台向上突 *之狀態,以又狀之機器手臂將基材設置於中心墊片上, 使叉狀機斋手臂後退後,將中心塾片降低至與載台相同平 _面或比其凹下時,可使基材放置於載台上。處理結束後, ^ 塾片上昇’藉由在基材與載台之間插入叉狀機器手 身可以该叉狀機器手臂舉起晶圓而搬出。 附上述中心墊片之載台中,於中心轴上配置中心墊片之 &下私動機構。此外’宜在中心墊片上附加吸著基材之功 月b此4,在中心軸上亦配置來自中心墊片之吸引流路。 ^不而要冷卻之處理時,亦考慮直接將中心墊片取代 載口車乂為便利時,此時可在中心轴上亦連接中心塾片之旋 轉機構。 103065.doc -30 - 1284350 如此,使基材吸著於載台用之吸引流路及至上述冷卻室 之冷卻流路不易配置於中心軸上,而 而配置。另外,由於載台在中心轴之周圍旋轉,因:二 如何進行載台與上述偏芯流路之連接之問題。 因此,基材外周處理裝置具備載台,其且 面處理之晶圓等之基材上達到需要(調溫(包含冷卻、)及吸著 等)之作用之流路,並可在中心軸周圍旋轉,The time is shortened, and the utilization efficiency of the active species and the reaction efficiency are poor. And the amount of reactive gas required is also increased. The reactive gas supply mechanism of the outer peripheral processing device of the present invention includes: an introduction portion that guides a reactive gas for removing an unnecessary substance to a vicinity of a processed position where the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is located; and a tubular portion that is connected In the introduction portion, the inside of the processed portion may be formed to be a temporary storage space in which the inside of the tubular portion is enlarged from the guide portion, and the reactive gas is temporarily retained (see FIG. And Figure 70 ~ Figure 77, etc.). Thereby, the utilization efficiency and reaction efficiency of the reactive gas can be improved, and the amount of gas required can be reduced. The cylinder portion itself or a discharge port between the cylinder portion and the outer edge of the substrate at the position to be processed forms a continuous storage space, and the discharge port causes the gas to flow out from the temporary retention space. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the gas having a reduced degree of reaction and the % of the reaction by-product from remaining in the temporary retention space, and the temporary retention space can be supplied to the new reactive gas at any time, and can be further supplied. It does improve the efficiency of the reaction. The end of the tubular portion is opened to face the processed position (see Figs. 66 and 71, etc.). At this time, it is preferable that the end edge of the tubular portion is formed to have a notch corresponding to the outer side of the radius of the base material, and the discharge port is formed (see Figs. 70 and 71, etc.). In this way, the process gas and the reaction by-product can pass through the notch, and the gas can be quickly discharged from the temporary storage space of φ, and a new reactive gas can be supplied at any time in the temporary storage space, and the reaction efficiency can be further improved. The cylindrical portion may be disposed so as to penetrate the processed position, and a slit that is inserted into the outer peripheral portion of the substrate may be formed on the peripheral side portion of the tubular portion corresponding to the processed position, and the introduction portion is connected to the slit base. The tubular portion on the end side (see FIG. 74 to FIG. 77 and the like). At this time, the inner peripheral surface of the portion of the cylindrical portion corresponding to the base end side of the slit is configured as described above, and the inner peripheral surface of the portion of the portion corresponding to the portion to be processed which is not formed by the slit is formed, and is processed as described above. The outer edges of the wafers at the location together form the aforementioned vent. The exhaust path is preferably directly connected to the tubular portion on the tip end side of the slit (see Figs. 74 and 75 and the like). Thereby, the process completion gas and the reaction by-product can be surely introduced into the exhaust path, and even if fine particles are generated, the exhaust can be surely forced, and the reaction control can be easily performed. Preferably, the base end portion of the tubular portion is provided with a light-transmissive cover portion that is closed, and the heat ray irradiation portion is preferably disposed outside the cover portion 103065.doc -29-1284350 toward the processed position (refer to the figure). 7 0 and Figure 7 7 etc.). Thereby, when the undesired film reacts with the reactive gas by endothermic reaction, the reaction can proceed. As described above, since the endothermic mechanism is effective on the inner side of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate of the wafer or the like as described above, it is preferable to make the diameter of the stage slightly smaller than the diameter of the substrate of the wafer or the like, and only the outer peripheral portion of the substrate protrudes from the radius of the stage. Outside. Further, the substrate is placed on the stage, and when it is taken out from the stage, it is preferable to avoid contact with the front side of the substrate. For this purpose, use a fork-shaped robot arm and pick it up against the underside (back) of the substrate. However, when only a small portion of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate protrudes from the stage, there is no room for abutting under the substrate. Therefore, it is preferable to movably set the center of the small diameter in the center of the stage. The spacer U is shown in Fig. 86 to Fig. 87, etc.). In the state in which the center gasket is protruded upward from the loading table, the substrate is placed on the center gasket by the machine arm of the shape, so that the fork is retracted and the center piece is lowered to the same level as the stage. The substrate can be placed on the stage when it is flat or recessed. After the processing is finished, ^ 塾 上升 ’ ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” In the stage with the above-mentioned center gasket, the center plate's & lower private mechanism is disposed on the central axis. In addition, it is preferable to add a suction current of the base material to the center gasket, and a suction flow path from the center gasket is also disposed on the center shaft. ^When it is not necessary to cool down, it is also convenient to replace the center shims directly with the center shims. At this time, the central cymbal rotation mechanism can also be connected to the central shaft. 103065.doc -30 - 1284350 In this manner, the suction flow path for absorbing the substrate to the stage and the cooling flow path to the cooling chamber are not easily disposed on the central axis, and are disposed. In addition, since the stage rotates around the central axis, there is a problem of how to connect the stage to the eccentric flow path. Therefore, the substrate peripheral processing apparatus includes a stage on which a substrate such as a wafer to be processed is required to have a function of temperature adjustment (including cooling, suction, and the like), and can be disposed around the central axis. Rotate,

該載台具備: 載台本體,其係設有:設置基材之設置面,及前述流路 之終端(進行調溫及吸著等前述需要作用之部分); 固定筒’其係設有前述流路之開口; 旋轉筒,其係可旋轉地插通於前述固定筒,並且與前述 載台本體同軸地連結;及 旋轉驅動機構,其係使前述旋轉筒旋轉; :前述固定筒内周面及前述旋轉筒之外周面上形成連接 於A述開口之環狀路徑, 在前述旋轉筒中形成延伸於軸方向之轴方向路徑, 山亦可該軸方向路徑之—端部與前述環狀路徑相連,另一 端部與前述終端相連(參照圖87等)。 :此’可使在晶圓等基材上達到調溫、吸著等需要作用 體’在自載台之中’。離開之位置流通,並且旋轉載 在中心轴上確保如配署由 他構件之空間。 ”之進退機構等之其 如前述終端係設於前述载台本體内部之基材冷卻用室或 103065.d〇i •31- 1284350 \並在則述流路中通過冷卻基材之冷卻流體。 2匕月’j述需要之作,可進行基材之冷卻。 ^時則述载台具備:載台本體,其係在内部形成有冷 ^或冷媒路也,作為前述吸熱機構; 疋筒其係設有冷媒之開口; ―轉筒丨係、可旋轉地插通於冑述固$筒,並且與前述 載台本體同軸連結;及The stage includes: a stage main body provided with an installation surface of the substrate, and a terminal end of the flow path (a portion requiring the above-mentioned functions such as temperature adjustment and suction); the fixed cylinder is provided with the aforementioned An opening of the flow path; the rotating cylinder is rotatably inserted into the fixed cylinder and coaxially coupled to the stage body; and a rotary driving mechanism that rotates the rotating cylinder; the inner circumference of the fixed cylinder And an annular path connected to the opening of the A to be formed on the outer circumferential surface of the rotating cylinder, and an axial direction path extending in the axial direction is formed in the rotating cylinder, and the end of the path in the axial direction is connected to the annular path The other end is connected to the aforementioned terminal (refer to FIG. 87 and the like). This can be used to achieve temperature adjustment, sorption, etc., on the substrate such as a wafer, in the self-supporting stage. The position of leaving is circulated, and the rotation is carried on the central axis to ensure space such as the fitting. The advancement and retraction mechanism or the like is such that the terminal is provided in a substrate cooling chamber inside the stage body or 103065.d〇i 311-184350 and passes through a cooling fluid for cooling the substrate in the flow path. 2匕月'j describes the need to cool the substrate. ^When the stage is provided with a stage body, which is formed with a cold or refrigerant path inside, as the heat absorbing mechanism; Provided with an opening for a refrigerant; a "tray" that is rotatably inserted into the cartridge and coaxially coupled to the carrier body;

轉驅動機構’其係使前述旋轉筒旋轉; 在前述固定1 ^ 冋之内周面或前述旋轉筒之外周面形成連接 於前述開口之環狀路, 在則述凝轉筒中形成延伸於軸方向之軸方向路徑,該軸 之一端部與前述環狀路徑相連,另一端部與前述 令、至或冷媒路徑相連(參照圖87等)。 鈾述冷卻用之流路構造 述旋轉筒之外周面之夾著 密封溝, 中,在前述固定筒之内周面或前 前述環狀路徑之兩側形成環狀之 二=1宜收容有朝向前述環狀路徑開°之剖面门字 开/之填雄、片(參照圖88等)。 藉此,前述冷卻流體經由前述 周 轉筒之外周面間之間隙,而進入前述環狀密封二:: ㈣(正μ)作用在擴大剖面门字形之填密片開口之方f ^吏=密片抵接於環狀密封溝之内周面。因而可確詩 饴封壓,可確實防止冷卻流體洩漏。 又于 亦可前述終端係形成於前述設置面之吸著溝,前述開口 103065.doc -32- 1284350 進行真空吸引(參照圖87等)。 藉此,則述需要之作用,可進行基材之吸著。 刚述吸著用之流路構造中,在前述固定筒之内周面或前 述旋轉筒之外周面之夾著前述環狀路徑之兩側形成環狀之 密封溝, 各山封溝中且收容有朝向與前述環狀路徑相反側而開口 之剖面π字形之填密片(參照圖88等)。 糟前述吸著用之流路之負壓經由前述固定筒之内周 面與前述旋轉筒之外周面間之間隙而達到前述環狀之密封 溝時,該負壓作用於剖面η字形之填密片之背冑,使填密 片擴大’因而填密片抵接於環狀密封溝之内周^,可確實 防止洩漏。 在:述旋轉筒之内側宜收容有連接於中心墊片之墊片轉 轴。前述中心m經由㈣片轉軸而在軸方向上進退。 亦可經由墊片轉軸而旋轉前述中心塾片。塾片轉軸中宜插 入使前述中心塾片進退之塾片進退機構,及使中心塾片旋 轉之墊片旋轉機構之一部分或 y X王崢在前述中心墊片上亦 形成有吸著基材之吸著溝,亦 二 在月,】述墊片轉轴中設有連 接於丽述中心墊片之吸著溝之吸引路徑。 亦可將自除去不需要物質 曰圓用之反應性氣體之喷出噴嘴向 日曰04之基材外周部之噴出方向, .» 大致朝向晶圓等之基材 周方向(被處理位置之切線方向)(參照圖Μ〜圖 亦可構成基材外周處理裝置 出喷嘴之喷出Μ…氣體供給機構之噴 贺出方向,在基材外周部所在之環狀面之近旁, 103065.doc -33· 1284350 大致朝向刖述壤狀面之周方向(被處理位置之切線方向)而 配置(參照圖41等)。 藉此,反應性氣體可沿著基材之外周流動,可延長反應 性氣體與基材外周接觸之時間,而可提高反應效率。 主要除去晶圓背面之不需要物質情況下,前述喷出喷嘴 須配置於前述環狀面之背面側(進而晶圓之背面侧)(參照圖 / )此外别述噴出噴嘴之末端部(噴出轴)須向前述環 狀面之半徑方向内側傾斜(參照圖鄉)等)。藉此,可防止 反f f生礼體蔓延至基材之表面侧,而可防止損及表面侧。 刖述喷出喷嘴之末端部(喷出軸)須自前述環狀面之表面 側或背面側向環狀面傾斜(參照㈣及圖料等)。藉此,可 確實噴射反應性氣體至基材。 亦可將噴出噴嘴之末端部(噴出軸)筆直朝向基材 之周方向(切線方向)。 前述基材外周處理裝置除前述噴㈣嘴之外,宜進一步 =吸弓:處理完成之氣體用之吸引喷嘴(排氣喷嘴X參照圖 一及引贺嘴上連接真空泵等吸引排氣機構。 月ϋ述及引贺嘴宜以夾著 灭者被處理位置而與前述噴出喷嘴相 對之方式配置(參照圖41等)。 方向)…:著前述環狀面之周方向(切線 4出育嘴相對之方式配置(參照圖。 猎此’可以確實沿著基 體之流動方向,可確杏防止^向之方式控制反應性氣 也而接 Λ止反應性氣體達到不須處理之部 位。而後,可自噴 、出噴噍大致在切線方向噴出而反應後, 103065.doc -34- 1284350 ,處理完成之氣體(包含微粒子等之反應副生成物)照樣沿 著基材之切線方向而大致筆直地流出,並以吸引喷嘴吸引 而排氣,可防止在基材上堆積微粒子。 前述噴出噴嘴配置於前述環狀面之背面側情況下,吸引 喷嘴亦配置於背面侧。此時前述吸引喷嘴之末端部(吸引 軸)須向前述環狀面傾斜(參照圖42等)。藉此,可確實吸引 沿著基材而流過來之反應性氣體。 亦可將吸引喷嘴之末端部(吸引轴),以盥噴出喷喈之太 •端部_形成-直線之方式,筆直地朝向== 向(切線方向)。 亦可以自須配置基材外周之環狀面之外側向該環狀面之 大致半徑内側,與前述喷出噴嘴之末端部之噴出軸大致正 交之方式配置前述吸引噴嘴之末端部之吸引軸(參照圖49 等)。 藉此,自喷出喷嘴喷出而反應後,可將處理完成之氣體 φ (包含微粒子等之反應副生成物)自基材迅速流至半徑外侧 來進行吸引、排氣’可防止在基材上堆積微粒子。 且以夾著須配置基材外周之環狀面,而在與喷出喷嘴之 末端部之配置侧之相反側,朝向前述環狀面之方式配置前 述吸引喷嘴末端部之吸引軸(參照圖5〇等)。 藉此’可將自喷出喷嘴喷出之氣體,自基材外周之喷出 嘴鳴配置侧之面’經過知面而流向吸引喷嘴配置侧之面 可確實除去基材外端面不需要之膜(參照圖51等)。而後可 將處理完成之氣體(包含微粒子等之反應副生成物)吸入吸 103065.doc -35- I284350 引噴嘴而排氣,而可防止在基材上堆積微粒子。 前述吸引噴嘴之口徑宜比前述喷出喷嘴之口徑大。 則述吸引噴嘴宜具有比前述喷出噴嘴大2〜5倍之口徑。 前述喷出噴嘴之口徑如宜約丨〜3 mm。另外,前述吸引 噴嘴之口徑如宜約2〜15 mm。 藉此,可抑制處理完成之氣體及反應副生成物擴散,可 確實吸入吸入口而排氣。 須具備使前述基材對喷出喷嘴在周方向相對旋轉之旋轉 機構。 且〜著基材之旋轉方向之正方向,在上游側配置前述噴 出噴鳴並在下游側配置前述吸入口(參照圖41等)。 則述輻射加熱器須可在前述環狀面中之噴出喷嘴與吸引 噴噗之間局部照射輕射熱。a rotation driving mechanism that rotates the rotating cylinder; forming an annular path connected to the opening on the inner circumferential surface of the fixed 1 ^ 或 or the outer circumferential surface of the rotating cylinder, and extending in the axial direction in the condensation cylinder In the axial direction path, one end of the shaft is connected to the annular path, and the other end is connected to the aforementioned or to the refrigerant path (see FIG. 87 and the like). The uranium flow path structure for cooling said that the outer circumferential surface of the rotating cylinder sandwiches the sealing groove, and the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder or the front side of the annular path is formed into a ring shape. The cross-sectional path of the annular path is opened/filled, and the sheet is formed (see FIG. 88 and the like). Thereby, the cooling fluid enters the annular seal 2 via the gap between the outer circumferential surfaces of the epicyclic cylinder: (4) (positive μ) acts on the opening of the filling sheet opening of the cross-sectional gate shape f ^ 吏 = dense sheet It abuts against the inner circumferential surface of the annular seal groove. Therefore, it is possible to seal the poem and ensure the leakage of the cooling fluid. Further, the terminal may be formed in the suction groove of the installation surface, and the opening 103065.doc -32-1284350 may be vacuum-sucked (see Fig. 87 and the like). Thereby, the function of the need is described, and the adsorption of the substrate can be performed. In the flow path structure for suction, an annular sealing groove is formed on both sides of the annular path on the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder or the outer circumferential surface of the rotating cylinder, and each of the mountain sealing grooves is accommodated. There is a packing sheet having a π-shaped cross section that opens toward the side opposite to the annular path (see FIG. 88 and the like). When the negative pressure of the suction flow path reaches the annular seal groove through the gap between the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder and the outer circumferential surface of the rotary cylinder, the negative pressure acts on the cross-section n-shaped packing. The back of the sheet is used to enlarge the packing sheet, and thus the packing sheet abuts against the inner circumference of the annular sealing groove, thereby reliably preventing leakage. In the inner side of the rotating drum, a gasket rotating shaft connected to the center gasket should be accommodated. The aforementioned center m advances and retreats in the axial direction via the (four) sheet rotating shaft. The aforementioned center cymbal can also be rotated via the spacer shaft. In the cymbal shaft, a sputum advancing and retracting mechanism for advancing and retracting the central cymbal, and a part of the squeezing mechanism for rotating the central cymbal or a y X yoke on the central shims are also formed with a absorbing substrate. Sucking the ditch, and also in the month, the suction shaft of the shim shaft is provided with a suction path connected to the sump of the Lisi center gasket. It is also possible to discharge the discharge nozzle of the reactive gas for removing the unnecessary substance from the discharge direction of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate of the crucible 04, and to the substrate circumferential direction of the wafer or the like (the tangent of the processed position). Direction) (Refer to Fig. 图 to Fig. 亦可 can also constitute the ejection of the nozzle from the outer peripheral processing device of the substrate. The direction in which the gas supply mechanism is ejected, near the annular surface where the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is located, 103065.doc -33 · 1284350 is arranged substantially in the circumferential direction of the lobe surface (the tangential direction of the treated position) (see Fig. 41, etc.). Thereby, the reactive gas can flow along the outer periphery of the substrate, and the reactive gas can be extended. When the substrate is contacted with the outer periphery, the reaction efficiency can be improved. When the unnecessary material on the back surface of the wafer is mainly removed, the discharge nozzle must be disposed on the back side of the annular surface (and further on the back side of the wafer) (refer to the figure). /) In addition, the end portion (discharge shaft) of the discharge nozzle should be inclined toward the inner side in the radial direction of the annular surface (see Fig.). Thereby, it is possible to prevent the anti-f f body from spreading to the surface side of the substrate, and to prevent damage to the surface side. The end portion (discharge shaft) of the discharge nozzle should be inclined from the front side or the back side of the annular surface toward the annular surface (see (4), drawing, etc.). Thereby, the reactive gas can be surely ejected to the substrate. The tip end portion (discharge shaft) of the discharge nozzle may be straight toward the circumferential direction of the substrate (tangential direction). In addition to the above-mentioned spray (four) nozzle, the substrate peripheral processing apparatus should further be: suction bow: a suction nozzle for the gas to be processed (exhaust nozzle X, see FIG. 1 and a suction pump connected to a vacuum pump, etc.). The description and arrangement of the mouth are preferably arranged so as to face the discharge nozzle with respect to the position at which the burner is placed (see FIG. 41 and the like). Direction: ...: the circumferential direction of the annular surface (the tangent 4 is opposite to the nozzle) The configuration of the way (refer to the figure. Hunting this can be surely along the direction of flow of the substrate, it can be confirmed that the apricots control the reactive gas and the reactive gas reaches the part that does not need to be treated. Then, it can be sprayed After the squirt is sprayed in the tangential direction and reacted, 103065.doc -34-1284350, the processed gas (reaction by-product including microparticles, etc.) flows out substantially straight along the tangential direction of the substrate, and When the suction nozzle is sucked and exhausted, it is possible to prevent the particles from being deposited on the substrate. When the discharge nozzle is disposed on the back side of the annular surface, the suction nozzle is also disposed on the back side. The end portion (suction shaft) of the suction nozzle must be inclined toward the annular surface (see Fig. 42 and the like). Thereby, the reactive gas flowing along the substrate can be surely sucked. The end portion of the suction nozzle can also be attracted ( The suction shaft) is straight toward the direction of == direction (tangential direction) by ejecting the squirting • • • 端 端 端 端 • 直线 。 直线 直线 直线 直线 直线 直线 直线 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = The suction shaft of the end portion of the suction nozzle is disposed on the inner side of the surface of the discharge nozzle so as to be substantially perpendicular to the discharge axis of the end portion of the discharge nozzle (see FIG. 49 and the like). Thereby, the reaction is ejected from the discharge nozzle. After that, the processed gas φ (reaction by-product such as fine particles) can be quickly flowed from the substrate to the outside of the radius to be sucked and vented to prevent the deposition of fine particles on the substrate. The annular surface of the outer circumference of the material is disposed on the opposite side of the arrangement side of the end portion of the discharge nozzle, and the suction shaft of the suction nozzle end portion is disposed toward the annular surface (see FIG. 5A and the like). Can be self The gas ejected from the nozzle is discharged from the surface on the outer side of the substrate to the surface on which the nozzle is disposed, and the surface on the side where the suction nozzle is disposed is surely removed from the surface on the outer side of the substrate (see FIG. 51 and the like). Then, the processed gas (reaction by-products including fine particles, etc.) can be sucked into the nozzle 103065.doc -35-I284350 to exhaust the particles, thereby preventing the accumulation of fine particles on the substrate. The cavities of the suction nozzles are preferably the aforementioned. The ejection nozzle has a large diameter. The suction nozzle preferably has a diameter of 2 to 5 times larger than the ejection nozzle. The diameter of the ejection nozzle is preferably about 丨3 mm. Further, the diameter of the suction nozzle is preferably 2 to 15 mm, it is possible to suppress the diffusion of the gas and the reaction product produced by the treatment, and it is possible to evacuate the suction port and to exhaust the gas. The rotation mechanism for rotating the substrate toward the discharge nozzle in the circumferential direction is required. In the positive direction of the rotation direction of the substrate, the discharge squib is disposed on the upstream side and the suction port is disposed on the downstream side (see FIG. 41 and the like). The radiant heater shall be capable of locally illuminating the light-radiating heat between the discharge nozzle and the suction squirt in the aforementioned annular surface.

,此’可使位於噴出噴嘴與吸引噴嘴之間之基材外周部 :P加熱’並與反應性氣體接觸。此有助於除去愈是高溫 刻率愈高之膜(如光阻等之有機膜)。由於係局部加熱, 口此可防止甚至抑制加熱至不需要處理之部位。此外,由 於可以非接觸方式加熱,因此可確實防止產生微粒子。該 輻射加熱器須使用雷射加熱器。 矣光阻等有機臈為除去對象時,反應性氣體宜為 之生成可使用臭氧化器’亦可使用氧電漿。使 ^騎,須在噴出噴嘴上設置冷卻機構。藉此,可將臭 二維持在低溫而延長壽命,可確保反 = 冷卻機構,如在保持喷 +冑出”之 贺出贺鳴<噴嘴保持構件上形成冷卻 W3065.doc -36 - 1284350 路&在θ冷>&卩路僅巾通過冷卻水等冷卻媒體。冷卻媒體 之溫度可為室溫程度。喷嘴保持構件須以良導熱材質(如 鋁)形成。 /頁使則述輻射加熱器之局部轄射位置在前述喷出喷嘴與 Μ㈣噴嘴側(參照圖45⑻等)。 精此’可將基材外周部之各處理點,於來自喷出喷嘴之 反應!·生乱體噴射時立即輻射加熱,通過而後之反應性氣體 持續喷射關之大半,以剩餘熱維持高溫,而可進一步確 實提高處理效率。 ⑶基材之旋轉方向亦可與上述相反。此時,可使輻射加熱 =局Ρ輕射位置,在前述喷出喷嘴與吸引喷嘴之間偏向 吸引喷嘴側。 前述喷出噴嘴與吸引噴嘴間之距離,宜考慮旋轉機構之 旋轉速度及輻射加熱器之加熱能力等而適切設定。 亦可將除去不需要物質用之反應性氣體導人基材之外周 #後以m材外周部而延伸之引導路徑引導在周方 :流動’藉此除去覆蓋於晶圓等之基材外周部之不需要物 貝0 亦可基材外周處理裝置之反應減體供給機構之氣體供 給部具備氣體引導構件, " 該乱體引導構件具有包含基材之外周部而在周方向上延 伸之引導路徑, 而在則述引導路徑之延伸方向上通過前述反應性氣體 (參照圖81〜圖83、圖91〜圖94等)。 103065.doc -37 - 1284350 藉此,可延長活性種接觸於基材外周之時間,而可提高 反應效率。此外亦可減少處理氣體之需要量。 該氣體引導構件可適合用作前述第二反應性氣體供給機 構之氣體供給噴嘴,而適合氮化矽及二氧化矽等之無機膜 之除去處理。This allows the outer peripheral portion of the substrate between the discharge nozzle and the suction nozzle to be "heated" and brought into contact with the reactive gas. This helps to remove the film which has a higher temperature and higher rate (such as an organic film such as a photoresist). Due to the local heating, the mouth prevents or even inhibits heating to a portion where treatment is not required. Further, since it can be heated in a non-contact manner, it is possible to surely prevent the generation of fine particles. The radiant heater must use a laser heater. When the organic hydrazine such as ruthenium is removed, the reactive gas is preferably formed to be an ozonator. Oxygen plasma may also be used. To make a ride, a cooling mechanism must be provided on the spray nozzle. In this way, the odor can be maintained at a low temperature to prolong the life, and the anti-cooling mechanism can be ensured, for example, in the case of keeping the spray + squirting, the cooling is formed on the nozzle holding member. W3065.doc -36 - 1284350 & in the θ cold >& the road only through the cooling water cooling medium. The temperature of the cooling medium can be room temperature. The nozzle holding member must be formed of a good thermal conductive material (such as aluminum). The local radiant position of the heater is on the nozzle side of the discharge nozzle and the 四(4) nozzle (refer to Fig. 45 (8), etc.). This can handle the reaction points from the outer peripheral portion of the substrate to the reaction from the discharge nozzle! When the radiant heat is applied immediately, the reactive gas continues to be sprayed off for a long time, and the remaining heat is maintained at a high temperature, and the processing efficiency can be further improved. (3) The rotation direction of the substrate can also be opposite to the above. At this time, the radiant can be heated. = the position of the light-emitting position is biased toward the suction nozzle side between the discharge nozzle and the suction nozzle. The distance between the discharge nozzle and the suction nozzle should be considered in consideration of the rotation speed of the rotating mechanism and the radiant heater. The heat capacity and the like can be appropriately set. The reactive gas for removing the unnecessary substance can be guided to the periphery of the substrate, and the guide path extending from the outer peripheral portion of the m material can be guided to the circumference: the flow is 'removed to cover the crystal The gas supply unit of the reaction reducing body supply mechanism of the substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus may be provided with a gas guiding member, and the chaotic body guiding member may include a peripheral portion of the substrate. The guide path extending in the circumferential direction passes through the reactive gas in the extending direction of the guide path (see FIGS. 81 to 83, 91 to 94, etc.) 103065.doc -37 - 1284350 The reaction time can be increased by contacting the active species to the outer periphery of the substrate, and the reaction efficiency can be increased. The gas guiding member can be suitably used as the gas supply nozzle of the second reactive gas supply mechanism. It is suitable for the removal treatment of inorganic films such as tantalum nitride and cerium oxide.

前述氣體引導構件須具有可插拔地插入基材外周部之插 入口,並藉由擴大該插入口之底端而形成前述引導路徑。 f述插入口之厚度須比基材之厚度稍大之程度,在插入狀 態下’與基材間之間隙須儘可能較小。 反應性氣體之導入口須連接於前述引導路徑之延伸方向 之一端部,另一端部連接排出口(參照圖82等)。藉此,可 使反應性氣體自引導路徑之—端部向另—端部流^ 須可調整旋轉速度地設置使前述氣㈣導構件在基材之 周方向相對旋轉之旋轉機構。 、,藉可在基材外周部之全周均—地除去不需要物質, 亚且藉由調整旋轉速度而調整除去不需要物質之處理寬 度。%轉速度宜為丨rpm〜1000 rpm之範圍,更宜為⑺ 之範圍。超過1000 rpm之旋轉速度將導致反 1氣體可與被處理部接觸之時間過短,因此不適宜。 則述引^路徑之氣體流動方向與基材之旋轉方向宜一 致0 亦可在前述引導路徑之内部 器之照射部。 丨Ά-置别述輻射加熱 W述氣體 亦可在前述氣體引導構件中附設前述照射部 103065.doc -38 1284350 之方式埋入使前述照 96 等)。 引導構件中,可以面對前述引導路徑 射部之熱光線透過之透光構件(參照圖 藉此,對於蝕刻時需要加熱之無機膜(如碳化石夕)及光阻 及聚合物等有機膜’亦可使用上述氣體引導構件進行除去 處理。The gas guiding member is required to have an insertion port that is insertably inserted into the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, and the aforementioned guiding path is formed by enlarging the bottom end of the insertion opening. f The thickness of the insertion opening must be slightly larger than the thickness of the substrate, and the gap between the substrate and the substrate should be as small as possible in the inserted state. The introduction port of the reactive gas is connected to one end of the extending direction of the guiding path, and the other end is connected to the discharge port (see Fig. 82 and the like). Thereby, the reaction gas can be provided from the end portion of the guide path to the other end portion, and the rotation mechanism for rotating the gas (four) guide member in the circumferential direction of the substrate can be provided at an adjustable rotational speed. Further, the unnecessary substance can be removed uniformly over the entire circumference of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, and the treatment width for removing the unnecessary substance can be adjusted by adjusting the rotation speed. The % rotation speed is preferably in the range of 丨 rpm to 1000 rpm, more preferably in the range of (7). A rotational speed of more than 1000 rpm will cause the reverse gas to be in contact with the treated portion for too short a time, and thus is not suitable. The direction of the gas flow in the path of the substrate and the direction of rotation of the substrate are preferably zero or in the illuminating portion of the inner body of the guiding path.辐射 置 辐射 辐射 辐射 辐射 气体 气体 气体 气体 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 In the guiding member, the light transmitting member that transmits the heat rays of the guiding path portion can be faced (refer to the figure, the inorganic film (such as carbon stone) and the organic film such as photoresist and polymer which need to be heated during etching" The removal treatment can also be carried out using the above gas guiding member.

附前述照射部之氣體引導構件,於在基材上堆疊:在高 溫下可银刻之第-無機膜(如碳化石夕),及在高溫下姓刻率 比前述第-無機膜低之第二無機膜(如二氧化外而希望 僅银刻此等第-及第二無機膜中之第—無機膜時亦有效。 前述加熱器宜可加㈣導路徑之内部(特別是引導路徑 上游側(前述導人π侧))中之基材外周部或比引導路徑在旋 轉方向上游側之基材外周部(參照圖95等)。 前述引導路徑之氣體流動方向與基材之旋轉方向宜一 致’前述照射部宜在前述引導路徑之上游端附近集束照射 熱先線(參照® 95等)H可在科路徑之上游端附近 輪射加熱基材之外周部’可與新鮮之反應性氣體充分引起 反應’並且’而後藉由向引導路徑之下游侧旋轉,且暫時 持續保持高溫,除導引路徑之上游側之部分外,在中間部 分及下游側之部分亦可充分引起反應。藉此,可確實提高 處理效率。 、另外,係藉由姓刻而產生殘渣亦即常溫下產生固體副生 成物之膜成刀0夺,亦可以前述加熱器局部加熱比引導路徑 在凝轉方向下㈣之基材外^藉此,可使前述殘造氣化 而自基材外周除去。如―氮切時,產生(NH4)2SiF6、 103065.doc -39- 1284350 NH4F · HF等之固體副生成物。可以前述加熱器將其氣化 而除去。 除作為前述第二反應性氣體供給機構之前述氣體引導構 件之外,還具備作為前述第一反應性氣體供給機構之有機 膜除去用處理頭,該有機膜除去用處理頭亦可具有:照射 部,其係局部供給輻射熱至前述基材之外周部;及氣體供 給部,其係供給與有機膜反應之氧系反應性氣體等之第一 籲反應性氣體至前述局部位置(參照圖79等)。有機膜除去用 處理頭與氣體引導構件可在載台之周方向上離開配置。亦 可以前述有機膜除去用處理頭之照射部將前述氣體引導構 件之處理而產生之固體副生成物予以加熱而氣化除去。 如上述,一般而言係在圓形之晶圓外周部之一部分形成 定向平面及凹槽等之缺口部。 因此,亦可將晶圓配置於載台上,使該載台在旋轉軸之 周圍旋轉,並且將處理用流體(反應性氣體)之供給喷嘴朝 • 向對與該旋轉軸正交之第一轴,晶圓之外周部穿越之地 點,且鈾述穿越地點隨伴前述旋轉而連續性或暫時性變動 日守’配合其變動而使前述供給喷嘴沿著第一轴滑動,來供 給前述處理用流體(參照圖99等)。 宜將晶圓定心配置於載台上,使該載台在旋轉軸之周圍 旋轉,並且對與該旋轉軸正交之第一軸,前述晶圓之圓形 外周部穿越時,使處理用流體(反應性氣體)之供給喷嘴朝 向其穿越地點亦即自旋轉軸與晶圓之半徑實質上等距離離 開之第一軸上之位置而靜止,對前述第一軸,前述晶圓之 103065.doc -40- 1284350 缺口部穿越時,配合其穿越地點之變動,使前述供給噴嘴 沿著第一轴滑動,而始終朝向穿越地點來供給前述處理用 流體。 基材外周處理裝置亦可具備: 載台,其係配置晶圓,並且在旋轉轴之周圍旋轉; 處理用流體(反應性氣體)之供給噴嘴,其係沿著與前述 旋轉軸正父之第一軸可滑動地設置;及a gas guiding member attached to the illuminating portion is stacked on a substrate: a first-inorganic film (such as a carbonized stone) which can be silver-etched at a high temperature, and a lower engraving rate at a high temperature than the first-inorganic film The second inorganic film (for example, it is also desired to be silver-etched only in the first-and second-inorganic film of the second inorganic film). The heater may be added to the inside of the guiding path (especially the upstream side of the guiding path). The outer peripheral portion of the substrate (in the guide π side) or the outer peripheral portion of the substrate on the upstream side in the rotational direction of the guide path (see FIG. 95 and the like). The gas flow direction of the guide path is preferably the same as the rotation direction of the substrate. It is preferable that the illuminating unit bundles the irradiation hot line (see ® 95 or the like) near the upstream end of the guiding path, and H can rotate the outer periphery of the substrate near the upstream end of the branch path to be sufficiently reactive with fresh reactive gas. When the reaction is caused to be 'and' and then rotated to the downstream side of the guide path and temporarily maintained at a high temperature, the reaction can be sufficiently caused in the intermediate portion and the downstream side except for the portion on the upstream side of the guide path. Therefore, the processing efficiency can be surely improved. In addition, the residue generated by the surname is generated, that is, the film of the solid by-product is generated at normal temperature, and the heater can be locally heated to be in the direction of condensation. (4) The outer surface of the substrate can be removed from the outer periphery of the substrate by gasification. For example, when nitrogen is cut, solid by-products such as (NH4)2SiF6, 103065.doc-39-1284350 NH4F·HF are generated. In addition to the gas guiding member of the second reactive gas supply means, the processing head for removing an organic film as the first reactive gas supply means may be provided. The processing head for removing an organic film may further include: an irradiation unit that locally supplies radiant heat to the outer peripheral portion of the substrate; and a gas supply unit that supplies the first one of the oxygen-based reactive gas that reacts with the organic film. The reactive gas is at the local position (see Fig. 79, etc.). The organic film removal processing head and the gas guiding member may be disposed apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the stage. The illuminating unit of the erroneous head heats and removes the solid by-product generated by the treatment of the gas guiding member. As described above, generally, an orientation plane, a groove, and the like are formed in one portion of the outer peripheral portion of the circular wafer. Therefore, the wafer may be placed on the stage, the stage may be rotated around the rotating shaft, and the supply nozzle of the processing fluid (reactive gas) may be aligned with the rotating shaft. The first axis of the intersection, the location where the outer periphery of the wafer passes, and the uranium crossing point is continuously or temporarily changed with the rotation, and the supply nozzle is slid along the first axis. Supplying the processing fluid (see FIG. 99, etc.). Preferably, the wafer is centered on the stage, the stage is rotated around the rotating shaft, and the first axis orthogonal to the rotating axis is the crystal When the outer circumference of the circular circle passes, the supply nozzle of the processing fluid (reactive gas) is moved toward the position where the traversing point, that is, the position on the first axis from which the radius of the rotation is substantially equidistant from the radius of the wafer. And, in the first axis, when the notch of the 103065.doc -40-1284350 of the wafer passes through, the supply nozzle is slid along the first axis, and the supply nozzle is always supplied toward the crossing point. Processing fluid. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus may further include: a stage on which the wafer is placed and rotated around the rotating shaft; and a supply nozzle for the processing fluid (reactive gas) which is along with the parent of the rotating shaft One axis is slidably disposed; and

喷嘴位置調整機構,其係對前述第一軸,晶圓之外周部 穿越之地點隨伴前述旋轉而連續性或暫時性變動時,配合 前述變動而沿著第一軸調整前述供給喷嘴之位置,而始終 朝向前述穿越地點(參照圖99等)。 基材外周處理裝置亦可具備: 載台,其係在旋轉軸(中心軸)之周圍旋轉; 對準機構,其係將在圓料周部之—部分形成有定向平 面及凹槽等之缺口部之晶圓對準(定心)於處理載台而配The nozzle position adjusting mechanism adjusts the position of the supply nozzle along the first axis in accordance with the fluctuation in the first axis and the position where the outer peripheral portion of the wafer passes through the rotation continuously or temporarily. And always facing the aforementioned crossing point (refer to FIG. 99, etc.). The substrate peripheral processing apparatus may further include: a stage that rotates around the rotating shaft (central axis); and an alignment mechanism that forms a notch such as an orientation flat surface and a groove in a portion of the circumference of the round material Wafer alignment (centering) is used to process the stage

⑴述處理用流體(反應性氣體)之供給噴嘴,其係沿著盘 前述旋轉軸正交之第一軸可滑動地設置;& ” 形㈣機構:其係對前述第-軸,前述晶圓之圓 二轉軸:越日”使料供给噴嘴朝向其穿越地點亦即自 =與Γ之半徑實質上等距離離開之第-轴上之位置 地 第—軸,前述晶81之缺口部穿越時,配合 -牙.點之變動,而使前述供給噴嘴沿著第—軸動, 而始終朝向穿越地點(參照圖97〜圖99等)。者弟軸'月動 103065.doc -41 - 1284350 亦可前述反應性氣體供給機構具 中心轴正交之第一轴可滑動之反應;者與剛述載台之 前述晶圓定心而配置於前述載二/體之供給嘴嘴, 心軸之周圍旋轉, ,並且前述栽台在中 對前逑第-軸’前述晶圓之圓形 給噴嘴之末端部朝向自前述中心轴而鱼=越化,前述供 等距離龜鬥哲 -、日日圓之半徑實質上 ”離離開之第一軸上之位置而靜止, 1貝上 對前述第一軸,前述晶圓 嘖喈夕士 缺卩穿越時,以前述供給 、 末端部始終朝向其穿越地點之方4 _ ’、、" 與前述載△之旌鏟Π丰A 式’則述供給喷嘴 义戟σ之旋轉冋步地沿著前 97〜圖99等)。 边第一軸而滑動(參照圖 前述對準機構須具有檢測晶 部,廿溆义+ 邛之位置之缺口檢測 叙心併行將缺σ部朝向載台之指定方向。 =嘴位置調整機構須與前述載台之旋轉同步地進行 月’J迷供給贺嘴之位置調整。 θ Ρ載D在對應於前述圓形外 周邛之弟一軸穿越期間之旋 — 轉角度轭圍時,將供給喷嘴固 疋配置於自旋轉軸與晶圓之半新 干仫只貝上等距離離開之第一 軸上之位置,在對應於前述 & & 义研口 σ卩之弟一軸穿越期間之旋(1) a supply nozzle for a treatment fluid (reactive gas) slidably disposed along a first axis orthogonal to the rotation axis of the disk; & (4) mechanism: the first axis, the crystal The rounded shaft of the circle: the more the day, the feed nozzle is oriented toward the traversing point, that is, the first axis at a position on the first axis that is substantially equidistant from the radius of the Γ, when the notch of the crystal 81 passes through In response to the change in the teeth, the feed nozzle is moved along the first axis and always faces the passing point (see FIGS. 97 to 99 and the like). The parent axis "Moon Movement 103065.doc -41 - 1284350" may also be a reaction in which the reactive gas supply mechanism has a first axis orthogonal to the central axis; and the wafer is centered on the wafer just described The feeding nozzle of the second carrier/body is rotated around the mandrel, and the front end of the wafer is in the middle of the front side of the first axis, and the end portion of the circular nozzle is directed toward the center axis. The above-mentioned equidistance distance Knife-Zhe-, the radius of the Japanese yen is substantially "still" from the position on the first axis of the departure, and the first axis is on the first axis, and the wafer is missing. With the above-mentioned supply and the end portion always facing the side of the crossing point 4 _ ',, " and the above-mentioned △ 旌 旌 Π Π A A 则 则 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给 供给Fig. 99, etc.) Sliding along the first axis (refer to the figure, the alignment mechanism must have a detection crystal part, and the notch detection center of the position of 廿溆 + + 并行 will parallel the σ section toward the designated direction of the stage. The position adjustment mechanism must perform the month's confession in synchronization with the rotation of the aforementioned stage. Adjusting the position of the mouthpiece. θ The load D is placed in the spin-rotation angle yoke during the one-axis crossing of the circular outer circumference, and the supply nozzle is fixedly disposed on the spin axis and the wafer. The position on the first axis of the 贝 上 上 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 位置 位置 位置 位置

轉角度範圍時,使供給嗔嘴依I 、哭依载口之方疋轉角度及旋轉速度 之速度及方向u著第一軸而接近旋轉軸之方向或遠離之 方向)移動。而後’該同步控制之結果,須使供給喷嘴始 終朝向晶圓之第一軸穿越地點。 另外,以對準機構進行對準時,除花費對準機構用之設 備成本之外,亦花費自進行對準之位置轉移至旋轉載台之 103065.doc -42- 1284350 時間。此外,對準精確度取決於機器手臂之動作精確度。 因此’亦可將晶圓配置於載台上,使該載台在旋轉軸 (中、軸)之周圍方疋轉’並且將處理用流體(反應性氣體)之 供給噴嘴朝向在對與該旋轉軸正交之第一軸,晶圓之外周 p穿越之地點’且則述穿越地點隨伴前述旋轉而變動時, 配合其變動而使前述供給噴嘴沿著第一軸滑動,並供給前 述處理用流體(參照圖105等)。 宜將晶圓配置於載台上,使該載台在旋轉軸(中心軸)之 ^圍旋轉,並且藉由計算對與該旋轉軸正交之第—轴,前 η外周部穿越之各時刻的地點’將處理用流體(反 應性氧體)之供給噴嘴依攄箭 敕你番 ㈣依據别迷计算結果,沿著第-軸調 正位置,而始終朝向前述穿 體(參照圖1〇5等)。.·,來供給前述處理用流 構:此此γγ芯修正用之對準機構,可謀求簡化裝置 理:間卜,由於可省略料㈣,w體之處 亦可與各時刻計算前述穿 之位置調整及處理用” ”、“併進行前述供給喷嘴 正汉處理用流體之供給。 此時’可沿著前述载台之旋轉 侧計測晶圓外周部之位 …自供給噴嘴在上游 算。 w、據該計測結果進行前述計 亦可就晶圓外周部之全周進 進行前述供給噴嘴之位署%敕返牙越地點之計算後, 基才才夕卜^、 爾整及處理用流體之供於。 基材外周處理裝置亦可具備: - 103065.doc -43- 1284350 載台’其係配置前述晶圓 圍旋轉; ,並且在旋轉軸(中心軸)之周 ♦處理用流體(反應性氣體)之供給喷嘴,其係沿著與前述 旋轉軸正交之第一軸可滑動地設置; 計算部,其係計算對前述第—軸,前述晶圓之外周部穿 越之各時刻之地點;及 將前述處 而始終朝When the angle range is turned, the supply nozzle moves according to I, the direction of the rotation of the load port and the speed and direction of the rotation speed, the direction of the first axis, and the direction of the rotation axis or the direction away from the rotation axis. The result of the synchronization control is such that the supply nozzle always traverses the location toward the first axis of the wafer. In addition, when aligning with the alignment mechanism, in addition to the cost of the equipment for the alignment mechanism, it is also necessary to shift from the position where the alignment is performed to the time of the rotary stage 103065.doc - 42-1284350. In addition, the accuracy of the alignment depends on the accuracy of the movement of the robot arm. Therefore, it is also possible to arrange the wafer on the stage so that the stage rotates around the rotating shaft (middle, shaft) and direct the supply nozzle of the processing fluid (reactive gas) toward the pair. When the first axis orthogonal to the axis, the point where the outer periphery p of the wafer passes, and the traversing point fluctuates with the rotation, the supply nozzle is slid along the first axis in accordance with the fluctuation, and is supplied to the processing. Fluid (refer to Figure 105, etc.). Preferably, the wafer is disposed on the stage, and the stage is rotated around the rotation axis (the central axis), and by calculating the first axis orthogonal to the rotation axis, the front η outer circumference passes through each moment. The location of the treatment fluid (reactive oxygen) supply nozzle depends on the arrow (4) according to the calculation results of other fans, along the first axis to adjust the position, and always toward the aforementioned body (refer to Figure 1〇5 Wait). . . . to supply the processing flow mechanism: the alignment mechanism for the γ γ core correction can simplify the device rationality: since the material (4) can be omitted, the w body can also calculate the wearing time at each moment. For the position adjustment and processing, "and the supply of the fluid for the supply nozzle processing is performed. At this time, the position of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer can be measured along the rotation side of the stage... The upstream of the supply nozzle is calculated. According to the measurement result, the calculation can be performed on the entire circumference of the wafer, and the calculation of the position of the nozzle is performed on the entire circumference of the wafer, and then the fluid is processed. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus may further comprise: - 103065.doc - 43 - 1284350 The stage is configured to perform the aforementioned wafer rotation; and the circumference of the rotating shaft (central axis) ♦ processing fluid (reactivity) a supply nozzle of the gas slidably disposed along a first axis orthogonal to the rotation axis; and a calculation unit that calculates a position of each of the time points of the outer circumference of the wafer to the first axis; And will always be the same

喷嘴位置調整機構,其係依據前述計算結果 理用流體之供給喷嘴沿著第一軸進行位置調整 向前述穿越地點(參照圖1〇3〜圖1〇5等)。 亦可4述反應性氣體供給機構具有可沿著與前述載台之 中心軸正交之第一軸可滑動之反應性氣體之供給噴嘴, 鈿述載台保持前述晶圓,並在中心軸之周圍旋轉, 進-步具備計算部,其係計算對與前述中心軸正交之第 一軸,前述晶圓之外周部穿越之各時刻之地點, 前述處理用流體之供給喷嘴依據前述計算結果,藉由w 著第一軸進行位置調整,而始終朝向前述穿越地點來= 給前述處理用流體(參照圖103〜圖1〇5等)。 ’、 部位置之晶圓外 前述計算部須包含計測前述晶圓之外周 周位置計測器。 (發明之效果) 本發明藉由將基材之外周部予以加熱,並且在該加熱之 外周部噴射反應性氣體,可有效除去不需要物質。 、 藉由在載台上設置吸熱機構,自外周部傳導熱至比基材 外周部之内側部分,而直接施加加熱器之熱情況下,可以 103065.doc -44- 1284350 吸熱機構予以吸熱。藉此’可防止比基材外周内侧部分之 膜及配線變f。此外,即使反應性氣體自基材之外周側汽 向内側時,仍可抑制反應。藉此可防止損及比基材外周: 内侧部分。 【實施方式】 以下,按照圖式詳述本發明之實施形態。 圖1〜圖3係顯示本發明之第一種實施形態者。首先,說 明處理對象之基材。圖i及圖2中如假設線所示,基材如係 半導體晶圓90,並形成圓形之薄板狀。如圖3所示 ΘΘ 圓90之上面亦即表側面如覆蓋包含光阻之膜92。光阻之吸 收波長係1500 nm〜2000 n„^膜92不僅覆蓋晶圓9〇之上面 全體’還經過外端面而到達背面之外周部。該實施形離之 基材外周處理裝置係將該晶圓9()之背面外周部之膜仏作 為不需要物質而除去者。 另外,本發明並不限定於除去晶圓9〇等基材背面外周部 之膜者,亦可適用於除去表側面之外周部及外端面之膜 者。 、 如圖1及圖2所示,基材外周處理裝置具備:框架5〇、作 為支撐晶圓90之基材支撑機構之載台1G、作為輻射加敎器 之雷射加熱器20及作為反應性氣體供給機構之電聚喷頭 30。 ' 框架5〇具有:有孔圓盤狀之底板51,及自該底板η之外 周向上突出之筒狀之周壁52’並形成剖面L字形之環狀, 而固定於圖上未顯示之架台上。 103065.doc •45- 1284350 在框架50之内側,被其包圍而配置有載台10。載台10與 框木50同心,並形成比周壁52小徑之平面觀察圓形狀,其 週侧面形成有向下縮徑之錐狀。載台1〇連接於圖上未顯示 之旋轉驅動機構,可在中心軸"之周圍旋轉。另外,亦可 形成固疋載σ 10,並將旋轉驅動機構連接於框架5〇,而該 框架50旋轉。 在載台10之上面10a(支撐面、表側面)上,使中心一致而 _ 水平地設置須處理之晶圓90。 在载台1G中插人真空式或靜電式之吸著夾盤機構。藉由 該吸著夾盤機構,可將晶圓9〇吸著固定於載台1〇之支樓面 10a上,不過圖式省略。 載台1〇之上面亦即支撐晶圓90之支撐面i〇a之直徑,比 形成圓幵y之曰曰圓90之直徑稍小。因此,晶圓9〇在設置於載 口 1〇之狀,¾、下,其外周部之全週自載台1G稍微向徑方向外 侧突出。亦即晶圓90之外周部係位於虛擬包圍載台⑺之上 •:外周之環狀面c。晶圓9G之外周部之突*量(環狀面C之 寬度)如為3〜5 _。藉此,晶圓9〇之背面,全周露出〈開 放)外周狹窄之部分…卜,比其内侧之部分,亦即除去 上述狹窄外周部之背面之大部分抵接於載台1〇之上面而被 遮蓋。 設置於載台1〇上之晶圓90之背面外周部亦即被處理部位 所在之位置成為被處理位置p。該被處理位 1。之上面-向徑方向外側延長之假設面(延長面)上將載口 載台10之材質係導熱性佳,不致引起金屬污染等者,如 103065.doc -46- 1284350 使用鋁。為了確保對反應性氣體之耐腐蝕性,亦可在表面 設置藉由陽極氧化而形成之氧化鋁層,並使ptfe等之氣 糸樹脂浸透。 在基材外周處理裝置之載台10上設有自上面10a進行吸 熱用之吸熱機構。詳細而言,載台1 0之内部係空洞,其中 形成冷媒室41(吸熱機構)。冷媒室41具有充分之内容機。 冷媒室41達到載台1〇之全部區域(周方向之全周及徑方向 φ之全體)。冷媒室41中,冷媒供給路徑42與冷媒排出路徑 43連接。此等路徑42,43通過中心軸此内部而自載台 10延伸。 冷媒供給路徑42之上游端連接於圖上未顯示之冷媒供給 源。冷媒供給源將作為冷媒之如水經由冷媒供給路徑“供 給至冷媒室41。藉此冷媒室41内填充水。水溫為常溫即 可。此外,適切自冷媒排出路徑43排出,並且自新的冷媒The nozzle position adjusting mechanism adjusts the position along the first axis in accordance with the calculation result of the fluid supply nozzle toward the passing point (see Fig. 1〇3 to Fig. 1〇5, etc.). Further, the reactive gas supply mechanism may have a supply nozzle that is slidable along a first axis orthogonal to a central axis of the stage, and the stage holds the wafer and is located at the central axis. In the peripheral rotation, the step further includes a calculation unit that calculates a first axis orthogonal to the central axis, and a point at which each of the outer peripheral portions of the wafer passes, and the supply nozzle of the processing fluid is based on the calculation result. The positional adjustment is performed by the first axis, and the processing fluid is always supplied toward the passing point (refer to FIG. 103 to FIG. Outside the wafer at the location, the calculation unit must include a peripheral position measuring device for measuring the wafer. (Effects of the Invention) According to the present invention, by heating the outer peripheral portion of the substrate and spraying the reactive gas on the outer peripheral portion of the heating, the unnecessary substance can be effectively removed. By providing a heat absorbing mechanism on the stage, heat is transferred from the outer peripheral portion to the inner portion of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, and in the case where the heat is directly applied to the heater, the heat absorbing mechanism can absorb heat. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the film and wiring from the inner peripheral portion of the substrate from becoming f. Further, even when the reactive gas is vaporized from the outer side of the substrate to the inner side, the reaction can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to prevent damage to the outer circumference of the substrate: the inner portion. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. 1 to 3 show a first embodiment of the present invention. First, the substrate to be processed is explained. As shown in the assumed lines in Figures i and 2, the substrate is formed as a semiconductor wafer 90 and formed into a circular thin plate shape. As shown in Fig. 3, the upper side of the circle 90, i.e., the side of the surface, covers the film 92 containing the photoresist. The absorption wavelength of the photoresist is 1500 nm to 2000 n. The film 92 covers not only the entire upper surface of the wafer 9 but also passes through the outer end surface to reach the outer periphery of the back surface. The film of the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the circle 9 () is removed as an unnecessary substance. The present invention is not limited to the film which removes the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the substrate such as the wafer 9 or the like, and may be applied to the side surface of the substrate. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the substrate peripheral processing apparatus includes a frame 5A, a stage 1G as a substrate supporting mechanism for supporting the wafer 90, and a radiation twister. The laser heater 20 and the electropolymerization head 30 as a reactive gas supply mechanism. The frame 5 has a bottom plate 51 having a perforated disk shape, and a cylindrical peripheral wall 52 projecting from the outer periphery of the bottom plate n. 'and form a ring-shaped L-shaped ring, and is fixed on the pedestal not shown on the figure. 103065.doc •45- 1284350 On the inside of the frame 50, surrounded by the carrier 10 is arranged. The stage 10 and the frame wood 50 concentric, and forming a circular observation plane than the perimeter wall 52 The side surface of the circumference is formed with a tapered shape which is reduced in diameter. The stage 1 is connected to a rotation driving mechanism not shown, and is rotatable around the central axis. Further, a solid load σ 10 may be formed. The rotary drive mechanism is coupled to the frame 5A, and the frame 50 is rotated. On the upper surface 10a (support surface, front side) of the stage 10, the center is aligned and the wafer 90 to be processed is horizontally disposed. A vacuum or electrostatic suction chuck mechanism is inserted into the table 1G. By the suction chuck mechanism, the wafer 9 can be sucked and fixed on the support floor 10a of the stage 1 , but the pattern The diameter of the support surface i〇a of the support wafer 90 is slightly smaller than the diameter of the circle 90 forming the circle y. Therefore, the wafer 9 is disposed on the carrier 1 In the shape of the crucible, the outer circumference of the outer circumference of the wafer 1G slightly protrudes outward in the radial direction. That is, the outer circumference of the wafer 90 is located on the virtual surrounding stage (7). The amount of protrusions on the outer circumference of the wafer 9G (the width of the annular surface C) is 3 to 5 _. Thereby, the back surface of the wafer 9 is exposed all the way. The portion of the outer narrow portion is opened, and the portion of the inner side of the narrow outer peripheral portion is abutted on the upper surface of the stage 1 and is covered. The wafer is placed on the stage 1 The outer peripheral portion of the back surface of 90, that is, the position at which the portion to be processed is located is the processed position p. The material of the carrier stage 10 is placed on the hypothetical surface (elongated surface) in which the upper surface is extended outward in the radial direction. The thermal conductivity is good, and it does not cause metal contamination, such as 103065.doc -46-1284350. In order to ensure the corrosion resistance to the reactive gas, an aluminum oxide layer formed by anodization may be disposed on the surface, and Soak the gas resin of ptfe or the like. A heat absorbing mechanism for absorbing heat from the upper surface 10a is provided on the stage 10 of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus. Specifically, the inside of the stage 10 is hollow, and a refrigerant chamber 41 (heat absorption mechanism) is formed. The refrigerant chamber 41 has a sufficient content machine. The refrigerant chamber 41 reaches the entire area of the stage 1 (the entire circumference in the circumferential direction and the entire radial direction φ). In the refrigerant chamber 41, the refrigerant supply path 42 is connected to the refrigerant discharge path 43. These paths 42, 43 extend from the stage 10 through the interior of the central shaft. The upstream end of the refrigerant supply path 42 is connected to a refrigerant supply source not shown. The refrigerant supply source is supplied as a refrigerant to the refrigerant chamber 41 via the refrigerant supply path. The refrigerant chamber 41 is filled with water. The water temperature is normal temperature. Further, the refrigerant is discharged from the refrigerant discharge path 43 and the new refrigerant is discharged.

供給路徑42進行供給。W之冷媒亦可送回冷媒供給源, 再度冷卻等而循環使用。 冷媒除水之外,亦可使用空氣及氦等。亦可形成壓縮流 體強制送人冷媒室41,而在冷媒室41之内部流動。 吸熱機構設於載台i 〇之至少外周部(晶圓9 q外周突出部 之接近内側部分)即可,亦可不設於中央部。 載台10位於比框架50之底板 - 一叫々「用雙:> z之大 致中間t度。載台1G之直徑比底板51之内周大。藉此底板 51之内端緣進人載台1G之下側(背面側)之徑方向内側。 在載D 1G之下面與底板51之内端緣之間設有迷宮式密封 103065.doc -47- 1284350 60。迷宮式密封60具有上下一對迷宮式環61,62。上側之 迷宮式環61具有形成與載台1〇同心之多重環狀之數個垂下 片61a,並固定於載台ίο之下面。下側之迷宮式環62具有 形成與框架50進而載台1〇同心之多重環狀之數個突出片 62 a,並固疋於框架之底板η上面。上下之迷宮式環 61 ’ 62之各垂下片6 ia與突出片62a彼此分別咬合。 在框架50、載台10與迷宮式密封6〇之間構成環狀之空間 5 0 a ° 在框架50之底板51上形成有自迷宮式環62之谷部延伸之 吸引路徑51c。吸引路徑51(:經由配管而連接於包含真空泵 及排氣處理系統等之吸引排氣裝置(圖上未顯示)。此等吸 引路徑51c、配管與吸引排氣裝置構成「環狀空間之吸引 機構」。 在框架50之底板51之比迷宮式環62徑方向外側之部分, 向載台10之外周緣下侧離開,而安裝有雷射加熱器2〇之照 φ 射單元22(照射部)。 雷射加熱器20具有··點狀光源之雷射光源21,及經由光 纖電纜等之光傳送系統23而光學性連接於該雷射光源2丨之 上述照射單元22。 雷射光源21如使用LD(半導體)雷射光源,而射出發光波 長808 nm〜940 nm之雷射(熱光線)。發光波長亦可設定在 對應於覆蓋於晶圓90之光阻膜92之吸收波長之範圍。 雷射光源21並不限定於LD,亦可使用yaG、準分子等 各種开》式者。儘可能使用雷射波長容易被膜吸收之可視 103065.doc -48- 1284350 光以下者,更宜使用符合膜92之吸收波長者。 亦可將光源21收容於單元22之内部,而省略光纖等之光 傳送系統23。 雷射照射單元22對前述被處理位置P,比電漿噴頭30離 竭相田大。如圖2所示,雷射照射單元22在框架5〇進而載 口 10之周方向隔開各等間隔而設置數個(圖中為3個)。如圖 1所示,雷射照射單元以配置於通過前述被處理位置p而與 φ 則述延長面正交之線L1上。雷射照射單元22之雷射照射方 向沿著上述線L1朝向正上方,而與被處理位置p亦即設於 載台10上之晶圓90之外周部正交(交叉)。 雷射照射單兀22中收容有凸透鏡及柱面透鏡等之光學構 件,如圖3所示,使來自光源21之雷射[朝向前述被處理位 置P亦即設於載台10上之晶圓9〇之背面外周部集束。再 者,雷射照射單元22中插入有焦點調整機構。藉由該焦點 調整機構,除使雷射之焦點正好對準被處理位置p之外, φ 還可對被處理位置P上下偏差若干。 藉此’可調整晶圓90外周部上之聚光徑進而被加熱部位 之面積,以及輻射能之密度進而被加熱部位之加熱溫度。 焦點調整機構如包含使雷射照射單元22内之集束透鏡在光 軸方向上滑動之滑動機構。焦點調整機構亦可為使雷射照 射單元全體在光軸方向上滑動者。 藉由光傳送系統23與照射單元22,構成來自光源2 1之熱 光源不致在被處理位置附近發散而傳送,並朝向被處理位 置集束照射之「光學系統」。 103065.doc -49- 1284350 如圖1所示,在框架50之周壁52上安裝有電漿噴頭3〇。 電漿噴頭30對被處理位置P配置於載台10之徑方向外側, 並配置於與雷射照射單元22對被處理位置P彼此不同之方 向。如圖2所示,電漿喷頭30在載台10之周方向隔開各等 間隔,而設置與雷射照射單元22同數(圖中為3個)。且在與 雷射照射單元22相同周位置或比雷射照射單元22在晶圓旋 轉方向若干下游側成對地配置。 電漿喷頭30形成各段頭細之附階差圓柱狀,將軸線以沿 著載台10之徑方向之方式水平地朝向配置。如圖丨所示, 在電漿喷頭30中收容有一對電極31,32。此等電極3i,w 形成雙重環狀,並形成在兩者之間形成環狀之常壓之空間 3〇a。至少一方之電極31,32之相對面上覆蓋固體電介質 膜。 在内側之電極3 1上連接圖上未顯示之電源(電場施加機 構),夕Η則之電極32接地。上述電源如輸出脈衝狀之電壓The supply path 42 is supplied. The refrigerant of W can also be returned to the refrigerant supply source, and then re-circulated for cooling. In addition to water, the refrigerant can also be used with air and helium. The compressed fluid may also be forced to be sent to the refrigerant chamber 41 to flow inside the refrigerant chamber 41. The heat absorbing mechanism may be provided on at least the outer peripheral portion of the stage i (the near inner portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 q), or may not be provided at the central portion. The stage 10 is located at a bottom plate of the frame 50 - a middle t-degree of "double: > z. The diameter of the stage 1G is larger than the inner circumference of the bottom plate 51. Thereby the inner edge of the bottom plate 51 is loaded. The radially inner side of the lower side (back side) of the table 1G. A labyrinth seal 103065.doc -47-1284350 60 is provided between the lower side of the load D 1G and the inner end edge of the bottom plate 51. The labyrinth seal 60 has a top and bottom The labyrinth ring 61, 62. The upper labyrinth ring 61 has a plurality of hanging pieces 61a forming a plurality of rings concentric with the stage 1 and fixed to the underside of the stage ίο. The lower side labyrinth ring 62 has A plurality of protruding pieces 62a of a plurality of rings which are concentric with the frame 50 and the stage 1 are formed, and are fixed on the bottom plate η of the frame. The hanging pieces 6 ia and the protruding pieces 62a of the upper and lower labyrinth rings 61'62 are formed. Engaging each other. An annular space is formed between the frame 50, the stage 10 and the labyrinth seal 6〇. A suction path 51c extending from the valley of the labyrinth ring 62 is formed on the bottom plate 51 of the frame 50. The suction path 51 (: is connected to a suction row including a vacuum pump and an exhaust gas treatment system via a pipe) The air supply device (not shown). The suction path 51c, the piping and the suction and exhaust device constitute a "suction mechanism for the annular space". The portion of the bottom plate 51 of the frame 50 that is radially outward of the labyrinth ring 62 is oriented. The lower side of the periphery of the stage 10 is separated from the lower side, and the laser unit 2 (irradiation unit) of the laser heater 2 is mounted. The laser heater 20 has a laser light source 21 of a point light source, and an optical fiber via the optical fiber The light transmitting system 23 such as a cable is optically connected to the above-described irradiation unit 22 of the laser light source 2. The laser light source 21 emits a laser having an emission wavelength of 808 nm to 940 nm by using an LD (semiconductor) laser light source. (Hot ray) The illuminating wavelength may be set in a range corresponding to the absorption wavelength of the photoresist film 92 covering the wafer 90. The laser light source 21 is not limited to the LD, and various yaG, excimer, etc. may be used. If the laser wavelength is easily absorbed by the film as much as possible, it is better to use the absorption wavelength of the film 92. The light source 21 can also be accommodated inside the unit 22, and omitted. Optical transmission system such as optical fiber 2 3. The laser irradiation unit 22 is larger than the plasma head 30 in the processing position P. As shown in Fig. 2, the laser irradiation unit 22 is spaced apart from each other in the circumferential direction of the frame 5 and the carrier 10. A plurality of (three in the figure) are provided at intervals. As shown in Fig. 1, the laser irradiation unit is disposed on a line L1 which is orthogonal to the extended surface of φ by the processed position p. The laser irradiation direction of 22 is directed upward along the line L1, and is orthogonal (intersecting) with the processed position p, that is, the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 provided on the stage 10. The laser irradiation unit 22 houses an optical member such as a convex lens and a cylindrical lens. As shown in FIG. 3, the laser light from the light source 21 is directed toward the processed position P, that is, the wafer disposed on the stage 10. The outer peripheral portion of the back of the 9th. Further, a focus adjustment mechanism is inserted into the laser irradiation unit 22. With the focus adjustment mechanism, φ can also be shifted up and down from the processed position P, except that the focus of the laser is exactly aligned with the processed position p. Thereby, the area of the light collecting path on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 and the area to be heated, and the density of the radiant energy and the heating temperature of the heated portion can be adjusted. The focus adjustment mechanism includes a slide mechanism that causes the cluster lens in the laser irradiation unit 22 to slide in the optical axis direction. The focus adjustment mechanism may also be such that the entire laser irradiation unit is slid in the optical axis direction. The optical transmission system 23 and the illumination unit 22 constitute an "optical system" in which the heat source from the light source 21 is not diverged near the position to be processed and is transmitted toward the processed position. 103065.doc -49-1284350 As shown in FIG. 1, a plasma spray head 3 is mounted on the peripheral wall 52 of the frame 50. The plasma heads 30 are disposed on the outer side in the radial direction of the stage 10 with respect to the processed position P, and are disposed in a direction different from the position to be processed P of the laser irradiation unit 22. As shown in Fig. 2, the plasma discharge heads 30 are provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the stage 10, and are provided in the same number as the laser irradiation unit 22 (three in the figure). Further, they are arranged in the same circumferential position as the laser irradiation unit 22 or in pairs on the downstream side of the laser irradiation unit 22 in the wafer rotation direction. The plasma jet head 30 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a fine section of each of the segments, and the axis is arranged horizontally so as to be along the radial direction of the stage 10. As shown in FIG. 3, a pair of electrodes 31, 32 are housed in the plasma discharge head 30. These electrodes 3i,w form a double ring shape and form a space 3〇a which forms a ring-shaped atmospheric pressure therebetween. The opposite surfaces of at least one of the electrodes 31, 32 are covered with a solid dielectric film. A power source (electric field applying mechanism) not shown in the drawing is connected to the inner electrode 3 1 , and the electrode 32 is grounded at the same time. The above power supply is outputting a pulse-like voltage

至電極31。該脈衝上昇時間及/或下降時間須為1〇叩以 下’電極間空間3Ga之f場強度須為叫㈣π—,頻率 須為〇.5kHz以上。另外,除脈衝電壓之外,亦可輸出正弦 波等之連續波狀電壓等。 極間空間30a 在朝向與電極間空間30a之載台1〇側相反侧之基端部(上 游端)連接有圖上未顯示之處理氣體供給源。處理氣體供 給源之處理氣體如儲存氧#,並將其逐㈣量地供給至電 如圖3之最佳顯示 在朝向電漿噴頭30之载台1〇側之末 103065.doc •50· 1284350 端部設有形成圓板形狀之樹脂製之喷出口形成構件33。在 該喷出口形成構件33之中央部形成有喷出口 3〇b。噴出口 30b與朝向電極間空間3〇a之載台1〇侧之下游端連接,並且 將轴線沿著載台10之徑方向水平地朝向,而位於載台之 上面l〇a之延長面上甚至比其稍低之高度,而開口於電漿 噴頭30之末端。電漿噴頭3〇之末端進而噴出口 3〇b配置= 被處理位置P之近旁,而在載台1〇上設置晶圓9〇時,極接 •近於其外端緣。沿著該噴出口遍之軸線喷射將處理氣體 予以電漿化之反應性氣體G。該喷射方向對雷射加熱器加 之雷射光L之照射方向正交(形成角度)。該噴射方向與照 射方向之交叉部大致位於載台1〇上之晶圓9〇之突出外周部 之背面上。 在電漿喷頭30之末端面上,於末端面形成構件34與噴出 口形成構件33之間形成有吸入口 3〇c。吸入口 3〇c以與噴出 口30b接近而包圍其之方式形成環狀。如圖丨所示,吸入口 • 經由形成於電漿噴頭3〇之吸引路徑3〇d,而連接於上述 圖上未顯示之吸引排氣裝置。此等吸入口 30c、吸引路徑 30d與吸引排氣裝置構成「噴出口近旁之吸引機構」甚至 構成「環狀空間之吸引機構」。 藉由電槳喷頭30、上述電源、上述處理氣體供給源及上 述吸引排氣裝置等構成常壓電漿處理裝置。 藉由上述構造之基材外周處理裝置來說明除去晶圓90背 面外周部之膜92c之方法。 藉由搬運機器人等將須處理之晶圓9〇,以中心一致之方 103065.doc -51 - 1284350 式設置於载台10上面而吸著夾住。晶圓90之外周部之全周 突出於載台10之徑方向外侧。並在該晶圓90之突出外周部 之背面上亦即被處理位置p大致對焦,而自雷射加熱器2〇 之雷射照射單元22射出雷射光L。藉此,可將晶圓9〇之背 面外周部之膜92c點狀(局部)輻射加熱。由於係點聚光,因 此可高密度賦予雷射能至被照射部(雷射之波長對應於膜 92c之吸收波長時,可進一步提高雷射能之吸收效率)。藉 鲁此’可將膜92c之點狀之被照射部瞬間高溫化至數百度(如 600。〇。 由於係輻射加熱,因此無須使晶圓90之被加熱部位與加 熱源接觸,亦不致產生微粒子。 同時,自處理氣體供給源供給處理氣體(氧等)至電聚噴 頭30之電極間空間3〇a。並自脈衝電源供給脈衝電壓至電 極3 1 ’在電極間空間30a中施加脈衝電場。藉此,在電極 間空間3〇a中形成常壓輝光放電電漿,而自氧等之處理氣 _ 體形成臭氧及氧自由基等之反應性氣體。該反應性氣體自 喷出口 30b噴出,正好噴射至晶圓9〇背面之局部加熱之部 位而引起反應。藉此,可餘刻並除去該部位之膜92c。由 於該部位局部地充分高溫化,因此可充分提高蝕刻率。 再者’可藉由吸引機構,將進行蝕刻處理之部位周邊之 氣體吸入吸入口 3〇c,並經由吸引路徑3〇d排氣。因而可自 進^丁 #刻處理之部位周邊迅速消除處理完成之反應性氣體 及餘刻之副生成物,而提高蝕刻率。並可防止氣體流入晶 圓90之表側面。 103065.doc -52- 1284350 等二::吸引機構將處理完成之反應性氣體 專,自曰曰圓90之外周部周邊引導至迷宮式密封6〇方向,而 y自迷宮切封60之間隙吸引排氣。亦可確實防止反應性 氣體等自迷宮式密封6〇向徑方向内側流出。 Μ 與以上操作同時,藉由旋轉驅動機構使载台ι〇旋轉。藉 此’可使晶H90之背面外周部之膜92e之除去制在財 向進展,進而可全周除去背面外厨部之膜92〇To the electrode 31. The pulse rise time and/or fall time must be less than 1 ’. The f field strength of the interelectrode space 3Ga must be called (four) π-, and the frequency must be 〇.5 kHz or more. Further, in addition to the pulse voltage, a continuous wave voltage such as a sine wave or the like can be output. The interelectrode space 30a is connected to a processing gas supply source (not shown) at a proximal end portion (upper end) facing the side opposite to the side of the stage 1a of the interelectrode space 30a. The processing gas of the processing gas supply source, such as the storage oxygen #, is supplied to the electricity in an amount of (four), as shown in FIG. 3, which is best shown on the side of the stage facing the plasma head 30. 103065.doc • 50· 1284350 The end portion is provided with a discharge port forming member 33 made of a resin having a circular plate shape. A discharge port 3〇b is formed in a central portion of the discharge port forming member 33. The discharge port 30b is connected to the downstream end of the stage 1 side facing the inter-electrode space 3A, and the axis is oriented horizontally along the radial direction of the stage 10, and is located on the upper surface of the stage 10a. It is even lower than its height and opens at the end of the plasma spray head 30. The end of the plasma jet nozzle 3 and the discharge port 3〇b are arranged in the vicinity of the processed position P, and when the wafer 9 is placed on the stage 1〇, the pole is close to the outer edge. A reactive gas G that plasma-treats the process gas is sprayed along the axis of the discharge port. This ejection direction is orthogonal to the irradiation direction of the laser heater plus the laser light L (forming an angle). The intersection of the ejection direction and the irradiation direction is located substantially on the back surface of the protruding outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9A on the stage 1A. On the end surface of the plasma spray head 30, a suction port 3〇c is formed between the end surface forming member 34 and the discharge port forming member 33. The suction port 3〇c is formed in a ring shape so as to surround the discharge port 30b. As shown in Fig. ,, the suction port is connected to the suction and exhaust device (not shown) via the suction path 3〇d formed in the plasma discharge head 3〇. The suction port 30c, the suction path 30d, and the suction and exhaust device constitute a "suction mechanism in the vicinity of the discharge port" and even constitute a "suction mechanism for the annular space". The normal piezoelectric slurry processing apparatus is constituted by the electric discharge head 30, the above-mentioned power source, the above-mentioned processing gas supply source, and the above-described suction and exhaust device. A method of removing the film 92c on the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90 by the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of the above configuration will be described. The wafer to be processed is transported by a robot or the like, and is placed on the stage 10 with the center of the same pattern 103065.doc -51 - 1284350 and sucked and clamped. The entire circumference of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 protrudes outward in the radial direction of the stage 10. On the back surface of the protruding outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, that is, the processed position p is substantially focused, and the laser irradiation unit 22 from the laser heater 2 emits the laser light L. Thereby, the film 92c on the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 9 can be spot-shaped (partially) radiantly heated. Since the dots are concentrated, the laser energy can be imparted to the irradiated portion with high density (the wavelength of the laser corresponds to the absorption wavelength of the film 92c, and the absorption efficiency of the laser energy can be further improved). By using this, the spotted portion of the film 92c can be instantly heated to a few hundred degrees (e.g., 600. 〇. Because of the radiant heating, it is not necessary to bring the heated portion of the wafer 90 into contact with the heating source, and it does not occur. At the same time, a processing gas (oxygen or the like) is supplied from the processing gas supply source to the interelectrode space 3〇a of the electropolymerizing head 30, and a pulse electric field is applied from the pulse power supply to the electrode 3 1 'in the interelectrode space 30a. Thereby, a normal-pressure glow discharge plasma is formed in the interelectrode space 3〇a, and a reactive gas such as ozone and oxygen radicals is formed from a treatment gas such as oxygen. The reactive gas is ejected from the ejection port 30b. The film is sprayed to the localized portion of the back surface of the wafer 9 to cause a reaction. Thereby, the film 92c at the portion can be removed and removed. Since the portion is locally sufficiently heated, the etching rate can be sufficiently increased. 'With the suction mechanism, the gas around the portion where the etching treatment is performed can be sucked into the suction port 3〇c and exhausted through the suction path 3〇d. Therefore, it can be quickly moved around the portion where the etching process is performed. In addition to processing the completed reactive gas and the residual by-product, the etching rate is increased, and the gas can be prevented from flowing into the front side of the wafer 90. 103065.doc -52- 1284350 2: The attraction mechanism will process the completed reaction The gas is exclusively guided from the periphery of the circumference of the circle 90 to the labyrinth seal 6 , direction, and y draws the exhaust gas from the gap of the labyrinth seal 60. It can also prevent the reactive gas from the labyrinth seal 6 The inside of the radial direction flows out. Μ At the same time as the above operation, the stage ι is rotated by the rotation drive mechanism. This allows the removal of the film 92e on the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the crystal H90, which can be removed in the fiscal direction. The film on the back of the kitchen is 92〇

載台10與框架50間之密封藉由使用迷宮式密封6〇,可使 載台10之旋轉不與框架50摩擦而圓滑地進行。 另外,隨伴上述之加埶择作,I At s m Λ 4心刀…森作,可旎晶圓90之被加熱部位 之熱傳導至晶圓90之徑方向内側之部分。該熱經由晶圓9〇 與載台Η)之接觸面轉移至載台1G,而藉由填綠冷媒室41 之水吸熱。藉此’可抑制比晶圓9〇之被加熱部位内侧部分 之溫度上昇。因此,除可抑制晶圓9〇内侧部分之膜92因熱 而變質,即使反應性氣體流入晶圓9〇上面之中央側,仍可 抑制與膜92之反應。藉此,可防止損及膜%,而可確實維 持良好品質。 由於冷媒室41内之貯留水量進而熱容量十分大,因此可 充分確保吸熱能力。此外,藉由經由供給路徑42及排出路 徑43替換冷媒室41内之水,可進一步充分維持吸熱能力。 藉此’可確實抑制比晶圓9〇外周部之内側部分之溫度上 昇,而可瑞實防止膜92之損傷。 本發明人使用與圖1相同之裝置,使晶圓之外端緣自載 台10突出3 mm ’分別就冷媒室41内之水溫為5〇ι、23 5〇c 103065.doc •53- 1284350 及5.2 C時,測定對自晶圓外端緣之被加熱部位近旁向徑 方向内側方向之距離之晶圓表面溫度。雷射加熱器2〇之輸 出條件如下。The seal between the stage 10 and the frame 50 can be smoothly performed without the friction of the frame 50 by using the labyrinth seal 6 〇. Further, with the above-described addition, I At s m Λ 4 knives, the heat of the heated portion of the wafer 90 can be conducted to the inner side of the wafer 90 in the radial direction. This heat is transferred to the stage 1G via the contact surface of the wafer 9 and the carrier, and the heat is absorbed by the water filled in the green refrigerant chamber 41. Thereby, the temperature rise of the inner portion of the heated portion of the wafer 9 is suppressed. Therefore, in addition to suppressing the deterioration of the film 92 in the inner portion of the wafer 9 by heat, even if the reactive gas flows into the center side of the upper surface of the wafer 9, the reaction with the film 92 can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the film from being damaged, and it is possible to maintain a good quality. Since the amount of water stored in the refrigerant chamber 41 is extremely large, the heat absorption capacity can be sufficiently ensured. Further, by replacing the water in the refrigerant chamber 41 through the supply path 42 and the discharge path 43, the heat absorbing ability can be further sufficiently maintained. Thereby, the temperature rise of the inner portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 can be surely suppressed, and the damage of the film 92 can be prevented. The inventors used the same apparatus as in Fig. 1 to make the outer edge of the wafer protrude from the stage 10 by 3 mm 'the temperature of the water in the refrigerant chamber 41 was 5 〇, 23 5 〇 c 103065.doc • 53- At 1284350 and 5.2 C, the wafer surface temperature was measured from the distance in the radial direction from the heated portion of the outer edge of the wafer. The output conditions of the laser heater 2 are as follows.

雷射發光波長·· 808 nm 輸出:30 W 局部加熱部位之直徑:0.6 mm 輸出密度:100 w/mm2Laser emission wavelength ·· 808 nm Output: 30 W Local heating part diameter: 0.6 mm Output density: 100 w/mm2

振盪形態:連續波 結果顯示於圖4。該圖(a)係將晶圓外端緣之被加熱部^ 之周邊(自旁邊少許離開之位置)作為橫軸之原點者,該屋 (b)係將晶圓外端緣之被加熱部位旁邊作為橫軸之原點者, 水溫士常溫之23.5〇C時,在晶圓外端緣之被加熱部位汽 近’藉由來自被加熱部位之熱傳導而_11〇。〇程度(g 4⑷)’進一步在被加熱部位之旁邊達到%〇 t程度(糧 4(b))(另外,被加熱部位達到6〇吖以上),不過,自嗜肩 僅3麵徑方向内侧之部位下降至抓帛度,進一步在㈣ 向内側之中央部分保持在⑽以下,藉此,可確認即使及 應性乳體之臭氧流到晶圓表側面之中央部分,仍不易引起 反應,而可抑制膜92之損傷。 =,本發明人使用與圖】相同之裝置,使晶圓之外端 緣自载台1。突出3mm,就雷射輸出為⑼w與⑽w時,以 紅外線熱像儀(therm〇gr h 熱部位近㈣財肖㈣之、M 81外麟之被加 他條件如下。 方向之距離之晶圓表面溫度。其 103065.doc -54 1284350 晶圓直控:300 mm 局部加熱部位之直徑:1 mm 載台轉數:3 rpmOscillation pattern: continuous wave The results are shown in Figure 4. In the figure (a), the periphery of the heated portion of the outer edge of the wafer (the position slightly separated from the side) is taken as the origin of the horizontal axis, and the housing (b) is heated by the outer edge of the wafer. The position next to the part is the origin of the horizontal axis. When the water temperature is 23.5 〇C at room temperature, the heated portion of the outer edge of the wafer is near-by the heat conduction from the heated portion. The degree of sputum (g 4 (4))' further reaches the degree of % 〇t (food 4 (b)) (in addition, the heated part reaches 6 〇吖 or more) beside the heated part, but the inner shoulder is only 3 sides of the inner diameter The portion is lowered to the degree of scratching, and further maintained at (10) below the central portion of the inner side of (4), whereby it is confirmed that even if the ozone of the compatible emulsion flows to the central portion of the side surface of the wafer surface, the reaction is not easily caused. Damage to the film 92 can be suppressed. =, the inventors used the same device as the figure to make the outer edge of the wafer from the stage 1. When the laser output is (9)w and (10)w, the infrared thermal imager (therm〇gr h hot part is near (4), the money is sharp (4), and the M 81 outer lining is added as follows. Direction of the wafer surface Temperature. 103065.doc -54 1284350 Wafer Direct Control: 300 mm Local Heating Part Diameter: 1 mm Stage Number of Turns: 3 rpm

載台冷媒室内之水溫:23.5〇C 其結果如圖5所示,晶圓外端緣之被加熱部位旁邊之表 面溫度約300°C(被加熱部位達到700〜800°C程度),不過, 自該處向徑方向内側,晶圓溫度急遽下降,在僅3 mm徑方 Φ 向内側之部位下降i〇〇°c。藉此,可確認可抑制晶圓中央 部分之膜之損傷。 其次’說明本發明之其他實施形態。以下之實施形態 中,關於與前述實施形態對應之構造,在圖式上適切註記 相同符號,而適切省略說明。 顯不於圖6之載台10,冷媒室藉由水平之隔板“而隔離 成上側(支撐面側)之第一室部分41U與下側(與支撐面相反 側)之第二室部分41L。隔板45比載台1〇周壁之内徑小,且 _ 上下之第一、第二室部分41U,41L比隔板45在外周侧連 在隔板45之中央部分連接有構成冷媒供給路徑42之管 之端部,冷媒供給路徑42連接於上側之第一室部分4iu。 此:’在載台10之底板中央部連接有構成冷媒排出路徑43 之官之端部,冷媒排出路徑43連接於下側之第二室部分 41L 〇 、弟一、第二室部分41U,41L構成作為吸熱機構之冷媒 通路。 冷媒自冷媒供給路徑42導入上側(支撐面側)之第一室部 103065.doc -55- 1284350 为41U之中央部,並向徑方向外側放射狀擴散而流動。而 後,蔓延隔板45之外端緣,進入下側(與支撐面相反側)之 第一室部分41L,而向徑方向内侧流動,並自中央之冷媒 排出路徑43排出。 ' 藉此,可確實冷卻載台1〇全體,進而可平均地確實冷卻 晶圓9〇,可確實保護上面之膜92。由於首先導入冷媒至支 撐面l〇a進而接近晶圓9〇側之第一室部分4iu,因此可進一 φ 步提高吸熱效率。 圖6之怨樣係並行配置冷媒供給路徑42與冷媒排出路徑 43,不過如圖7所示,亦可在冷媒排出路徑“之内部通過 冷媒供給路徑42而構成雙重管狀。 *圖8之態樣,在載台1〇之内部設有冷媒通路“作為吸熱 機構。冷媒通路46形成渦卷狀。該渦卷狀冷媒通路46之外 周側之端部連接有冷媒供給路徑42,在中心側之端部連接 有冷媒排出路徑43。藉此,冷媒可自冷媒通路46之外周側 φ肖内周側涡卷狀流動。藉此可充分冷卻接近晶圓9〇外周部 之侧。因而可確實吸收自晶圓9〇之外周部傳來之熱,而可 確實保護上面之膜92。 另外中〜側之冷媒排出路徑43與外周側之冷媒供給路 徑42均通過載台1〇之中心軸丨丨内部,不過省略詳細之圖 式。冷媒供給路徑42如將載台10之底板與冷媒通路粍之間 自中心軸11侧向徑方向外側延伸,而連接於冷媒通路乜之 外周側端部。 固定載台10而旋轉框架50情況下,無須使冷媒供給路徑 103065.doc -56 - 1284350 42通過中心軸1 1内。 自载台10之外周側向中心流動之結構,並不限定於圖8 之渦卷構造。如顯示於圖9之載台1〇内之冷媒通路具有: 形成同心圓狀之數個環狀路徑47,及連接此等各環狀路徑 47之連通路徑48。在相鄰之環狀路徑47間之周方向上每隔 等間隔没置數個連通路徑。各徑方向外側之連通路徑Μ與 徑方向内側之連通路徑48隔著i條環狀路徑47,彼此在周 φ 方向上離開而配置。最外側之環狀路徑47上,在其周方向 上以等間隔離開之數個位置分歧連接有冷媒供給路徑C。 中心之環狀路徑47上連接有冷媒排出路徑43之基端部。 藉此,如圖9之箭頭所示,冷媒沿著外側之環狀路徑 47,在周方向上分歧而流動後,在連通路徑料合流,而向 1條内側之環狀路徑47流入,因此再度於周方向上分流, 如此反覆地自載台10之外周侧向中心流動。 顯示於圖1〇(勾及(b)之載台1〇與圖丨等者同樣地,内部形 • 成空洞狀之冷媒室41,冷媒供給路徑42分歧數個而連接於 在該冷媒室外周部之財向上每隔等間隔而離開之位 置。冷媒排出路徑自冷媒室41之中央部延伸。藉此,冷媒 V入冷媒至41之外周部而向中心流動。冷媒室41構成求心 狀之冷媒通路。 另外,圖6〜圖10中,亦可將冷媒供給路徑42與冷媒排出 路位43彼此颠倒’如此,上侧冷媒室4iu中之冷媒之流動 係自外周側朝向中心。 顯不於圖11之形態之吸熱手段係使用吸熱元件來取代冷 103065.doc -57- 1284350 媒方式。亦即,載台10中内藏有派耳帖元件Pe作為基材吸 熱機構。派耳帖元件Pe將吸熱側朝向上侧(載台1〇之上面 l〇a侧),且配置於載台10之上面1〇a附近。藉此,可經由 載台10之上板吸收晶圓90之熱。另外,在比載台1〇之派耳 帖元件Pe下侧,可設置須促進自派耳帖元件Pe之散熱側散 熱之風扇及散熱片等。 至此之實施形態之吸熱機構係設於載台1〇之大致全部區 φ 域,並自基材支撐面10a之全體吸熱,不過如圖12及圖13 所不,亦可僅設於載台1〇之外周部。而在載台1〇之内部同 心狀設有環狀之隔壁12。藉由該環狀隔壁12,载台1〇區分 成外周區域10Ra與中央區域i〇Rb。 在比環狀隔壁12外側之外周區域1〇Ra中連接有冷媒供給 路徑42與冷媒排出路徑43。藉此,外周區域1(^&内形成冷 媒室41(吸熱機構)。 另外,比環狀隔壁12内侧之中央區域1〇Rb不成為冷媒 φ 室,而形成吸熱機構之非配置部分。 晶圓90之外周部向比載台1〇之外周區域1〇Ra之徑方向外 側突出。該突出部之靠近内側之環狀部分抵接支撐於載台 1 〇之外周區域1 〇Ra,比該處内側之中央部分抵接支撐於載 台10之中央區域10Rb。 藉此,來自晶圓90之外周部之被加熱處之熱傳導至其靠 近内侧之部分後,以外周區域丨〇11&吸熱除去。另外,晶圓 90中央之與熱傳導無關係之部分,不進行吸熱冷卻。藉此 可謀求節約吸熱源。 103065.doc -58- 1284350 僅設於載台外周區域1()Ra之吸熱機構,亦可適用圖6〜圖 11所示之態樣。 圖13中如^線所示’雷射加熱器之照射單元22設於晶圓 90之上方。藉此將晶圓9〇之外周部表側面局部加埶,在此 藉由自反應性氣體供給機構之供給喷嘴麵供給反應性氣 體,可除去晶圓90外周部表侧面之不需要之膜。另外,圖 13中如假設線所示’除去晶圓9〇外周部背面之不需要之膜 情況下,可將雷射照射單元22配置於晶圓9g之下方。 第-種實施形態如上述’在雷射照射單元22中設有焦點 調整機構。可使用焦點調整機構進行以下之處理操作:、、” 如圖14所示,—般而言,在晶圓90外周部周方向之一處 如設有凹槽等缺口部93。如該圖⑷所示,將雷射照射單元 22在晶圓上之照射點LS之大小(照射範圍之寬度)保持-定 t進行處理時,可能凹槽93邊緣處理不到(該圖之斜線部 刀表不被處理之部分)。因此如該圖(b)所示,凹槽%到達 被處理位置時’藉由焦點調整機構將雷射照射單元Μ之焦 點在光軸方向上偏差。藉此,可擴大照射點U,凹槽以 邊緣亦可照射雷射。因而如該圖⑷所示,亦可確實除去凹 槽93邊緣之膜。由於擴大照射點㈣,能量密度降低,因 此,宜同時增加雷射之輪出,或使晶圓之旋轉速度降低, «成每單位面積之能量與擴大照射點。前相同程度。 照射點Ls通過凹槽93後,將照射點u之大小恢復成原來 之大小。 圖Η顯示晶圓90外周之缺口部設有凹㈣之情況,不 103065.doc -59· 1284350 過,不設置凹槽93而設有定向平面時,亦藉由進行 相同之操作(包含每單位面積之能量調整操作),亦可 定向平面邊緣之膜。 示 如圖丄5及圖16所示,使用雷射照射單元22之焦點調整機 構’亦可進行處理寬度調整。 如圖15所示’藉由焦點調整機構將來自雷射照射單元η 之雷射L之焦點大致對準晶圓90之外周上,晶圓%上之昭 射範圍之點徑如為直徑約lmm情況下,可將晶圓9叫周部 之膜92c除去約! mm寬,可將處理寬設為】瓜瓜。 另夕^’使用相同雷射照射單元22,欲獲得比上述大之處 理寬h況下’如圖16所示,藉由焦點調整機構Μ將雷射L 之焦點自晶圓90遠離。藉此可擴大晶圓9〇上之照射點徑, 而可擴大處理寬。如欲獲得約3 mm之處理寬情況下,係以 在晶圓上之照射點徑約為3mm之方式進行焦點調整。圖 中田射L之焦點係以比晶圓9〇遠之方式調整,不過,相 反地亦可在比晶圓90近之位置凝聚焦點,而自此向晶圓9〇 擴大。 如圖17所示’處理寬除雷射照射單元22之焦點調整之 外’亦可藉由徑方向滑動來調整。該雷射照射單元22藉由 控方向滑動機構22S’可在載台1〇之半徑方向進而在晶圓 9〇之半控方向微小滑動。雷射照射單^與上述圖η同樣 在阳圓90之外周上大致對準焦點並以晶圓上之照 射點控如約為丨mm之方式設定。 、,、寺〇射點徑,並實現如約3瓜茁之處理寬時,首先 103065.doc -60- 1284350 如圖17之β線所不’以照射點徑自晶IS 9G之外緣到達約3 顏之位置之方式,將雷射照射單^在晶圓90之徑方向 上定位。在維持該徑方向位置狀態下,使晶圓90旋轉並進 行處理。 晶圓90正好旋轉一次時,如圖17之虛線所示,藉由滑動 機構22S ’將照射單元22向半徑外侧方向偏離與照射點徑The water temperature in the stage refrigerant chamber is 23.5 〇C. As a result, as shown in Fig. 5, the surface temperature beside the heated portion of the outer edge of the wafer is about 300 ° C (the heated portion reaches 700 to 800 ° C), but From the inside to the radial direction, the wafer temperature drops sharply, and it drops i〇〇°c to the inner side where only the 3 mm diameter Φ is inward. Thereby, it was confirmed that the damage of the film in the central portion of the wafer can be suppressed. Next, other embodiments of the present invention will be described. In the following embodiments, the same reference numerals will be given to the structures corresponding to the above-described embodiments, and the description will be appropriately omitted. The second chamber portion 41L of the first chamber portion 41U and the lower side (opposite side to the support surface) separated from the upper side (support surface side) by the horizontal partition plate is not shown in the stage 10 of FIG. The partition plate 45 is smaller than the inner diameter of the peripheral wall of the stage 1 and the upper and lower first and second chamber portions 41U, 41L are connected to the central portion of the partition plate 45 on the outer peripheral side of the partition plate 45 to constitute a refrigerant supply path. At the end of the tube of 42, the refrigerant supply path 42 is connected to the upper first chamber portion 4iu. Here, 'the end portion of the bottom plate constituting the refrigerant discharge path 43 is connected to the center portion of the bottom plate of the stage 10, and the refrigerant discharge path 43 is connected. The second chamber portion 41L, the first one, and the second chamber portions 41U, 41L on the lower side constitute a refrigerant passage as a heat absorbing means. The refrigerant is introduced from the refrigerant supply path 42 into the first chamber portion on the upper side (support surface side) 103065.doc -55 - 1284350 is a central portion of 41U, and flows radially outward in the radial direction. Then, the outer edge of the partition 45 is spread, and the first chamber portion 41L of the lower side (the side opposite to the support surface) is entered. Flows inward in the radial direction and is discharged from the central refrigerant The diameter 43 is discharged. ' Thereby, the entire stage 1 can be surely cooled, and the wafer 9 can be surely cooled evenly, and the upper film 92 can be surely protected. Since the refrigerant is first introduced to the support surface 10a, the wafer is approached. The first chamber portion 4iu on the side of the 9th side can increase the heat absorption efficiency in a step of φ. The complaints of Fig. 6 are arranged in parallel with the refrigerant supply path 42 and the refrigerant discharge path 43, but as shown in Fig. 7, the refrigerant discharge path can also be used. "The inside is formed into a double tubular shape by the refrigerant supply path 42. In the aspect of Fig. 8, a refrigerant passage "is provided as a heat absorbing means inside the stage 1", and the refrigerant passage 46 is formed in a spiral shape. The refrigerant supply path 42 is connected to the outer peripheral side of the scroll-shaped refrigerant passage 46. The refrigerant discharge path 43 is connected to the end of the center side. Thereby, the refrigerant can flow in a spiral shape from the outer peripheral side φ the inner peripheral side of the refrigerant passage 46. Thereby, the side close to the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 can be sufficiently cooled. Therefore, it is possible to surely absorb the heat from the outer periphery of the wafer 9 while reliably protecting the upper film 92. The medium-side refrigerant discharge path 43 and the outer peripheral side refrigerant supply path 42 pass through the stage 1 The center axis 丨丨 is inside, but the detailed drawing is omitted. The refrigerant supply path 42 extends between the bottom plate of the stage 10 and the refrigerant passage 外侧 from the side of the center shaft 11 to the outside in the radial direction, and is connected to the outside of the refrigerant passage 乜. When the stage 10 is fixed and the frame 50 is rotated, it is not necessary to pass the refrigerant supply path 103065.doc -56 - 1284350 42 through the center shaft 1 1. The structure from the outer peripheral side of the stage 10 to the center does not Limited to the scroll structure of Figure 8. The refrigerant passage as shown in the stage 1 of Fig. 9 has a plurality of annular paths 47 formed in a concentric shape, and a communication path 48 connecting the annular paths 47. A plurality of communication paths are not provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction between the paths 47. The communication path 外侧 on the outer side in each radial direction and the communication path 48 on the inner side in the radial direction are separated from each other in the circumferential direction φ by the i-shaped annular path 47. Further, the outermost annular path 47 is connected to the refrigerant supply path C at a plurality of positions spaced apart at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The central end portion of the refrigerant discharge path 43 is connected to the central annular path 47. As a result, as shown by the arrow in FIG. 9, the refrigerant flows in the circumferential direction along the outer annular path 47, and then flows into the annular path 47 on the inner side. The flow is again branched in the circumferential direction, and thus flows back to the center from the outer peripheral side of the stage 10 as shown in Fig. 1 (the hook of the hook (b) is the same as that of the figure, and the inner shape is formed into a cavity. In the refrigerant chamber 41, the refrigerant supply path 42 is divided into several It is connected to a position that is separated at equal intervals in the financial direction of the outdoor portion of the refrigerant. The refrigerant discharge path extends from the central portion of the refrigerant chamber 41. Thereby, the refrigerant V flows into the outer peripheral portion of the refrigerant to 41 and flows toward the center. The chamber 41 constitutes a heart-shaped refrigerant passage. Further, in FIGS. 6 to 10, the refrigerant supply path 42 and the refrigerant discharge path 43 may be reversed each other. Thus, the flow of the refrigerant in the upper refrigerant chamber 4iu is from the outer peripheral side. The heat absorbing means which is not in the form of Fig. 11 uses a heat absorbing element instead of the cold 103065.doc -57-1284350 medium. That is, the stage 10 contains a Peltier element Pe as a substrate heat absorbing mechanism. The Peltier element Pe has the heat absorbing side facing the upper side (the upper side of the stage 1 〇a side), and is disposed near the upper surface 1〇a of the stage 10. Thereby, the heat of the wafer 90 can be absorbed through the upper plate of the stage 10. Further, a fan, a heat sink, and the like which are required to promote heat dissipation on the heat radiating side of the self-instrumental element Pe can be provided on the lower side of the post element Pe of the stage 1 . The heat absorbing mechanism of the embodiment of the present invention is provided in substantially all of the region φ of the stage 1 and absorbs heat from the entire substrate supporting surface 10a. However, as shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, it may be provided only on the stage 1 〇 Outside the week. On the other hand, an annular partition wall 12 is provided concentrically inside the stage. The stage 1 is divided into the outer peripheral region 10Ra and the central region i〇Rb by the annular partition wall 12. The refrigerant supply path 42 and the refrigerant discharge path 43 are connected to the outer peripheral region 1A Ra outside the annular partition wall 12. Thereby, the refrigerant chamber 41 (heat absorption mechanism) is formed in the outer peripheral region 1 (the heat absorption mechanism). Further, the central region 1〇Rb inside the annular partition wall 12 does not become the refrigerant φ chamber, and a non-arrangement portion of the heat absorbing mechanism is formed. The outer peripheral portion of the circle 90 protrudes outward in the radial direction from the outer peripheral region 1〇Ra of the stage 1。. The annular portion near the inner side of the protruding portion abuts and supports the outer peripheral region 1〇Ra of the stage 1,, The central portion of the inner side is abutted and supported by the central portion 10Rb of the stage 10. Thereby, the heat from the heated portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is transmitted to the portion near the inner side, and the outer peripheral region 丨〇11& In addition, the portion of the center of the wafer 90 that is not related to heat conduction is not subjected to endothermic cooling, thereby saving the heat source. 103065.doc -58- 1284350 The heat absorbing mechanism provided only in the outer peripheral region 1 () Ra of the stage, The aspect shown in Fig. 6 to Fig. 11 can also be applied. As shown in Fig. 13, the irradiation unit 22 of the laser heater is disposed above the wafer 90. Partially twisted on the side, here by self-reactive gas supply The supply nozzle is supplied with a reactive gas to remove the unnecessary film on the front side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. In addition, in FIG. 13, as shown by the line, the unnecessary film of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 is removed. The laser irradiation unit 22 can be disposed below the wafer 9g. In the first embodiment, the focus adjustment mechanism is provided in the laser irradiation unit 22. The following processing operations can be performed using the focus adjustment mechanism: As shown in FIG. 14, in general, a notch portion 93 such as a groove is provided at one of the circumferential directions of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. As shown in the figure (4), the laser irradiation unit 22 is on the wafer. When the size of the upper illuminating point LS (the width of the irradiation range) is maintained and fixed, the edge of the groove 93 may not be processed (the portion of the slash portion of the figure that is not processed). Therefore, as shown in the figure (b) ), when the groove % reaches the processed position, the focus of the laser irradiation unit 偏差 is deviated in the optical axis direction by the focus adjustment mechanism. Thereby, the irradiation point U can be enlarged, and the groove can also illuminate the edge with the edge. Shot, as shown in Figure (4), can also be removed The film at the edge of the groove 93. Due to the expansion of the irradiation point (4), the energy density is lowered. Therefore, it is desirable to simultaneously increase the rotation of the laser or reduce the rotational speed of the wafer, «the energy per unit area and the expansion of the irradiation point. The same degree is obtained. After the irradiation point Ls passes through the groove 93, the size of the irradiation point u is restored to the original size. The figure shows that the notch portion of the outer periphery of the wafer 90 is provided with a concave (four), not 103065.doc -59· 1284350 When the orientation plane is not provided without providing the groove 93, the film of the edge of the plane can also be oriented by performing the same operation (including the energy adjustment operation per unit area). As shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. The processing width adjustment can also be performed using the focus adjustment mechanism ' of the laser irradiation unit 22. As shown in FIG. 15 'the focus of the laser beam L from the laser irradiation unit η is substantially aligned with the outer circumference of the wafer 90 by the focus adjustment mechanism, and the spot diameter of the range of the wafer on the % of the wafer is about 1 mm in diameter. In this case, the wafer 9 called the peripheral film 92c can be removed about! The width of mm can be set to the width of the melon. In the case where the same laser irradiation unit 22 is used, it is desired to obtain a wider width than the above. As shown in Fig. 16, the focus of the laser L is moved away from the wafer 90 by the focus adjustment mechanism. Thereby, the irradiation spot diameter on the wafer 9 can be enlarged, and the processing width can be enlarged. For a processing width of approximately 3 mm, focus adjustment is performed with a spot diameter of approximately 3 mm on the wafer. In the figure, the focus of the field L is adjusted so as to be farther than the wafer. However, the focus can be concentrated at a position closer to the wafer 90, and then the wafer 9 is enlarged. As shown in Fig. 17, the 'out of focus adjustment of the wide-spray laser irradiation unit 22' can also be adjusted by sliding in the radial direction. The laser irradiation unit 22 can be slightly slid in the radial direction of the stage 1 and further in the half control direction of the wafer 9 by the steering direction sliding mechanism 22S'. The laser irradiation unit is substantially aligned with the focus on the outer circumference of the square 90 and is set such that the illumination point on the wafer is about 丨 mm. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 3 In the manner of the position of the face, the laser irradiation unit is positioned in the radial direction of the wafer 90. The wafer 90 is rotated and processed while maintaining the radial direction position. When the wafer 90 is rotated exactly once, as shown by the broken line in Fig. 17, the irradiation unit 22 is deflected toward the outer side of the radius by the sliding mechanism 22S'

大致相同大小(約1叫程度。在該位置進—步使晶圓90旋 轉一次’並進行處理。 曰曰 而後,旋轉-次後,如圖17之兩點鏈線所示,藉由滑動 機構22S ’將照射單元22進—步向半徑外側方向偏離與照 射點徑大致相同大小(約1麵)程度。在該位置進一步使 圓9〇旋轉一次並進行處理。藉此可使處理寬為3 mm。 圖18(a)及(b)係顯示基材固定機構係插入真空夹盤機構 之載台10者。在包含紹等良導熱性金屬之載台1〇之上板, 分散形成許多吸著孔13,此等吸著孔13經由吸引路徑Η, 而連接於圖上未顯示之真空泵等吸引機構。吸著孔"儘量 形成小徑。藉此可充分確保載台1〇與晶圓9〇之接觸面積。 進而可充分確保晶圓9〇之吸熱效率。 圖19(a)及(b)係顯示真空夾盤機構之變形態樣者。在載 台1〇之上面形成有吸著溝15,來取代點狀之吸著孔13。吸 著溝15具有:形成同心圓狀之數個環狀溝16,及連接各個 此等環狀溝16之連通溝17。連通溝17在相鄰之環狀溝16間 之周方向每隔等間隔設置數個。各徑方向外側之連通溝17 與徑方向内侧之連通溝17隔著1個環狀溝丨6彼此在周方向Roughly the same size (about 1 degree. At this position, the wafer 90 is rotated once) and processed. After that, after rotating - times, as shown by the two-point chain line in Figure 17, by the sliding mechanism 22S 'The irradiation unit 22 is stepped outward in the direction of the outer diameter by about the same size as the irradiation spot diameter (about one surface). At this position, the circle 9 turns further and is processed once, thereby making the processing width 3 Figure 18 (a) and (b) show that the substrate fixing mechanism is inserted into the stage 10 of the vacuum chuck mechanism. On the upper plate of the stage 1 containing the heat conductive metal, a lot of suction is formed. The hole 13 is connected to a suction mechanism such as a vacuum pump (not shown) via the suction path 。. The suction hole is formed as small as possible. This ensures the carrier 1 and the wafer sufficiently. 9接触 contact area. Further, the heat absorption efficiency of the wafer 9〇 can be sufficiently ensured. Fig. 19(a) and (b) show the change of the vacuum chuck mechanism. The sorption is formed on the top of the stage 1〇. The groove 15 is substituted for the point-shaped suction hole 13. The absorbing groove 15 has a concentric circle The plurality of annular grooves 16 and the communication grooves 17 connecting the annular grooves 16 are provided. The communication grooves 17 are provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction between the adjacent annular grooves 16. The communication groove 17 and the communication groove 17 on the inner side in the radial direction are circumferentially opposed to each other via one annular groove 6

1〇3〇65.dOC -61 - 1284350 上偏離而配置。此等環狀溝16與連通溝17儘可能縮小寬 度藉此可充分確保載台10與晶圓90之接觸面積進而晶圓 90之吸熱效率。 圖20及圖21係顯示吸著溝15之變形例者。該吸著溝15之 連通溝17自最内側之環狀溝16穿過中途之環狀溝16至最外 側之環狀溝16,在載台10之半徑方向筆直延伸。連通溝^ 以90度間隔設置於載台之周方向。 φ 如圖21所示,在該載台10之内部形成有環狀之冷卻室 41C作為吸熱機構。環狀冷卻室41C在載台1〇之靠近外周 部分與載台ίο同心狀地配置。在環狀冷卻室41C之周方向 之一處連接冷媒供給路徑42,在其180度相反側連接冷媒 排出路徑43,不過圖式省略。 圖18〜圖21中夾盤機構係設於載台1〇上面之大致全部區 域’不過顯示於圖22及圖23之實施形態中,夾盤機構僅設 於載台10上面之外周側區域。 φ 在載台10之外周侧上面形成有環狀之凸部10b。對應於 其’而在載台10之中央部形成平面觀察圓形之淺凹部 10c ° 在載台10之環狀凸部10b之平坦之上面,同心圓狀地形 成有數個(如3個)環狀溝16,此等環狀溝16以連通溝17連 接。 在載台10之内部,與上述圖丨9同樣地設有環狀冷卻室 41C 〇 該載台10僅外周側之環狀凸部l〇b之上面與晶圓90之背 103065.doc -62- 1284350 面接觸’而吸者晶圓90。由私番△ 田於載台10之中央部形成凹部 1〇C’因此不與晶圓90接觸。藉此,可使載台1〇與晶圓90 之接觸面積達到必要最小限度,可減少隨伴接觸而產生之 微粒子。 環狀凸部1 Ob藉由環狀冷卻官4 7令丨至41C冷部。另外,與晶圓9〇 中之環狀凸部l〇b接觸部分係外 刀你外周突出部分之被照射位置 之靠近内側部分。因此’雷射照射之熱自晶圓9〇之外周突 出部分之被照射位置傳導至内侧時,立即經由環狀凸部 i〇b吸熱,熱不致到達晶圓90之中央部。#此,可充分確 保作為載台10之吸熱機構之功能。 發明人調查晶圓與載台之接觸面積與微粒子產生之關 係。晶圓使用直徑為300 mm者,使其吸著於與圖2〇及圖21 相同構造之載台(接觸面積678.2 cm2)後,統計直徑為〇2 pm 以上之微粒子數,約為22000個。另外,使其吸著於與圖 22及圖23相同構之載台(接觸面積392.7 cm2)後.,統計直 位為0.2 μιη以上之被粒子數,約為woo個。藉此判明藉由 縮小接觸面積,可大幅減少微粒子產生數量。 顯示於圖24之基材外周處理裝置,其電漿噴頭3〇自被處 理部位離開,與雷射加熱器2〇之雷射照射單元22並列而固 定於框架50之底板51。電漿喷頭3〇之末端面朝向正上方。 框架50之周壁52上形成有自電漿喷頭3〇之末端開口 “…延 伸之反應性氣體路徑52b。反應性氣體路徑52b之末端到達 周壁52之内周面,在此處連接小圓筒狀之喷出喷嘴36。 該噴出噴嘴36構成喷出口形成構件,其内部構成噴出口 103065.doc •63- 1284350 36a。噴出喷嘴36由透明 具有透光性之材料,如1〇3〇65.dOC -61 - 1284350 is configured on the deviation. The annular groove 16 and the communication groove 17 are as narrow as possible to ensure the contact area between the stage 10 and the wafer 90 and the heat absorption efficiency of the wafer 90. 20 and 21 show a modification of the suction groove 15. The communication groove 17 of the suction groove 15 passes through the annular groove 16 in the middle from the innermost annular groove 16 to the outermost annular groove 16, and extends straight in the radial direction of the stage 10. The communication grooves are arranged at intervals of 90 degrees in the circumferential direction of the stage. φ As shown in Fig. 21, an annular cooling chamber 41C is formed inside the stage 10 as a heat absorbing mechanism. The annular cooling chamber 41C is disposed concentrically with the stage 在 on the outer peripheral portion of the stage 1A. The refrigerant supply path 42 is connected to one of the circumferential directions of the annular cooling chamber 41C, and the refrigerant discharge path 43 is connected to the opposite side of the 180 degree, but the drawings are omitted. In Figs. 18 to 21, the chuck mechanism is disposed on substantially all of the upper surface of the stage 1'. However, as shown in the embodiment of Figs. 22 and 23, the chuck mechanism is provided only on the outer peripheral side region of the upper surface of the stage 10. φ An annular convex portion 10b is formed on the outer circumferential side of the stage 10. Corresponding to the ', a shallow concave portion 10c is formed in a central portion of the stage 10 to observe a circular shape. On the flat upper surface of the annular convex portion 10b of the stage 10, a plurality of (for example, three) rings are formed concentrically. The grooves 16 are connected by the communication grooves 17. In the inside of the stage 10, an annular cooling chamber 41C is provided in the same manner as in the above-described FIG. 9, and only the upper surface of the annular convex portion 10b on the outer peripheral side of the stage 10 and the back of the wafer 90 are 103065.doc-62. - 1284350 Face contact' while sucker wafer 90. The concave portion 1〇C' is formed in the central portion of the stage 10 by the private △ field, and thus is not in contact with the wafer 90. Thereby, the contact area between the stage 1 and the wafer 90 can be minimized, and the microparticles generated by the accompanying contact can be reduced. The annular convex portion 1 Ob is cooled to the 41C cold portion by the annular cooling member. Further, the portion in contact with the annular projection lb in the wafer 9 is the inner portion of the outer peripheral portion of the irradiated portion. Therefore, when the heat of the laser irradiation is conducted from the irradiated position of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 to the inner side, the heat is absorbed by the annular convex portion i〇b, and the heat does not reach the central portion of the wafer 90. #这, the function as the heat absorbing mechanism of the stage 10 can be sufficiently ensured. The inventors investigated the relationship between the contact area of the wafer and the stage and the generation of fine particles. When the wafer has a diameter of 300 mm and is attracted to a stage (contact area of 678.2 cm2) having the same structure as that of Figs. 2 and 21, the number of particles having a diameter of 〇2 pm or more is about 22,000. Further, after absorbing the stage (contact area: 392.7 cm2) having the same configuration as that of Figs. 22 and 23, the number of particles having a statistical orientation of 0.2 μm or more is about woo. By this, it is found that the number of fine particles generated can be greatly reduced by reducing the contact area. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Fig. 24 has a plasma head 3 which is separated from the treated portion and which is fixed to the bottom plate 51 of the frame 50 in parallel with the laser irradiation unit 22 of the laser heater 2. The end face of the plasma spray head 3 is oriented directly upward. A peripheral gas wall 52 of the frame 50 is formed with a reactive gas path 52b extending from the end opening of the plasma jet nozzle 3. The end of the reactive gas path 52b reaches the inner peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 52, where the small cylinder is connected. The discharge nozzle 36 is formed. The discharge nozzle 36 constitutes a discharge port forming member, and the inside thereof constitutes a discharge port 103065.doc • 63-1284350 36a. The discharge nozzle 36 is made of a transparent light transmissive material, such as

與喷出口在比支撐面1(^之延長面靠背面 處理位置P彼此不同之方向(形成銳角之方向。 -父又(輪射加熱器 面側,配置於對被 具有反應性氣體路徑52b之框架5〇與噴出喷嘴刊以及電 漿喷頭30均成為「反應性氣體供給機構」之構成要素。 該構造由於噴出喷嘴36極接近晶圓9〇之被處理部位而配 置,因此可使自此喷出之臭氧等反應性氣體在高活性狀態 且不擴散而高濃度狀態下確實到達被處理部位,可提高與 φ 膜92c之反應效率,而可提高蝕刻率。此外,由於反應性 氣體之噴出方向對晶圓90之背面不平行而形成角度,因此 可進一步提高與膜92c之反應效率,而可進一步提高蝕刻 率。 另外,雖係以噴出噴嘴36進入來自雷射加熱器20之雷射 L之光程内之方式配置,不過,由於喷出噴嘴36具有透光 性’因此不致遮蔽雷射L。因而可確實加熱被處理部位, 而可確保面姓刻率。 另外,亦可將喷出噴嘴36配置於雷射L之光程外。此時 103065.doc -64- 1284350 :需,透過性材料形成喷出嘴嘴36,如亦可使用不錄鋼 ^ 疋考慮田射反射而鬲溫化,及臭氧濃度因熱反應 而降低時’仍宜以韓射熱吸收性小且耐臭氧性亦高之鐵氣 龍(登錄商標)等構成。The direction from which the discharge port is different from the support surface 1 (the extension surface of the support surface 1) is different from each other (the direction in which the acute angle is formed. - the parent (the side of the radiation heater surface is disposed on the pair of the reactive gas path 52b) Both the frame 5〇 and the discharge nozzle and the plasma head 30 are constituent elements of the “reactive gas supply mechanism.” Since the discharge nozzle 36 is disposed in close proximity to the processed portion of the wafer 9〇, it is possible to The reactive gas such as the emitted ozone does not reach the treated portion in a highly active state and does not diffuse in a high concentration state, and the reaction efficiency with the φ film 92c can be improved, and the etching rate can be improved. Further, the reactive gas is ejected. The direction is not parallel to the back surface of the wafer 90 to form an angle, so that the reaction efficiency with the film 92c can be further improved, and the etching rate can be further increased. Further, although the ejection nozzle 36 enters the laser light from the laser heater 20 It is disposed in the optical path, but since the ejection nozzle 36 has light transmissivity, it does not obscure the laser L. Therefore, the treated portion can be surely heated, and the surname is ensured. In addition, the ejection nozzle 36 may be disposed outside the optical path of the laser L. At this time, 103065.doc -64-1284350: a transparent material is required to form the ejection nozzle 36, and may be used if not recorded. Steel 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋

圖Μ中’在底板之周壁52上面形成有階差,該階差上覆 蓋剖面形成倒L字形之環狀上部周壁53。±部周壁^之内 端緣配置於噴出喷嘴36之近旁,進而配置於載台1〇上之晶 圓90之外端緣近旁。在該上部周壁53之内端緣,形成有朝 向該内端緣擴大而開口’並且涵蓋周方向全周之環狀溝 (及引口)。吸引路控53 d.自該環狀溝53c中與喷出喷嘴36 相同周方向位置之溝底,向上部周壁53之外周延伸而連接 於吸引連接器57 ’進-步連接於圖上未顯示之吸引排氣裝 置。藉此,可自晶圓90外周部之周邊吸引處理完成之反應 性氣體而排氣。 溝53c、吸引路徑53d及吸引排氣裝置構成「喷出口近旁 φ 之吸引機構」甚至構成「環狀空間之吸引機構」。 顯示於圖25之基材外周處理裝置,其電漿喷頭之構造與 前述者不同。亦即,圖25之電漿喷頭3〇χ係形成對應於載 台10甚至框架50之大小之環狀,並與此等形成同心之方式 配置於載台10及框架50上侧。電漿喷頭3〇χ藉由圖上未顯 示之昇降機構,可在與載台10及框架50之上方大幅離開之 後退位置(該狀態無圖式),及設置於框架5〇之周壁52上之 δ又置位置(該狀悲顯示於圖25)之間昇降。使電漿喷頭3〇χ 上昇至退開位置後,將晶圓90設置於载台10,而後,在降 103065.doc -65- 1284350 低電漿噴頭30X之設置位置進行處理。 在電漿喷頭30X之内部收容有涵蓋其全周而形成雙重環 狀之電極31X,32X。内侧之電極31X連接有圖上未顯示之 脈衝電源,外側之電極32X接地。藉由此等電極31χ,32χ 之各相對面,形成有涵蓋電漿喷頭30χ全周之環狀之狹窄 空間30ax。在該電極間空間30狀之上端部(上游端)之周方 向全周均等地導入來自圖上未顯示之處理氣體供給源之氧 _ 專處理氣體,並藉由電極間空間30 ax内之常壓輝光放電而 電漿化,而生成臭氧等反應性氣體。在電極31χ,32又之 至少一方之相對面上覆蓋固體電介質層者與前述之電漿喷 頭3 0相同。 在電襞喷頭30Χ之底部形成有自電極間空間3〇ax之下端 部(下游端)傾斜延伸之反應性氣體路徑3〇b,x。另外,在框 架50之周壁52上亦形成有縱向延伸之反應性氣體路徑 52b,電漿喷頭30X在設置位置時,可連接兩反應性氣體路 • 徑 30b,x,52b。 在框架50之反應性氣體路徑52b之下端部(下游端)連接 有包含透光性材料之噴出喷嘴36之基端部。喷出喷嘴36以 沿著框架50之徑方向形成水平之方式埋入周壁52中,其末 端部自周壁52之内端面突出。藉此,位於被處理位置P亦 即没置於載台10上之晶圓90之外周部之接近背面側。喷出 喷嘴36在與雷射加熱器20之雷射照射單元22相同周方向位 置一對一地對應之方式,在 Λ 在周方向上彼此離開而與雷射照 射早凡22同數配置。藉士卜 少— 错此,在電極間空間30ax生成之反應 103065.doc -66- 1284350 性氣體通過反應性氣體路徑30b’x,52b ,自喷出喷嘴36喷 出’而喷射至以雷射加熱器20局部加熱之膜92c部分,將 其餘刻除去。即使雷射L之光程與喷出喷嘴36干擾,與圖 24之實施形態同樣地,由於喷出噴嘴36具有透光性,因此 不致遮蔽雷射L。 在電漿喷頭3 0X之底部之徑方向内侧部分設有覆蓋環 37。電漿喷頭30X在設置位置時,在該覆蓋環37之形成錐 φ 狀之外端面與框架50之周壁52内周面之上侧部分之間形成 有吸入口 3〇cx。吸入口 30cx位於載台1〇上之晶圓9〇外端緣 之正上方。吸入口 30(^經由連接於其底部之吸入路徑3〇心 等而連接於圖上未顯示之吸引排氣裝置。藉此,可自晶圓 90外周部之周邊吸引處理完成反應性氣體而排氣。 吸入口 3〇cx、吸入路徑3〇dx及吸引排氣裝置構成「噴出 口近旁之吸引機構」甚至構成「環狀空間之吸引機構」。 覆蓋環37構成吸入口形成構件。 • 顯示於圖26之基材外周處理裝置,係組合圖24之基材外 周處理裝置全體與圖25之環狀電漿喷頭3〇χ者。因此,在 圖26之裝置中,於下侧與上側設有兩種電漿噴頭π, 3〇x。下側之電漿噴頭3〇與前述之實施形態同樣地,係除 去晶圓90背面外周部之膜92c用者。另外上側之電漿噴頭 30X係除去晶圓90表側面之外周部及外端面之膜92(參照圖 3)用者。因而在圖26之基材外周處理裝置之電漿喷頭川之 底口P與圖25者不同,係形成有自電極間空間30ax筆直向 下L伸❿在底面開口之噴出口携义。喷出口鳩X形成涵 103065.doc -67- 1284350 蓋電漿喷頭30X周方向全周之環狀。電漿噴頭3〇χ在設置 位置時,喷出口 30bx配置於載台1〇上之基材正好外周部正 上方。來自電極間空間30ax之反應性氣體自噴出口 ”以筆 直向下噴出,而喷射至晶圓90表側面之外周部,並且一部 分蔓延至晶圓90之外端面。藉此,亦可蝕刻除去晶圓9〇表 側面外周部及外端面之膜92。由於喷出口 30bx形成環狀, 而涵蓋晶圓90外周之全周,因此可一次噴射反應性氣體至 φ 晶圓90外周之全周,可有效蝕刻。此外,依晶圓90表側面 與背面之膜種類,亦可使上下之電漿喷頭3〇χ,3〇用之處 理氣體成分不同。 噴出口 30bx配置於吸入口 30cx之寬度方向中央。吸入口 3〇cx夾著該喷出口 30bx而分別在内周侧與外周側,吸入路 徑30dx自該内周側之吸入口部分與外周側之吸入口部分分 別延伸而連接於圖上未顯示之吸引排氣裝置。 顯示於圖27之基材外周處理裝置,其電漿噴頭3〇與雷射 φ 加熱器20之雷射照射單元22之配置關係與圖1者不同。亦 即圖27之裝置中之電漿喷頭30正上方朝向末端面進而朝向 噴出口 30b,而固定於框架50之底板51。噴出口 30b接近配 置於設置於載台10上之晶圓90之外周緣下侧,而在與晶圓 90之背面外周部正交之方向噴出反應性氣體(通過被處理 位置P而配置於與支撐面l〇a之延長面正交之線上)。 如圖28之放大顯示,在比電漿喷頭30之末端面之噴出口 3〇b靠近載台1〇侧之部位設有板狀之全反射構件25。與全 反射構件25之載台10側相反側之面,朝上形成向載台1〇側 103065.doc -68- 1284350 傾斜之斜面。兮处 该斜面成為全反射雷射等光之全反射面 25a ° 、卜雷射照射單元22向電漿喷頭30之徑方向外側離 :/、將雷射妝射方向朝向徑方向内側之方式形成橫向 轴線而固疋於框架50之周壁52。自雷射照射單元22照射 之雷射L照射於反射面〜,向斜上方反射 ,而照射於晶圓 9〇月面之外周部。藉此,可局部加熱晶圓90之背面外周 • 部。 另外,電漿噴頭30上端部之構件34等,亦可以透過雷射 L之方式以透光性材料構成。 來自田射&射單70 22之雷射並非線狀,而為朝向反射面 〜聚光之圓錐狀時,亦可降低電聚喷頭3G而自晶圓90離 開,並且其部分增加全反射構件25厚度,來避免雷射干擾 電漿噴頭30。 如圖27所示,在框架5〇之周壁52上端部設有沿著其内周 _全周形成環狀之覆蓋構件8〇e t蓋構件8〇具冑:形成水平 之圓板形狀,而自周壁52向徑方向内侧延伸之水平部Η ; 及自該水平部81之内端緣之全周垂下之筒形狀之垂下部 82;且剖面形成L字形。覆蓋構件8〇藉由圖上未顯示之昇 降機構,可在於周壁52上方大幅離開之後退位置(該狀態 無圖式),與水平部81之外周面抵接於周壁52之内周面之 設置位置(該狀態顯示於圖27)之間昇降。將晶圓9〇設置於 載台H)或取出時,覆蓋構件80位於後退位置,晶圓9〇處理 時,覆蓋構件8 0位於設置位置。 103065.doc -69- 1284350 δ又置位置中,覆蓋構件80之水平部81之内端緣及垂下部 82配置於被處理位置ρ ,亦即配置於載台1〇上之晶圓9〇之 外周部上方,並與晶圓90之外周部共同覆蓋環狀空間5〇a 之上方。在覆蓋構件80與周壁52之間形成有一體連接於環 狀空間50a之空間50b。垂下部82之下端部配置於晶圓9〇之 稍上方,垂下部82與晶圓90間之間隙82a(圖28)非常窄。藉 此,可將噴射至晶圓90外周部之處理完成之反應性氣體確 _ 實關入空間50a,5〇b内,可防止流至晶圓9〇上面之中央部 側。進而可防止該上面之膜92受到損傷。覆蓋構件8〇與周 壁52間之空間50b經由覆蓋構件80之吸引連接器55等而連 接於圖上未顯示之吸引排氣裝置。藉此,可吸引空間 5〇a,空間50b内之處理完成氣體而排氣。 吸引連接器55及吸引排氣裝置構成「環狀空間之吸引機 構」。 顯示於圖29之基材外周處理裝置,其反應性氣體供給機 # 構之反應性氣體供給源係使用臭氧化器70,來取代前述實 施形悲之常壓輝光放電式之電漿喷頭3〇,3〇χ。臭氧化器 7〇之臭氧生成方式種類不拘,如無聲放電及沿面放電等。 臭氧化器70係自框架50離開而設置。臭氧供給管71自該臭 氧化态70延伸,該臭氧供給管71經由設於比框架50之雷射 照射單兀22徑方向外側之底板5丨之供給連接器72,而連接 於框架50之周壁52之反應性氣體路徑52b。另外,供給連 接裔72以一對一地對應於與雷射照射單元22相同周方向位 置之方式’在周方向上每隔等間隔配置與雷射照射單元22 103065.doc -70- !28435〇 同數(如5個)’臭氧供給管71分歧而連接於各 72。反應性氣體路徑52b自各供給連接心延伸。-接益 反應性氣體路徑52b到達周壁52之内周 。 面’透光性之清 出噴嘴36自此處斜上方突出, 噴 近;^ f出噴嘴36之末端部極接 广置於載』上之晶圓90之突出外周部 圖24者相同。 者與 71、供給連接器72及反 喷嘴36分別成為「反應In the figure, a step is formed on the peripheral wall 52 of the bottom plate, and the step covers the annular upper peripheral wall 53 which is formed in an inverted L shape. The inner edge of the ± peripheral wall is disposed in the vicinity of the discharge nozzle 36, and is disposed in the vicinity of the outer edge of the crystal 90 on the stage 1〇. At the inner edge of the upper peripheral wall 53, an annular groove (and an opening) which is formed to expand toward the inner end and open to the entire circumference of the circumferential direction is formed. The suction path control 53 d. from the groove bottom of the annular groove 53c at the same circumferential position as the discharge nozzle 36, extends to the outer periphery of the upper peripheral wall 53 and is connected to the suction connector 57'. The connection is not shown in the figure. Attracting the exhaust device. Thereby, the processed reactive gas can be sucked from the periphery of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 to be exhausted. The groove 53c, the suction path 53d, and the suction and exhaust device constitute a "suction mechanism of the vicinity of the discharge port φ" and even constitute a "suction mechanism of the annular space". The substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Fig. 25 has a structure different from that of the above. That is, the plasma jet head 3 of Fig. 25 is formed in a ring shape corresponding to the size of the stage 10 or even the frame 50, and is disposed concentrically with the upper side of the stage 10 and the frame 50. The plasma spray head 3 can be separated from the stage 10 and the frame 50 by a lifting mechanism (not shown) (the state is not shown), and the peripheral wall 52 of the frame 5 is disposed on the frame 10 and the frame 50. The upper δ is again placed and lowered (this sorrow is shown in Figure 25). After the plasma discharge head 3 is raised to the retracted position, the wafer 90 is placed on the stage 10, and then processed at a position where the low plasma head 30X is lowered 103065.doc - 65-1284350. Inside the plasma discharge head 30X, electrodes 31X, 32X which cover the entire circumference and form a double ring shape are housed. The inner electrode 31X is connected to a pulse power source not shown, and the outer electrode 32X is grounded. By the opposite faces of the electrodes 31A, 32χ, a narrow space 30ax covering the entire circumference of the plasma discharge head 30 is formed. The oxygen-specific gas from the processing gas supply source not shown in the figure is uniformly introduced throughout the circumference of the upper end portion (upstream end) of the inter-electrode space 30, and is often used in the inter-electrode space 30 ax The glow glow is discharged and plasmad to generate a reactive gas such as ozone. The solid dielectric layer is covered on the opposite surface of at least one of the electrodes 31, 32, and is the same as the above-described plasma jet 30. At the bottom of the electric discharge head 30, a reactive gas path 3〇b, x obliquely extending from the lower end (downstream end) of the interelectrode space 3〇ax is formed. Further, a longitudinally extending reactive gas path 52b is formed on the peripheral wall 52 of the frame 50, and the plasma spray head 30X is connectable to the two reactive gas path diameters 30b, x, 52b when the position is set. A base end portion of the discharge nozzle 36 including a light-transmitting material is connected to the lower end portion (downstream end) of the reactive gas path 52b of the frame 50. The discharge nozzle 36 is buried in the peripheral wall 52 so as to form a horizontal direction along the radial direction of the frame 50, and the end portion thereof protrudes from the inner end surface of the peripheral wall 52. Thereby, the processing position P, that is, the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 which is not placed on the stage 10 is close to the back side. The discharge nozzles 36 are arranged one-to-one in the same circumferential direction as the laser irradiation unit 22 of the laser heater 20, and are arranged apart from each other in the circumferential direction and in the same number as the laser irradiation. In the case of the lesser, the reaction 103065.doc -66-1284350 generated in the interelectrode space 30ax is ejected from the ejection nozzle 36 through the reactive gas path 30b'x, 52b, and is sprayed to the laser. The portion of the film 92c which is locally heated by the heater 20 is removed. Even if the optical path of the laser light L and the discharge nozzle 36 interfere, as in the embodiment of Fig. 24, since the discharge nozzle 36 has light transmissivity, the laser light L is not blocked. A cover ring 37 is provided at a radially inner portion of the bottom of the plasma spray head 30X. When the plasma discharge head 30X is in the set position, a suction port 3?cx is formed between the end surface of the cover ring 37 which is formed in the shape of a taper φ and the upper side portion of the inner peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 52 of the frame 50. The suction port 30cx is located directly above the outer edge of the wafer 9〇 on the stage 1〇. The suction port 30 is connected to a suction and exhaust device (not shown) via a suction path 3 connected to the bottom thereof. Thereby, the reactive gas can be sucked and processed from the periphery of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. The suction port 3〇cx, the suction path 3〇dx, and the suction and exhaust device constitute a “suction mechanism in the vicinity of the discharge port” and even constitute a “suction mechanism for the annular space.” The cover ring 37 constitutes a suction port forming member. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Fig. 26 is the combination of the entire substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Fig. 24 and the annular plasma head 3 of Fig. 25. Therefore, in the apparatus of Fig. 26, the lower side and the upper side are provided. There are two kinds of plasma nozzles π, 3〇x. The lower plasma nozzle 3 is the same as the above-described embodiment, and is used to remove the film 92c on the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90. The upper plasma nozzle 30X is also used. The film 92 (see FIG. 3) of the peripheral portion and the outer end surface of the outer surface of the wafer 90 is removed. Therefore, the bottom portion P of the plasma nozzle of the substrate peripheral processing device of FIG. 26 is different from that of FIG. Formed from the interelectrode space 30ax straight down L stretched on the bottom surface The outlet of the mouth is carried out by the right. The discharge port 鸠X forms the culvert 103065.doc -67-1284350. The lid of the plasma spray nozzle is 30X circumferentially. The discharge nozzle 30bx is disposed on the stage when the plasma nozzle 3 is in the set position. The substrate on the upper side is just above the outer peripheral portion. The reactive gas from the interelectrode space 30ax is ejected straight out from the ejection outlet, and is ejected to the outer periphery of the front side of the wafer 90, and a part spreads to the wafer 90. The outer end surface can thereby etch away the film 92 on the outer peripheral portion and the outer end surface of the side surface of the wafer 9. Since the discharge port 30bx is formed in a ring shape and covers the entire circumference of the outer periphery of the wafer 90, the reactive gas can be sprayed at one time. It can be effectively etched to the entire circumference of the outer circumference of the φ wafer 90. Further, depending on the type of the film on the side surface and the back surface of the wafer 90, the processing gas components for the upper and lower plasma nozzles 3, 3, and 3 may be different. The discharge port 30bx is disposed at the center in the width direction of the suction port 30cx. The suction port 3〇cx is disposed on the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side of the discharge port 30bx, and the suction path 30dx is from the suction port portion and the outer peripheral side of the inner peripheral side. The suction port is partially extended It is connected to the suction and exhaust device not shown in the figure. The arrangement of the plasma nozzle 3〇 of the substrate peripheral processing device of Fig. 27 and the laser irradiation unit 22 of the laser φ heater 20 is shown in Fig. 1. That is, the plasma spray head 30 in the apparatus of Fig. 27 is fixed to the bottom plate 51 of the frame 50 directly toward the end surface and toward the discharge port 30b. The discharge port 30b is disposed close to the crystal disposed on the stage 10. On the lower side of the outer circumference of the circle 90, a reactive gas is sprayed in a direction orthogonal to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90 (disposed on the line orthogonal to the extended surface of the support surface 10a by the processed position P). As shown in an enlarged view of Fig. 28, a plate-shaped total reflection member 25 is provided at a portion closer to the side of the stage 1 than the discharge port 3b of the end surface of the plasma discharge head 30. On the side opposite to the side of the stage 10 of the total reflection member 25, a slope which is inclined toward the side of the stage 1 103065.doc - 68-1284350 is formed upward. The inclined surface is a total reflection surface 25a of the total reflection laser or the like, and the laser irradiation unit 22 is separated from the radial direction of the plasma discharge head 30 by: /, and the laser projection direction is directed to the inner side in the radial direction. A transverse axis is formed to be secured to the peripheral wall 52 of the frame 50. The laser light L irradiated from the laser irradiation unit 22 is irradiated onto the reflecting surface ~, is reflected obliquely upward, and is irradiated onto the outer periphery of the wafer 9 〇 moon surface. Thereby, the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90 can be locally heated. Further, the member 34 of the upper end portion of the plasma head 30 or the like may be formed of a light transmissive material by means of the laser beam L. The laser from the field shot & shot sheet 70 22 is not linear, but when it is toward the reflective surface ~ the converging cone shape, the electro-convergence head 3G can be lowered and left from the wafer 90, and part of the total reflection is increased. The member 25 is thick to prevent the laser from interfering with the plasma spray head 30. As shown in Fig. 27, at the upper end portion of the peripheral wall 52 of the frame 5, a cover member 8 is formed which is formed along the inner circumference and the entire circumference thereof. The cover member 8 is formed in a horizontal circular plate shape. The horizontal portion 周 of the peripheral wall 52 extending inward in the radial direction; and the cylindrical lower portion 82 which is suspended from the entire circumference of the inner end edge of the horizontal portion 81; and the cross section is formed in an L shape. The cover member 8A can be largely separated from the retracted position above the peripheral wall 52 (the state is not shown) by the elevating mechanism (not shown), and the outer peripheral surface of the horizontal portion 81 abuts against the inner peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 52. The position (this state is shown in Figure 27) is raised and lowered. When the wafer 9 is placed on the stage H) or taken out, the covering member 80 is placed at the retracted position, and when the wafer 9 is processed, the covering member 80 is placed at the set position. 103065.doc -69 - 1284350 In the δ position, the inner edge and the lower portion 82 of the horizontal portion 81 of the covering member 80 are disposed at the processed position ρ, that is, the wafer 9 disposed on the stage 1 The outer peripheral portion is above and covers the upper portion of the annular space 5〇a together with the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. A space 50b integrally connected to the annular space 50a is formed between the covering member 80 and the peripheral wall 52. The lower end portion of the lower portion 82 is disposed slightly above the wafer 9A, and the gap 82a (Fig. 28) between the lower portion 82 and the wafer 90 is extremely narrow. As a result, the reactive gas injected to the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 can be surely closed into the spaces 50a, 5b, and can be prevented from flowing to the central portion of the upper surface of the wafer 9. Further, the film 92 on the upper surface can be prevented from being damaged. The space 50b between the covering member 8A and the peripheral wall 52 is connected to a suction and exhaust device not shown in the drawing via a suction connector 55 or the like of the covering member 80. Thereby, the space 5 〇 a can be sucked, and the process in the space 50b completes the gas and is exhausted. The suction connector 55 and the suction and exhaust device constitute a "suction mechanism of the annular space". The substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Fig. 29, wherein the reactive gas supply source of the reactive gas supply unit uses an ozonator 70 instead of the above-described conventional atmospheric pressure glow discharge type plasma discharge head 3 Hey, 3 years old. Ozonizer 7〇 Ozone generation methods are not limited, such as silent discharge and creeping discharge. The ozonator 70 is provided to be separated from the frame 50. The ozone supply pipe 71 extends from the ozonization state 70, and the ozone supply pipe 71 is connected to the peripheral wall of the frame 50 via a supply connector 72 provided on the bottom plate 5 of the outer side of the radial direction of the laser irradiation unit 22 of the frame 50. 52 reactive gas path 52b. Further, the supply connection person 72 is disposed in the same circumferential direction as the laser irradiation unit 22, and is disposed at equal intervals in the circumferential direction with the laser irradiation unit 22 103065.doc -70-!28435〇 The same number (for example, five) 'the ozone supply pipe 71 is branched and connected to each 72. The reactive gas path 52b extends from each supply connection. - The reactive gas path 52b reaches the inner circumference of the peripheral wall 52. The surface-transparent clearing nozzle 36 protrudes obliquely upward from here, and is sprayed close; the end portion of the nozzle 36 is connected to the protruding outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 which is placed on the carrier. And 71, the supply connector 72 and the counter nozzle 36 respectively become "reactions"

具有:臭氧化器70、臭氧供給管 應性氣體路徑52b之框架50及噴出 性氣體供給機構」之構成要素。 斤以臭氧化器70生成之作為反應性氣體之臭氧依序經過臭 聽給官71、供給連接11 72及反應性氣體路徑52b而自噴 出噴嘴36噴出。由於喷出噴嘴刊非常靠近晶圓%之背面外 周部配置,因此在臭氧不致擴散及鈍化情況下,可確實喷 射至該晶圓90之背面外周部’而有效除去膜92e,且即使 噴出噴嘴36與來自雷射加熱器2〇之雷射L之光程干擾,雷 射L可透過噴出喷嘴36’而可確實加熱晶圓9〇之被處理部 位者,與圖6者㈣。此外’處理完成之臭氧經過吸引機 構亦即噴出噴嘴36近旁之吸引路徑53d、吸引連接器57等 之排鐵*路徑,或是空間5〇a、逑宮式密封6〇之間隙及吸引 路I 51c等之排氣路徑,而以圖上未顯示之吸引排氣裝置 吸引排氣者,與圖1及圖24者相同。 在上部周壁53之上方設有覆蓋構件8〇。該覆蓋構件8〇與 圖27者同樣地,可藉由圖上未顯式之昇降機構而在向上方 之後退位置(圖29中以假設線表示)與設置位置(該圖中以實 103065.doc -71 - 1284350 線表示)之間昇降。設置位置之覆蓋構件8〇抵接於上部周 壁53之上面並且向徑方向内側延伸,其内端部之垂下部82 位於載台10外周緣之上方。藉此,覆蓋構件8〇在此單獨地 覆蓋環狀空間50a。藉此,與圖27者同樣地,防止處理完 成之臭氧流向晶圓90上面之中央部侧。 顯示於圖30之基材外周處理裝置之輻射加熱器係使用紅 外線加熱器120,來取代前述實施形態之雷射加熱器2〇。 φ 如圖30及圖31所示,紅外線加熱器120具有:包含鹵素燈 等之紅外線燈121之光源,及作為集束照射用之照射部之 光學系統122,並在框架50之周方向全周形成環狀。亦 即,紅外線燈121係涵蓋框架5〇周方向全周之環狀光源, 光學系統122亦含蓋框架50周方向全周而配置。光學系統 122係由··拋物柱面反射鏡、凸透鏡、柱面透鏡等聚光系 統及帶通濾波器等波長抽出部等構成,進一步插入焦點調 整機構。光學系統122使來自紅外線燈121之紅外線通過帶 % 通濾波器,並且以拋物柱面反射鏡及透鏡等聚光系統聚 光,而集束於晶圓90背面之外周全周。藉此,可局部且涵 盍全周一次加熱背面外周部之膜92c。紅外線燈121亦可使 用遠紅外線燈,亦可使用近紅外線燈。發光波長如為76〇 nm〜10000 nm,並以帶通濾波器自其中抽出符合膜92c之吸 收波長之光。藉此,可進一步提高膜92c之加熱效率。 在紅外線加熱器12〇之内部,涵蓋全周而形成有燈冷卻 路径125,該燈冷卻路徑125上,經由冷媒前往路徑126及 返回路徑127而連接圖上未顯式之冷媒供給源,來循環冷 103065.doc -72- 1284350 媒。藉此,可冷卻紅外線加熱器120。冷媒如使用水、空 氣、氦氣等。使用空氣及水時,亦可自返回路徑127排出 而不回到冷媒供給源。該加熱器冷卻用之冷媒供給源亦可 與基材吸熱用之冷媒供給源共用。 、且V卻路仏125、月,J往路控126、返回路經埶 冷卻用冷媒供給源構成「輻射加熱器冷卻機構」。…、 反應性氣體供給機構之反應性氣體供給源與圖29之裝置 同樣地使用臭氧化器70。臭氧化器7〇經由臭氧供給管71而 連接於框架50之數個供給連接器72。供給連接器Μ數量較 多,如為8個。此等供給連接器72係在周壁52外周面之上 側部分之周方向上隔開各等間隔而配置。 提供周壁52之上侧部作為噴出路徑及噴出口形成構件。 亦即在周壁52之上側部’連接於此等供給連接器Μ之反應 性氣體路徑73向徑方向内側水平地,且涵蓋周方向之全周 而形成環狀。反應性氣體路徑73在周壁52内周之全周開 :,其形成環狀之喷出口 7[該噴出口以之高度位於比載 口 ^上面進而須設置於其上之晶圓9〇之背面稍低,且接 、-圓90之外周緣,而以包圍其全周之方式配置。 來自臭氧W臭氧導人反應性氣體路徑 接器72連接位置,擴散至 合仏、,口運 反應性乳體路徑73之周方向全 Γ:亚'出口 74之全周向徑方向内側喷出。藉此,可將 ♦ ”射至晶圓90背面外周部之全周 全周之膜92c。 旁双除去 另外,該圖30之裝置中,如上述,由於可一次處理晶圓 103065.doc •73· 1284350 90全周,因此載台10不需要旋轉,不過為了使處理在周方 向上均一化,仍宜使其旋轉。 圖30之裝置使覆蓋構件80位於設置位置時,涵蓋與周壁 52上面間之全周形成有吸引路徑53d。該吸引路徑53d經由 設於覆蓋構件80之吸引連接器57而連接於圖上未顯式之吸 引排氣裝置,藉此,可自晶圓9〇之外周部周邊吸引處理完 成反應性氣體而排氣。 φ 發明人使用與圖30相同之裝置,使晶圓外端緣自載台10 突出3 mm,就冷媒室41内之水溫分別為、2(Γ(:及5〇它 時,測定對自晶圓外端緣之被加熱部位近旁向徑方向内側 方向之距離之晶圓表面溫度。紅外線加熱器12〇之輸出條 件如下。 光源:環狀鹵素燈It has components of the ozone generator 70, the frame 50 for the ozone supply pipe path 52b, and the discharge gas supply mechanism. The ozone which is generated as a reactive gas by the ozonizer 70 is sequentially ejected from the discharge nozzle 36 through the odorant 71, the supply connection 11 72 and the reactive gas path 52b. Since the discharge nozzle is disposed very close to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer, it is possible to surely eject the film 92e to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90 without diffusion and passivation of ozone, and even if the nozzle 36 is ejected. In contrast to the optical path of the laser beam L from the laser heater 2, the laser beam L can be surely heated by the discharge nozzle 36' to the portion of the wafer to be processed, as shown in Fig. 6 (4). In addition, the ozone that has been processed is passed through the suction mechanism, that is, the suction path 53d near the ejection nozzle 36, the iron-discharging path of the suction connector 57, or the gap between the space 5〇a, the 逑 Palace seal 6〇, and the suction path I. The exhaust path of 51c or the like is sucked by the suction and exhaust device not shown in the drawing, and is the same as those of Figs. 1 and 24 . A cover member 8 is provided above the upper peripheral wall 53. Similarly to FIG. 27, the covering member 8A can be moved back upward (indicated by a hypothetical line in FIG. 29) and the set position by an unapplied lifting mechanism (in the figure, 103065. Doc -71 - 1284350 The line indicates) between the lifts. The cover member 8 at the position is abutted on the upper surface of the upper peripheral wall 53 and extends inward in the radial direction, and the lower portion 82 of the inner end portion is located above the outer periphery of the stage 10. Thereby, the covering member 8〇 individually covers the annular space 50a here. Thereby, similarly to the case of Fig. 27, the ozone which has been processed is prevented from flowing to the center portion side of the upper surface of the wafer 90. The radiant heater of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Fig. 30 uses an infrared heater 120 instead of the laser heater 2 of the above embodiment. φ As shown in FIG. 30 and FIG. 31, the infrared heater 120 includes a light source including an infrared lamp 121 such as a halogen lamp, and an optical system 122 as an irradiation unit for bundling irradiation, and is formed over the entire circumference of the frame 50. ring. That is, the infrared lamp 121 is an annular light source that covers the entire circumference of the frame 5 in the circumferential direction, and the optical system 122 is also disposed to cover the entire circumference of the cover frame 50 in the circumferential direction. The optical system 122 is composed of a concentrating system such as a parabolic mirror, a convex lens, and a cylindrical lens, and a wavelength extraction unit such as a band pass filter, and is further inserted into a focus adjustment mechanism. The optical system 122 passes the infrared rays from the infrared lamp 121 through a bandpass filter, and condenses them by a concentrating system such as a parabolic mirror and a lens, and concentrates on the entire circumference of the back surface of the wafer 90. Thereby, the film 92c of the outer peripheral portion of the back surface can be heated locally and once a week. The infrared lamp 121 can also use a far-infrared lamp or a near-infrared lamp. The emission wavelength is, for example, 76 〇 nm to 10000 nm, and light having an absorption wavelength corresponding to the film 92c is extracted therefrom by a band pass filter. Thereby, the heating efficiency of the film 92c can be further improved. Inside the infrared heater 12A, a lamp cooling path 125 is formed over the entire circumference, and the lamp cooling path 125 is connected to the unillustrated refrigerant supply source via the refrigerant to the path 126 and the return path 127 to circulate. Cold 103065.doc -72-1284350 media. Thereby, the infrared heater 120 can be cooled. If the refrigerant is used, water, air, helium, etc. When air and water are used, they can also be discharged from the return path 127 without returning to the refrigerant supply source. The refrigerant supply source for cooling the heater may be shared with the refrigerant supply source for heat absorption of the substrate. And V is the path 125, month, J to the road control 126, the return path 埶 The cooling refrigerant supply source constitutes the "radiation heater cooling mechanism". The reactive gas supply source of the reactive gas supply means is the same as the apparatus of Fig. 29, and the ozonator 70 is used. The ozonator 7 is connected to a plurality of supply connectors 72 of the frame 50 via an ozone supply pipe 71. There are a large number of supply connectors, such as eight. These supply connectors 72 are disposed at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the upper peripheral portion of the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 52. The upper side of the peripheral wall 52 is provided as a discharge path and a discharge port forming member. In other words, the reactive gas path 73 connected to the supply connector 在 at the upper side portion of the peripheral wall 52 is horizontally oriented inward in the radial direction and covers the entire circumference in the circumferential direction to form a ring shape. The reactive gas path 73 is opened on the entire circumference of the inner circumference of the peripheral wall 52: it forms an annular discharge port 7 [the discharge port is located at a lower height than the back surface of the wafer 9 which is disposed above the carrier port and must be disposed thereon And, the outer circumference of the circle - is 90, and is arranged to surround the entire circumference thereof. From the ozone W, the ozone-reactive gas path connector 72 is connected to the position, and is diffused to the closed port. The port is in the circumferential direction of the portability of the reactive milk path 73. The sub-outlet 74 is ejected on the inner side in the circumferential direction. Thereby, the film 92c can be irradiated to the entire circumference of the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90. In addition, in the apparatus of FIG. 30, as described above, the wafer 103065 can be processed at one time. 1284350 90 is full circumference, so the stage 10 does not need to be rotated, but in order to make the treatment uniform in the circumferential direction, it is still preferable to rotate it. The device of Fig. 30 covers the upper surface of the peripheral wall 52 when the covering member 80 is in the set position. A suction path 53d is formed over the entire circumference. The suction path 53d is connected to an unexposed suction and exhaust device on the drawing via a suction connector 57 provided in the cover member 80, whereby the periphery of the periphery of the wafer 9 can be used. The suction process completes the reactive gas and is exhausted. φ The inventor uses the same device as that of Fig. 30 to make the outer edge of the wafer protrude from the stage 10 by 3 mm, and the water temperature in the refrigerant chamber 41 is 2 (Γ( At the time of 5 〇, the wafer surface temperature is measured from the distance in the radial direction from the heated portion of the outer edge of the wafer. The output conditions of the infrared heater 12 are as follows.

集束用光學系統:拋物柱面反射鏡 發光波長:800〜2000 nm • 輸出:200 W 局部加熱部位之寬度:2 mm 結果顯示於圖32。水溫為常溫之2〇。〇時,在晶圓外端緣 之被加熱部位近旁,藉由來自被加熱部位之熱傳導而達到 8〇°C程度(被加熱部位為4〇〇。(:以上),在自此$ mm以上徑 方向内側之部位則保持在5(rc以下之低溫,確認可抑制膜 之損傷。 如圖33所示,臭氧分解而獲得之氧原子自由基之壽命取 决於酿度,在25 °C附近非常長,不過在50 °C附近減少一 103065.doc 74- 1284350 半。另外,為了確保與膜92c之反應而進 能導致臭氧之喷出路徑之溫度上昇。 ’、’、此可Optical system for bundling: parabolic mirror illuminating wavelength: 800~2000 nm • Output: 200 W Width of local heating part: 2 mm The result is shown in Figure 32. The water temperature is 2 常 of normal temperature. In the case of 〇, at the vicinity of the heated portion of the outer edge of the wafer, the heat transfer from the heated portion reaches 8 〇 ° C (the heated portion is 4 〇〇. (: above), and since then, it is more than $ mm The portion on the inner side in the radial direction is kept at a low temperature of 5 or less, and it is confirmed that the damage of the film can be suppressed. As shown in Fig. 33, the life of the oxygen atom radical obtained by the decomposition of ozone depends on the degree of brewing, and is very close at 25 ° C. Long, but a reduction of 103065.doc 74-1284350 at 50 °C. In addition, in order to ensure the reaction with the membrane 92c, the temperature of the ozone ejection path rises. ', ', this can

:’在顯示於圖34之基材外周處理裝置中設有噴出路 ^卻(前)機構。料,在作為W路徑形成構件之框 架5〇之周壁52㈣設有反應性氣體冷卻路彳m該反應 性氣體冷卻路徑13〇上經由冷媒前往路徑ΐ3ι及返回路徑 132而連接圖±未顯示之冷媒供給源,來循環冷媒。冷媒 如使用水、空氣及氦氣等。使用空氣及水時,亦可自返回 路# m排出而不回到上述冷媒供給源。該喷出路徑冷卻 用冷媒供給原亦可與基材吸熱用之冷媒供給源共用。藉 此,可冷卻通過反應性氣體路徑52b内之臭氧,可抑制氧 原子自由基量之減少’而可維持活性。進而可提高膜92c 之除去處理效率。 該圖34之基材外周處理裝置之反應性氣體供給源,與圖 29等相同’係使用臭氧化器,不過亦可在使用圖24之電聚 •喷頭30之裝置中設置反應性氣體冷卻路徑13〇,來進行反 應性氣體路徑52b之冷卻。 在載台10進而設置於其上之晶圓9〇之中心上方,將噴出 口朝向正下方而設置惰性氣體噴嘴N作為惰性氣體噴射構 件。惰性氣體喷嘴N之上游端連接於圖上未顯示之惰性氣 體供給源。自该惰性氣體供給源將惰性氣體之如氮氣導入 惰性氣體喷嘴N ’而自其噴出口噴出。噴出之氮氣沿著晶 圓90之上面而自中心向徑方向外側放射狀擴散。隨即氮氣 到達晶圓90上面之外周部附近與覆蓋構件8〇間之間隙 103065.doc -75· 1284350 82a ’ 一部分通過此而蔓延至晶圓9〇之背面側。藉由該氮 氣之流動,可防止晶圓90外周部之背面側周邊之處理完成 反應性氣體蔓延至基材之表側,進而可確實防止自間隙 8 2 a泡漏至外部。 另外,在將晶圓90設置於載台10或取出晶圓9〇時,惰性 氣體噴嘴N後退而避免干擾。 ”圖34之基材外周處理裝置之輻射加熱器係使用雷射加熱 =20 ’不過除此之外,如圖35所示,亦可使用紅外線加熱 器=〇。另外,該紅外線加熱器12〇與圖3〇者同樣地,係形 成環狀而涵蓋框架5〇之全周。 顯示於圖36之基材外周處理裝置,其來自臭氧化器⑽ 供給連接器72係配置於框架5〇之底板51之雷射照射單⑽ Ϊ = Γ60之間。該供給連接器72上連接作為喷出路 仅幵> 成構件之管狀之嘖屮喰 哭72簦…贺出噴嘴75自供給連接 二2筆直朝上延伸而頂住載台1〇周側面之底 彎曲,繼續沿菩恭田如丨^ 嘖嘴75” 之傾斜部斜上方延伸。噴出 喷鳴75之末端開口成為嗜屮 ^ 亚位於載台10之周側面之 二…。該贺出口接近設於載台心之晶圓%之 周邛,而向膜92c噴出臭氧。 卜 α亥構造藉由在载台1〇内部 熱冷卻晶圓90之外,亦…:媒至41中通過冷媒,除吸 機構兼嗔出口 I /贺出噴嘴75。藉此,基材吸熱 微稱录贺出口路控冷卻(調溫)機構 中之反應性氣體冷卻路徑 形成圖34 另外,宜在m 可謀求降低成本。 。〇之周側面或噴出嘴嘴75之外周面塗敷 103065.doc -76 - 1284350 減少載台職轉造成摩_之油脂等減少摩擦材料。 顯示於圖37之基材外周處理裝置在载台1G上面之外周部 全周形成有階差12。藉此設置晶圓9〇時,在階差12盘日曰圓 9〇之間形成凹部(氣體滞留處仙。該凹部ua涵蓋載㈣ 之全周並且向徑方向外侧開口。沿著凹部12a之徑方向之 朱度如約3〜5 mm。 自噴出噴嘴36喷出之臭氧進入該凹部亦即氣體滞留處 φ⑴内而暫時滞留。藉此,可充分確保臭氧與晶圓%之背 面外周部之膜92c之反應時間,而可提高處理效率。 顯示於圖38之基材外周處理裝置在載台1〇外周部之徑方 向外側設有圍柵En。在圍栅En之朝向載台1〇側之内周側壁 形成有基材插入孔l〇a。設置於載台1〇上之晶圓9〇之突出 外周部通過該基材插入孔1〇a而插入圍柵En之内部。在圍 栅En之外周側壁貫穿有電漿噴頭3〇之末端部,藉此,將反 應性氣體之噴出口配置於圍柵以之内部。另外,輻射加熱 • 器如雷射加熱器20之雷射照射單元22離開圍柵En之下侧, 亦即配置於圍柵En之外部。 圍柵En如以石英、硼矽酸玻璃及透明樹脂等透光性材料 構成。藉此,來自雷射照射單元22之雷射光線L透過圍柵 En之底板而局部照射於晶圓9〇之背面外周部。藉此,可局 部輻射加熱該晶圓90之背面外周部。另外,在電漿喷頭3〇 生成之氧自由基及臭氧等反應性氣體喷出至圍柵En之内 邛,而喷射至上述局部加熱之部位,可確實除去該處之膜 92c。處理完成反應性氣體藉由圍柵En而防止漏出至外 103065.doc -77- 1284350 部。而後自電漿喷頭30之吸入口吸引排氣。 另外,圍栅En之至少與雷射照射單元22相對之底板以透 光性材料構成即可。 圖39係顯示輻射加熱器之光學系統之其他態樣者。雷射 加熱器20之光源21上光學性連接有光纖電纜23(波導),作 為將其射出光有線傳送至晶圓90外周部之光學系統。光纖 電纜23由許多光纖之束而構成。此等光纖束自雷射光源21 φ 延伸出,並且在數個方向分歧,而成為數條分歧電纜 23a。各分歧電纜23a可由!條光纖構成,亦可由數條光纖 之束構成。此等分歧電纜23a之末端部向載台1〇之外周部 延伸,沿著載台1 〇之周方向彼此等間隔離開而配置。各分 歧電規23a之末端部在被處理位置p亦即設於載台丨〇上之晶 圓90背面外周部近旁之正下方與晶圓9〇正交對峙地朝上配 置並與为歧電鏡23a之末端部一對一地對應之方式,橫 向設置電漿噴頭30。宜在各分歧電纜23a之末端部設置雷 φ 射照射單元22,不過圖式省略。 。亥構造來自光源2 1之雷射藉由光纖電纜23傳送,不致向 晶圓90之背面外周部散射。且藉由分歧電纜23&而分配傳 运至周方向上不同之位置。而後,自各分歧電纜Ma之末 知面向上射出。藉此,在晶圓9〇之背面外周部,可自其近 旁進行雷射照射。此外,可將來自點狀光源21之點狀 田射刀配照射於晶圓9〇周方向之數個位置。藉此,可同時 加熱此等數個位置而除去膜。 再者,可自由設定光源21之配置場所。光纖之配線亦容 103065.doc -78- 1284350 易。 另外,亦可在分歧電纜23a之末端設置柱面透鏡等集束 用光學構件,來將射出光集束。亦可設置數個光源2丨,來 自各光源21之各光纖電緵23向指定之周方向位置延伸出。 對aa圓9 0傾斜光纖之末端部,將電衆喷頭3 〇之噴出口設置 於正下方等,光纖之末端部與喷出口之配置關係可作各種 安排。當然除電漿噴頭30之外,亦可使用臭氧化器7〇,除 φ 雷射光源21之外,亦可使用紅外線燈。 圖40係顯示顯示於圖24等之裝置之喷出喷嘴%等喷出口 形成構件之改變態樣者。如圖40(a)所示,在該喷出喷嘴 3 6X之周壁上,作為回旋流形成部而形成細孔狀之回旋導 孔36b在周方向上彼此隔開等間隔而形成數個(如4個)。回 旋導孔36b在噴嘴36χ之内周亦即噴出口 3以之内周面之大 致切線方向上延伸,而將喷嘴36X之周壁自外周面向内周 面貝穿。且如該圖(b)所示,隨著自喷嘴36X之周壁之外周 籲面向内周面(亦即向徑方向内側),而在噴嘴36X之末端方 向上傾斜。各回旋導孔36b之外周側端部連接於噴出路徑 52b内周側之端部連接於喷出口 36a。因此,回旋導孔 抓構成噴出路徑52b與噴出口 36a之連通路甚至喷出口上 游側之路徑部分。 +該噴出噴嘴36X可將來自噴出路徑似之反應性氣體傾斜 、:」噴出° 36a内’而沿著喷出口 36a之内周面形成回旋 藉此可使反應性氣體均一化。且反應性氣體通過細孔 之回方疋導孔36b後,係相對擴大喷射至喷出口 36&,因此 103065.doc -79- 1284350 可藉由壓損而進一步均一化。藉由該均一化之反應性氣體 之回旋流自喷嘴36X強制喷出,而噴射至晶圓9〇之背面外 周部,可進行良好之膜除去處理。 顯示於圖41及圖42之基材外周處理裝置,在載台1〇之側 部設有處理頭100。該基材外周處理裝置主要係除去蔓延 至晶圓90外周部背面之膜用者,處理頭1 〇〇配置於比載台 10之上面更下側。主要除去晶圓9〇外周部表側之膜情況 下,可使處理頭100上下反轉而配置於比載台1〇上側。 在處理頭100中設有:噴出噴嘴75與吸引排氣喷嘴76。 臭氧供給管71自作為反應性氣體供給源之臭氧化器7〇延 伸,該臭氧供給管7丨經由處理頭1〇〇之連接器Μ,而連接 於噴出噴嘴75之基端部。噴出噴嘴75配置於比被處理位置 (載台10上之晶圓90之外周部)下側。噴出噴嘴乃末端部分 之喷出軸L75,從平面觀察(圖41),係大致沿著晶圓9〇外 β ,周方向(切線方向)’並且向載台i〇之侧亦即向晶圓9〇 =半徑方向内側稍微傾斜,且從正面觀察(圖42),係向晶 朝上傾斜。而後,噴出噴嘴乃末端之噴出口接近被處 理位置P(晶圓90之外周部背面)之近旁。 ㈣之至少末端部分如可由透光性鐵氟龍(登錄 =)。、一(登錄商標)破璃及石英玻璃等透光性材料而 在,、處理頭之喷出側連接器 引排氣噴嘴76之連㈣77 顯之側Μ有連接於吸 兮排々」 ° 。排氣管78自該連接器77延伸, ^78連接於包含排氣㈣之排氣_79。 103065.doc -80- 1284350 吸引排氣噴嘴76配置於比被處理位置p(載台Η)上之晶圓 9〇外周部)下側。吸引排氣噴嘴76末端部分之吸引軸L76從 平面觀察(圖41),筆言鉬而曰 )聿罝朝向晶® 9〇外周之切線方向,並且 從正面觀察(圖42),向晶圓9〇而舎 j日日圓y〇而朝上傾斜。吸引排氣喷嘴 76末端之吸入口位於盘喑屮 1出贺嘴75之噴出口大致同高度 (晶圓90背面之正下方)。 如圖41所示,噴出喷嘴75與排氣喷嘴76之各末端部分, #從平面觀察,係沿著晶圓9〇外周(載台1〇上面之徑方向外 側之假設之環狀面C)之周方向(切線方向),夹著被處理位 置p而彼此相對之方式配置。在喷出喷嘴75末端之喷出口 ’、排氣噴嘴76末^之吸入口之間配置有被處理位置p。噴 出噴嘴75/0著載台1〇進而晶圓9〇之旋轉方向(如平面觀察 之順時鐘方向)而配置於上游側,吸引排氣噴嘴76則配置 於下游側。噴出噴嘴75之噴出口與吸引排氣噴嘴76之吸入 口間之距離,係考慮須除去之膜92c之反應溫度、載台10 • 之轉數及雷射加熱器20之加熱能力等,如在數mm〜數十 之範圍内適切設定。 除去光阻時,噴出噴嘴75之噴出口與吸引排氣噴嘴76之 吸入口間之間隔須設定於晶圓之處理部溫度為150°C以上 之範圍’如須為5 mm〜40 mm之範圍。 排氣噴嘴76之吸入口徑比喷出喷嘴75之喷出口徑大,如 約大2〜5倍。如噴出口徑為1〜3 mm程度,而吸入口徑為 2〜15 mm程度。 如圖42所示,在處理頭1〇〇之下側部,設有作為輻射加 103065.doc -81 - 1284350 熱器之雷射加熱器20之雷射照射單元22。雷射照射單元22 配置於比喷嘴75,76下侧,並且如圖41所示,從平面觀 察,係配置於噴出喷嘴75與排氣喷嘴76之各末端部之間。 被處理位置P位於雷射照射單元22之正上方。 上述構造中,來自雷射光源21之雷射光經過光纖電纜23 而自雷射照射單元22向正上方集束照射。藉此,局部加熱 曰曰圓90外周部之背面。該局部加熱之部分而後暫時維持高 並藉由載台10之旋轉而向旋轉方向之下游側移動。因 此’晶圓90之外周部,除雷射照射單元22正上方之被照射 I分(被處理位置P)之外,比此處在旋轉方向下游側之部 :亦形成高溫。當然,雷射照射單元22正上方之被照射部 分P係最高溫,溫度隨著自此處向旋轉方向之下游側而下 2。圖41之以兩點鏈線表示之分布曲線τ係表示晶圓%之 溫度分布者,將被照射部分P作為中心,高溫區域之分布 向方疋轉方向之下游侧(關於該輻射加熱作用,亦在後述 之Η 43〜圖46之實施形態中說明)。 一述田射加熱及載台旋轉同時,臭氧化器7〇之臭氣翁 體依序經過供給管71、連接器72及喷出噴嘴75,自噴出噴 Γ外 沿著喷出軸L75而噴出。該臭氧噴射至晶圓 • + β σ卩背面之被照射部分(被處理位置P)之周邊。由於 朝上形成角度,因此可將臭氧氣體確實噴射 产 出苹由L75在+住方向内側形成角 二六氧氣體係向晶圓90之若干内側噴出。藉此,可 只方止臭氧自晶圓90之外端面蔓延至表側,而可防止損 103065.doc -82- 1284350 及表側之膜92。臭氧氣體喷射至晶圓9()背面後,暫時未自 晶圓90之背面離開’而係大致沿著晶圓%外周之被照射部 刀之切、線向排氣噴嘴76側流動。藉此,可非常長時間確 保臭氧與晶圓90背面之膜92c之反應時間。 臭氧氣體流動沿著晶圓9〇之溫度分布之偏差方向。因 此喷出之後之被照射部分p當然在比被照射部分p下游之 排氣喷嘴76側之部分,亦容易引起與膜92c之反應。藉此 可提高處理效率。 同時驅動吸引機構79。藉此,不致使處理完成之臭氧氣 體及反應副生成物擴散,而可引導至排氣喷嘴76之吸入口 而吸引排氣。由於吸入口比喷出口大,因此可確實捕捉吸 入處理完成之臭氧氣體等,而可確實抑制處理完成臭氧氣 體等擴散。進而可確實防止臭氧氣體等蔓延至晶圓%表 侧,而可確實防止表側之臈92受到導致特性變化等之損 傷。此外,可自晶圓9G之被處理處周邊迅速排除 成物。 如圖4!之箭頭曲線所示,載㈣之旋轉方向朝向自喷出 噴嘴75向吸引噴嘴76之正方向(沿著臭氧氣體流動之方 圖3及圖44係顯示圖41及圖42之變形例者。 匕該基材外周處理裝置之處理頭!辦,設有切喷出喷 嘴75之贺嘴保持構件ΜΗ。喷嘴㈣構件ΜΗ :銘等材質構成。在喷出噴嘴75之内部形成冷卻:徑 〇,該冷卻路徑130中通過水等冷卻媒體。藉此,可冷卻 103065.doc •83- 1284350 嘴嘴保持構件75H進而冷卻嘴出嘴嘴乃。 雷射照射單元22之平面顴家伤罢^ W規蔡位置,係配置於喷出喷嘴75 與吸引噴嘴76各末端部之中 <中間邛。且偏向喷出喷嘴75側配 置。 噴出喷嘴75與吸引排氣喑 F礼赁嘴76均在處理頭100中可拆 裝。藉此,可依需要變更成最佳之形狀。 上述之臭氧供給時,在噴嘴保持構件75H之冷卻路徑13〇 鲁中通過冷部媒體。藉此,可經由喷嘴保持構件乃Η來冷卻 噴出噴嘴75 ’進而可冷卻通過噴出喷嘴乃内部之臭氧氣 體藉此,可避免減少氧原子自由基數量,而可維持高活 性度。進而可確實與膜92c反應而蝕刻。 在上述臭氧供給同時,接通雷射加熱器2〇,將雷射光L 自射單凡22向正上方射出。如圖45⑻之底面圖所示,該 田射光成點狀照射於晶圓9〇背面極小之區域Rs。該區域Rs 位於噴出噴嘴75之噴出口與吸引噴嘴76之吸引口之間,此 鲁處正好照射臭氧氣體之通道。而局部輕射加熱該區域Rs, 瞬間達到數百度之高溫。藉由臭氧接觸於該高溫化之區域 Rs,可促進反應,而可提高處理效率。 &著載台10進而晶圓90之旋轉,局部輻射加熱區域RS依 序轉移。亦即’晶圓9〇外周背面之各點在某個瞬間位於輻 射加熱區域Rs ’並立即通過該處。因此,輻射加熱期間係 一瞬間。如晶圓9〇之直徑為2〇〇 ,旋轉速度為1 rpm, 於幸田射區域Rs之直徑為3 mm時,輻射加熱期間僅約〇. 3 秒。 103065.doc -84 - 1284350 另外,晶圓90外周背面之I e , ^ 巧叫心合點一旦加熱時,於通過輻射 區域Rs後,熱亦暫時保留而形成高溫(參照圖仏之表面溫 度分布圖)。該高溫期間仍位於噴出噴嘴”與吸引噴嘴% 間之臭氧氣體通道,臭氧拉诗拉網 ^ f 夭礼符躓接觸。藉此,可進一步提高 處理效率。: 'The peripheral processing means of the substrate shown in Fig. 34 is provided with a discharge path (front) mechanism. The peripheral wall 52 (four) of the frame 5 as the W path forming member is provided with a reactive gas cooling path 彳m. The reactive gas cooling path 13 is connected to the path ΐ3ι and the return path 132 via the refrigerant, and is connected to the refrigerant shown in FIG. Supply source to recycle refrigerant. Refrigerant Use water, air and helium. When air or water is used, it can be discharged from the return path #m without returning to the above refrigerant supply source. The refrigerant supply for cooling the discharge path may be shared with the refrigerant supply source for heat absorption of the substrate. Thereby, the ozone in the reactive gas path 52b can be cooled, and the decrease in the amount of oxygen atom radicals can be suppressed, and the activity can be maintained. Further, the removal treatment efficiency of the film 92c can be improved. The reactive gas supply source of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Fig. 34 is the same as that of Fig. 29 and the like. The ozonator is used, but reactive gas cooling may be provided in the apparatus using the electropolymer/head 30 of Fig. 24. Path 13 is used to cool the reactive gas path 52b. Above the center of the wafer 9 which is further provided on the stage 10, the inert gas nozzle N is provided as an inert gas ejecting member with the discharge port facing downward. The upstream end of the inert gas nozzle N is connected to an inert gas supply source not shown. An inert gas such as nitrogen gas is introduced into the inert gas nozzle N' from the inert gas supply source to be ejected from the discharge port. The discharged nitrogen gas radially spreads from the center toward the outer side in the radial direction along the upper surface of the crystal circle 90. Nitrogen gas then reaches the gap between the periphery of the wafer 90 and the cover member 8 103 103065.doc -75· 1284350 82a ' part of which spreads to the back side of the wafer 9〇. By the flow of the nitrogen gas, the treatment of the peripheral side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 can be prevented from proceeding to the front side of the substrate, and the leakage from the gap 8 2 a to the outside can be surely prevented. Further, when the wafer 90 is placed on the stage 10 or the wafer 9 is taken out, the inert gas nozzle N is retracted to avoid interference. The radiant heater of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Fig. 34 uses laser heating = 20 '. However, as shown in Fig. 35, an infrared heater = 〇 can also be used. In addition, the infrared heater 12 〇 Similarly to Fig. 3, the ring shape is formed to cover the entire circumference of the frame 5. The substrate outer peripheral processing device shown in Fig. 36 is provided from the ozonator (10) supply connector 72 in the bottom plate of the frame 5 51 laser irradiation single (10) Ϊ = Γ 60. The supply connector 72 is connected as a discharge path only 幵> into a tubular member of the tube 啧屮喰 簦 72 簦 贺 贺 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 It extends upwards and bears against the bottom of the side of the stage 1 and bends, and continues to extend obliquely above the inclined portion of the Pagoda. The end opening of the squirting squirting 75 becomes the second side of the circumferential side of the stage 10. The exit is close to the periphery of the wafer of the carrier, and ozone is ejected toward the film 92c. The α-Hui structure heat-cools the wafer 90 inside the stage 1 , and the medium to 41 passes through the refrigerant, and the de-suction mechanism doubles the outlet I / the exit nozzle 75. Thereby, the substrate is endothermic, and the reactive gas cooling path in the path-controlled cooling (tempering) mechanism is formed. Fig. 34 In addition, it is preferable to reduce the cost at m. . The circumferential side of the crucible or the outer surface of the spout 75 is applied. 103065.doc -76 - 1284350 Reduce the frictional material such as the grease caused by the load on the stage. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Fig. 37 has a step 12 formed on the outer circumference of the upper surface of the stage 1G. When the wafer 9 is set by this, a concave portion (a gas stagnation portion) is formed between the step 12 and the outer circumference of the wafer. The concave portion ua covers the entire circumference of the carrier (4) and opens to the outside in the radial direction. The radiance in the radial direction is about 3 to 5 mm. The ozone ejected from the ejection nozzle 36 enters the concave portion, that is, the gas retention portion φ(1), and is temporarily retained. Thereby, the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the ozone and the wafer % can be sufficiently ensured. The reaction time of the film 92c can improve the processing efficiency. The substrate outer peripheral processing device shown in Fig. 38 is provided with a fence En on the outer side in the radial direction of the outer peripheral portion of the stage 1 . The inner peripheral side wall is formed with a substrate insertion hole 10a. The protruding outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9A provided on the stage 1 is inserted into the inside of the fence En through the substrate insertion hole 1〇a. The outer peripheral side wall of the En is inserted through the end portion of the plasma jet nozzle 3, whereby the discharge port of the reactive gas is disposed inside the fence. In addition, the radiation heating unit such as the laser irradiation unit of the laser heater 20 22 leaves the lower side of the enclosure En, that is, is disposed outside the enclosure En. En is made of a light-transmitting material such as quartz, borosilicate glass or a transparent resin. Thereby, the laser light L from the laser irradiation unit 22 is partially irradiated to the outer periphery of the back surface of the wafer 9 through the bottom plate of the fence En. In this way, the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90 can be locally radiated, and the reactive gas such as oxygen radicals and ozone generated in the plasma discharge head 3 is ejected into the inner periphery of the fence En, and is ejected. To the above-mentioned local heating portion, the film 92c at the place can be surely removed. The treatment completion of the reactive gas is prevented from leaking out to the outer portion 103065.doc -77-1284350 by the fence En. Then, the suction port of the plasma nozzle 30 is removed. In addition, at least the bottom plate of the fence En opposite to the laser irradiation unit 22 may be made of a light transmissive material. Fig. 39 is a view showing another aspect of the optical system of the radiant heater. The optical fiber cable 23 (waveguide) is optically connected to the light source 21 as an optical system for transmitting the emitted light to the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. The optical fiber cable 23 is composed of a bundle of a plurality of optical fibers. The light source 21 φ extends, And in a plurality of directions, the plurality of diverging cables 23a are formed. The diverging cables 23a may be composed of a bundle of optical fibers or a bundle of a plurality of optical fibers. The end portions of the divergent cables 23a are directed to the outer periphery of the carrier 1 The extensions are arranged at equal intervals apart from each other along the circumferential direction of the stage 1. The end portions of the respective branch gauges 23a are at the position to be processed p, that is, the vicinity of the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90 provided on the stage. The plasma head 30 is disposed laterally opposite to the wafer 9A and disposed vertically opposite to the end portion of the eccentric mirror 23a. It is preferable to provide a lightning ray at the end portion of each of the branch cables 23a. The irradiation unit 22 is omitted from the drawing. The laser light from the light source 21 is transmitted by the optical fiber cable 23, and is not scattered to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 90. And the distribution is distributed to different positions in the circumferential direction by the branch cables 23 & Then, it is emitted from the end of each branch cable Ma. Thereby, laser irradiation can be performed from the vicinity of the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 9A. Further, the spotted blade from the point light source 21 can be irradiated to a plurality of positions in the circumferential direction of the wafer 9. Thereby, the film can be removed by heating the plurality of positions at the same time. Furthermore, the arrangement place of the light source 21 can be freely set. The wiring of the fiber is also easy to 103065.doc -78-1284350. Further, an optical member for bundling such as a cylindrical lens may be provided at the end of the branch cable 23a to bundle the emitted light. A plurality of light sources 2A may be provided, and the respective fiber optic switches 23 of the respective light sources 21 extend to a predetermined circumferential position. The end portion of the optical fiber is tilted to the end portion of the aa round 90, and the discharge port of the electric nozzle 3 is disposed directly below, and the arrangement relationship between the end portion of the optical fiber and the discharge port can be variously arranged. Of course, in addition to the plasma spray head 30, an ozonator 7 can be used. In addition to the φ laser light source 21, an infrared lamp can also be used. Fig. 40 is a view showing a change of the discharge port forming member such as the discharge nozzle % shown in the apparatus of Fig. 24 or the like. As shown in Fig. 40 (a), on the peripheral wall of the discharge nozzle 36X, the swirling guide holes 36b which are formed in a swirl shape as the swirling flow forming portion are formed at equal intervals in the circumferential direction to form a plurality of pieces (e.g., 4). The revolving guide hole 36b extends in the substantially tangential direction of the inner circumference of the nozzle 36, that is, the discharge port 3, and the peripheral wall of the nozzle 36X is penetrated from the outer circumference toward the inner circumference. Further, as shown in Fig. 2(b), the outer peripheral surface of the nozzle 36X is inclined toward the inner peripheral surface (i.e., inward in the radial direction), and is inclined at the end of the nozzle 36X. An end portion of the outer peripheral side end portion of each of the swirling guide holes 36b connected to the inner peripheral side of the discharge path 52b is connected to the discharge port 36a. Therefore, the swirling guide hole grips the path of the communication path between the discharge path 52b and the discharge port 36a and even the path portion on the upstream side of the discharge port. + The discharge nozzle 36X can make the reactive gas uniform by slanting the reactive gas from the discharge path, "the inside of the discharge portion 36a" and swirling along the inner peripheral surface of the discharge port 36a. Further, after the reactive gas passes through the pores of the pores, the orifices 36b are relatively enlarged and ejected to the discharge ports 36 & therefore, 103065.doc -79-1284350 can be further uniformized by pressure loss. The swirling flow of the homogenized reactive gas is forcibly ejected from the nozzle 36X, and is ejected to the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 9 to provide a good film removal treatment. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Figs. 41 and 42 is provided with a processing head 100 on the side of the stage 1A. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus mainly removes the film that has spread to the back surface of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, and the processing head 1 is disposed below the upper surface of the stage 10. When the film on the outer side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 is mainly removed, the processing head 100 can be vertically inverted and placed on the upper side of the carrier 1 . The processing head 100 is provided with a discharge nozzle 75 and a suction exhaust nozzle 76. The ozone supply pipe 71 extends from the ozonator 7 as a reactive gas supply source, and the ozone supply pipe 7 is connected to the base end portion of the discharge nozzle 75 via the connector 处理 of the processing head 1〇〇. The discharge nozzle 75 is disposed below the processing position (the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 on the stage 10). The ejection nozzle is the ejection axis L75 at the end portion, as viewed from the plane (Fig. 41), substantially along the outer circumference β of the wafer 9, the circumferential direction (tangential direction) and toward the side of the stage i 即9〇=The inside of the radial direction is slightly inclined, and is viewed from the front (Fig. 42), and is inclined upward toward the crystal. Then, the discharge nozzle is at the end of the discharge port near the processing position P (the back surface of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90). (4) At least the end portion may be made of translucent Teflon (login =). , (registered trademark) broken glass and quartz glass and other light-transmitting materials, and the discharge side of the processing head is connected to the exhaust nozzle 76 (4) 77. The side of the display is connected to the suction port 々 ° °. The exhaust pipe 78 extends from the connector 77, and the ^78 is connected to the exhaust gas _79 including the exhaust gas (four). 103065.doc -80 - 1284350 The suction/discharge nozzle 76 is disposed on the lower side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 被 on the processing position p (stage Η). The suction axis L76 of the end portion of the suction nozzle 76 is viewed from the plane (Fig. 41), and the molybdenum is turned toward the tangential direction of the outer periphery of the wafer 9 ,, and viewed from the front (Fig. 42), toward the wafer 9. 〇 舎 舎 日 日 日 日 日 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The suction port at the end of the suction nozzle 76 is located at the same height as the discharge port of the tray 75, which is just below the back surface of the wafer 90. As shown in Fig. 41, the end portions of the discharge nozzles 75 and the exhaust nozzles 76 are viewed from the plane along the outer circumference of the wafer 9 (the assumed annular surface C on the outer side in the radial direction of the upper surface of the stage 1). The circumferential direction (tangential direction) is arranged to face each other with the processed position p interposed therebetween. The processed position p is disposed between the discharge port ' at the end of the discharge nozzle 75 and the suction port at the end of the discharge nozzle 76. The discharge nozzle 75/0 is placed on the stage 1 and the direction of rotation of the wafer 9 (in the clockwise direction as viewed in the plane) is disposed on the upstream side, and the suction and discharge nozzle 76 is disposed on the downstream side. The distance between the discharge port of the discharge nozzle 75 and the suction port of the suction nozzle 76 is considered in consideration of the reaction temperature of the film 92c to be removed, the number of revolutions of the stage 10, and the heating capability of the laser heater 20. Appropriate settings within the range of a few mm to several tens. When the photoresist is removed, the interval between the discharge port of the discharge nozzle 75 and the suction port of the suction/exhaust nozzle 76 must be set to a range in which the temperature of the processing portion of the wafer is 150 ° C or more, as long as it is required to be in the range of 5 mm to 40 mm. . The suction port diameter of the exhaust nozzle 76 is larger than the discharge port diameter of the discharge nozzle 75, and is about 2 to 5 times larger. For example, the outlet diameter is about 1 to 3 mm, and the suction diameter is about 2 to 15 mm. As shown in Fig. 42, on the lower side of the processing head 1 ,, a laser irradiation unit 22 as a laser heater 20 for radiating a 103065.doc -81 - 1284350 heater is provided. The laser irradiation unit 22 is disposed on the lower side of the nozzles 75, 76, and is disposed between the discharge nozzles 75 and the end portions of the exhaust nozzles 76 as viewed from the plane as shown in Fig. 41. The processed position P is located directly above the laser irradiation unit 22. In the above configuration, the laser light from the laser light source 21 is irradiated to the upper side from the laser irradiation unit 22 via the optical fiber cable 23. Thereby, the back surface of the outer peripheral portion of the circle 90 is locally heated. The portion of the local heating is then temporarily maintained high and moved to the downstream side in the rotational direction by the rotation of the stage 10. Therefore, in the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, in addition to the irradiated minute I (the processed position P) directly above the laser irradiation unit 22, a higher temperature is formed than in the portion on the downstream side in the rotational direction. Of course, the irradiated portion P directly above the laser irradiation unit 22 is at the highest temperature, and the temperature is lowered 2 from the downstream side in the rotational direction. The distribution curve τ represented by the two-dot chain line in Fig. 41 indicates the temperature distribution of the wafer %, with the irradiated portion P as the center, and the distribution of the high temperature region toward the downstream side of the square turn direction (for the radiant heating effect, It will also be described in the following description of the embodiment 43 to 46. At the same time, the field heating and the rotation of the stage are simultaneously performed, and the odor of the ozonizer 7 is sequentially passed through the supply pipe 71, the connector 72, and the discharge nozzle 75, and is ejected from the discharge squirt along the discharge axis L75. . The ozone is sprayed onto the wafer • + β σ卩 around the illuminated portion (processed position P). Since the angle is formed upward, the ozone gas can be ejected and produced. The L75 is formed on the inner side of the +-direction to form an angle. The twenty-six oxygen system is ejected toward the inner side of the wafer 90. Thereby, ozone can be prevented from spreading from the outer end surface of the wafer 90 to the front side, and the film 92 of the 103065.doc -82-1284350 and the front side can be prevented from being damaged. After the ozone gas is ejected onto the back surface of the wafer 9 (), it is not left from the back surface of the wafer 90, and the line is cut along the outer circumference of the wafer %, and the line flows toward the exhaust nozzle 76 side. Thereby, the reaction time of ozone with the film 92c on the back surface of the wafer 90 can be ensured for a very long time. The ozone gas flows along the deviation direction of the temperature distribution of the wafer 9〇. Therefore, the portion p to be irradiated after the ejection is of course also caused to react with the film 92c at a portion on the side of the exhaust nozzle 76 downstream of the portion to be irradiated p. This can improve processing efficiency. At the same time, the attraction mechanism 79 is driven. Thereby, the ozone gas and the reaction by-products which have been processed are not diffused, and can be guided to the suction port of the exhaust nozzle 76 to suck the exhaust gas. Since the suction port is larger than the discharge port, the ozone gas or the like which has been subjected to the suction treatment can be surely captured, and the diffusion of the ozone gas or the like can be surely suppressed. Further, it is possible to surely prevent ozone gas or the like from spreading to the wafer side surface side, and it is possible to surely prevent the flaws 92 on the front side from being damaged by characteristics and the like. In addition, the object can be quickly removed from the periphery of the processed portion of the wafer 9G. As shown by the arrow curve in Fig. 4!, the rotation direction of the carrier (4) is directed to the positive direction from the ejection nozzle 75 to the suction nozzle 76 (the deformation of Figs. 3 and 44 along the flow of ozone gas shows the deformation of Figs. 41 and 42).处理 处理 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材 基材In the cooling path 130, the medium is cooled by water or the like. Thereby, the nozzle retaining member 75H can be cooled and the nozzle mouth can be cooled. The plane of the laser irradiation unit 22 is injured. The position of the W gauge is disposed in the middle end of each of the discharge nozzles 75 and the suction nozzles 76. The arrangement is disposed on the side opposite to the discharge nozzle 75. The discharge nozzles 75 and the suction exhaust ports F are provided. The processing head 100 is detachable, whereby it can be changed to an optimum shape as needed. When the ozone is supplied, the cooling path 13 of the nozzle holding member 75H passes through the cold portion medium. The nozzle holding member is configured to cool the discharge nozzle 75 Further, it is possible to cool the ozone gas passing through the inside of the discharge nozzle, thereby avoiding the reduction in the number of oxygen atom radicals and maintaining high activity. Further, it can be reliably etched by reacting with the film 92c. The heater 2 is emitted, and the laser light L is emitted directly upward from the single shot 22. As shown in the bottom view of Fig. 45 (8), the field light is spot-shaped on the very small area Rs of the back surface of the wafer 9. The area Rs is located. Between the discharge port of the discharge nozzle 75 and the suction port of the suction nozzle 76, the Lu is exactly the channel for irradiating the ozone gas, and the local light radiation heats the region Rs to instantaneously reach a high temperature of several hundred degrees. The ozone is contacted by the high temperature. The region Rs can promote the reaction, and can improve the processing efficiency. & The rotation of the wafer 10 and the wafer 90, the local radiant heating region RS is sequentially transferred. That is, the dots on the outer periphery of the wafer 9 are in a certain The moment is located in the radiant heating area Rs ' and immediately passes through it. Therefore, the radiant heating period is instantaneous. For example, the diameter of the wafer 9 is 2 〇〇, the rotation speed is 1 rpm, and the Koda field is Rs. When the diameter is 3 mm, the radiant heating period is only about 〇. 3 seconds. 103065.doc -84 - 1284350 In addition, the I e of the outer circumference of the wafer 90, ^ is called the heart point, once heated, after passing through the radiation area Rs The heat is temporarily retained to form a high temperature (refer to the surface temperature distribution map of Fig. 。). During the high temperature period, it is still located in the ozone gas passage between the discharge nozzle and the suction nozzle, and the ozone pulls the mesh. Thereby, the processing efficiency can be further improved.

且由於輻射區域以偏向喷出噴嘴75之侧,因此晶圓如外 周背面之各點上喷射臭氧時,立即輻射加熱,而後該點即 使自輻射區域RS離開,仍暫時維持高溫,而在其高溫期間 中與臭氧持續接觸。藉此可更進—步提高處理效率。 另外’除晶圓9G外周部之比其内側之部分,除不直接接 收來自雷射加熱器20之輻射熱之外,亦藉由載台1〇内之冷 卻媒體吸熱、冷卻。因此,即使傳來輻射加熱區域^之 熱’仍可抑制溫度上昇,而確實維持低溫狀態。藉此,可 :實防止損及不須除去處理之膜92,而可維持良好之膜 質0 圖46⑷係顯示以雷射將旋轉之晶圓之背面外周部局部輕 射加熱時某個瞬間之晶圓表侧面之溫度分布,肖圖⑻係顯 不對背面之周方向位置之溫度之測定結果者。雷射輸出為 100 W ’轉數為i rpm。輻射區域Rs之直徑約為3匪。該 =⑷之晶圓9 0外周上之位置〇與該圖(b)之橫轴之原點= :。該圖(b)之橫軸,係以自位置〇之距離來表示晶圓背面 夕,周部之各點者。兩圖中輻射區域以及包含其之區域^分 別形成對應關係。區域R〇對應於喷出噴嘴與吸引噴嘴間之 長度D(參照圖45(b))之部分。 103065.doc -85- 1284350 從圖46(b)可知,進入輻射區域Rs前之部分僅係極小之 範圍’不過藉由來自輻射區域RS之導熱而形成15〇艺以 上。進入輻射區域RS時突然上昇而形成350°C〜790°C之溫 度分布。通過輻射區域Rs後溫度降低,不過暫時仍為150 °C 以上’而維持可除去有機物之溫度。藉此判明旋轉與輕射 加熱之組合可有效除去有機物。 維持通過輻射區域RS後之高溫之範圍,取決於雷射輸出 ^ 與載台之轉數。可配合其而設定喷出噴嘴與吸引喷嘴之間 隔D(上述區域R0之寬度)。 為了降低輻射區域Rs之溫度,可藉由降低雷射輸出或增 加載台轉數來對應。反之,為了提高溫度,可藉由提高雷 射輸出或減少載台轉數來對應。 顯示於圖47及圖48之基材外周處理裝置之處理頭1〇(), 配置於比載台10上之晶圓90上侧。喷出噴嘴75及排氣喷嘴 %亦配置於比晶圓90上側。此等噴嘴75,%與圖41〜圖料 • 同樣地,平面觀察係以沿著晶圓9〇之大致周方向(被處理 位置P附近之切線方向),夾著被處理位置p而相對之方式 配置。 雷射加熱器20之照射單元22正好在被處理位置p之正上 方向下配置。照射單元22之雷射光軸通過被處理位置p, 沿著與晶圓90正交之垂直線,而焦點對準被處理位置p。 來自該照射單元22之雷射照射於晶圓9〇外周部表側面之 被處理位置P,而輻射加熱被處理位置?之表側之膜。同時 來自臭氧化1170之臭氧自喷出喷嘴75喷出至日日日圓列外周之 103065.doc -86- 1284350 表側面上,並大致沿著被處理位置p附近之晶圓9〇之切線 方向流動。藉此,可除去晶圓90外周表侧不需要之膜。 上述晶圓90上之氣體流動係沿著晶圓9〇之旋轉方向,亦 沿著殘熱之高溫區域之形成方向(圖46(a))。藉此可提高處 理效率。 處理完成之氣體(包含微粒子等之反應副生成物)藉由吸 引喷嘴76之吸引與上述晶圓9〇之旋轉相互作用,大致維持 φ 上述喷出時之流動方向而吸入吸引喷嘴76進行排氣。藉 此,可防止在晶圓90外周上堆積微粒子。由於吸引噴嘴% 之口徑比喷出喷嘴75大,因此可抑制處理完成氣體之洩 漏。 圖49係顯示吸引噴嘴之配置構造之變形例者。 吸引噴嘴76自載台1〇進而自晶圓9〇之半徑外側,向晶圓 90之大致半徑内側,平面觀察係以與喷出喷嘴乃大致正交 之方式配置。吸引噴嘴76末端之吸入口位置,比噴出噴嘴 • 75末端之喷出口,在晶圓90旋轉方向之正方向少許離開而 配置。吸引喷嘴76末端之上下方向位置,配置於載台1〇之 上面進而與晶圓90大致相同高度。 該構造可自噴出噴嘴75喷出,反應後將處理完成之氣體 (包含微粒子等反應副生成物)自晶圓9〇上迅速輸出至半徑 外側,而以吸引噴嘴76吸入排氣,可防止在晶圓9〇上㈣ 微粒子。 ' 顯示於圖50之吸引噴嘴構造中,吸引噴嘴76係在载台1〇 上之靠近晶圓90外周部之下側朝上配置。吸引喷嘴%末端 103065.doc -87 - 1284350 之吸入口位置比噴出噴嘴75末端喷出口,在晶圓9〇旋轉方 向之正方向少許離開而配置。 该構造如圖51之箭頭所示,自噴出喷嘴76喷出之氣體自 晶圓90外周部之上面側沿著外端面而流向下面側。該過程 中與晶圓90外端面之不需要膜92產生反應,可確實除去外 端面之膜92c。而後,處理完成之氣體(包含微粒子等反應 副生成物)吸入下側之吸引噴嘴76而排氣。Moreover, since the radiation region is biased toward the side of the ejection nozzle 75, when the wafer is sprayed with ozone at various points on the outer circumferential side, the radiation is immediately radiated and heated, and then the point is temporarily maintained at a high temperature even if it is separated from the radiation region RS, and at a high temperature thereof. During the period, continuous contact with ozone. This can further improve the processing efficiency. Further, except for the portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9G which is outside the inner portion, the radiant heat from the laser heater 20 is not directly received, and the cooling medium in the stage 1 is also used to absorb heat and cool. Therefore, even if the heat of the radiant heating region is transmitted, the temperature rise can be suppressed, and the low temperature state is surely maintained. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the film 92 from being removed and to maintain a good film quality. FIG. 46(4) shows a crystal at a certain moment when the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer is rotated by laser. The temperature distribution on the side of the round table, and the diagram (8) shows the result of measuring the temperature of the position in the circumferential direction of the back surface. The laser output is 100 W ' revolutions in i rpm. The diameter of the radiation region Rs is about 3 匪. The position of the outer circumference of the wafer 90 of the = (4) 〇 and the origin of the horizontal axis of the figure (b) = :. The horizontal axis of the figure (b) is the point on the back side of the wafer, the point on the periphery of the wafer, from the position 〇. The radiation area and the area containing it in the two figures form a corresponding relationship. The region R 〇 corresponds to a portion D (see Fig. 45 (b)) between the discharge nozzle and the suction nozzle. From Fig. 46(b), it is understood that the portion before entering the radiation region Rs is only a very small range 'but is formed by heat conduction from the radiation region RS to 15 or more. When entering the radiation area RS, it suddenly rises to form a temperature distribution of 350 ° C to 790 ° C. The temperature is lowered after passing through the radiation region Rs, but is still at a temperature of 150 ° C or more and the temperature at which the organic matter can be removed is maintained. In this way, it is found that the combination of rotation and light-fire heating can effectively remove organic matter. The range of high temperatures after passing through the radiant area RS depends on the laser output ^ and the number of revolutions of the stage. The gap between the discharge nozzle and the suction nozzle (the width of the above region R0) can be set in accordance with this. In order to reduce the temperature of the radiation region Rs, it can be correspondingly reduced by reducing the laser output or increasing the number of revolutions of the stage. Conversely, in order to increase the temperature, it can be matched by increasing the laser output or reducing the number of revolutions of the stage. The processing head 1() of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Figs. 47 and 48 is disposed on the upper side of the wafer 90 on the stage 10. The discharge nozzle 75 and the exhaust nozzle % are also disposed on the upper side of the wafer 90. Similarly, in the same manner as in FIG. 41 to FIG. 41, the nozzles 75 are in a plane direction along the substantially circumferential direction of the wafer 9 (the tangential direction near the processing position P), and are opposed to each other with the processed position p interposed therebetween. Mode configuration. The irradiation unit 22 of the laser heater 20 is disposed just in the up direction of the processed position p. The laser beam axis of the illumination unit 22 passes through the processed position p, along a vertical line orthogonal to the wafer 90, and is in focus at the processed position p. The laser light from the irradiation unit 22 is irradiated onto the processed position P on the side surface of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 while the radiation is heated to be processed. The film on the side of the watch. At the same time, the ozone from the ozonation 1170 is ejected from the ejection nozzle 75 to the side of the 103065.doc -86-1284350 surface of the outer circumference of the Japanese yen, and flows substantially along the tangential direction of the wafer 9 near the processing position p. . Thereby, the film which is unnecessary on the outer peripheral side of the wafer 90 can be removed. The gas flow on the wafer 90 is along the direction in which the wafer 9 is rotated, and also in the direction in which the high temperature region of the residual heat is formed (Fig. 46 (a)). This can improve the efficiency of the process. The gas (including the reaction by-products including fine particles) which has been processed is subjected to the rotation of the suction nozzle 76 and interacts with the rotation of the wafer 9 to substantially maintain the flow direction at the time of the discharge, and is sucked into the suction nozzle 76 to be exhausted. . Thereby, it is possible to prevent the accumulation of fine particles on the outer circumference of the wafer 90. Since the diameter of the suction nozzle is larger than that of the discharge nozzle 75, leakage of the process completion gas can be suppressed. Fig. 49 is a view showing a modification of the arrangement structure of the suction nozzles. The suction nozzle 76 is disposed from the outside of the wafer 1 to the outside of the radius of the wafer 90, and is disposed on the inner side of the substantially radius of the wafer 90 so as to be substantially orthogonal to the discharge nozzle. The position of the suction port at the end of the suction nozzle 76 is slightly smaller than the discharge port at the end of the discharge nozzle 75, in the direction in which the wafer 90 rotates. The position of the suction nozzle 76 in the upper and lower directions is placed on the upper surface of the stage 1 to be substantially the same height as the wafer 90. This structure can be ejected from the ejection nozzle 75, and after the reaction, the processed gas (including the reaction by-product such as fine particles) is quickly outputted from the wafer 9 to the outside of the radius, and the suction nozzle 76 sucks the exhaust gas, thereby preventing the On the wafer 9 (4) microparticles. In the suction nozzle structure shown in Fig. 50, the suction nozzle 76 is disposed on the stage 1A so as to face the lower side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. The suction nozzle % end 103065.doc -87 - 1284350 is disposed at a position closer to the discharge port of the discharge nozzle 75 and slightly away from the positive direction of the wafer 9 rotation. As shown by the arrow in Fig. 51, the gas ejected from the discharge nozzle 76 flows from the upper surface side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 to the lower surface side along the outer end surface. In this process, the unnecessary film 92 on the outer end surface of the wafer 90 is reacted, and the film 92c on the outer end surface can be surely removed. Then, the processed gas (including reaction by-products such as fine particles) is sucked into the lower suction nozzle 76 to be exhausted.

^顯示於圖52及圖53之基材外周處理裝置中,照射單元22 係自比晶圓90上側且半徑外侧,向晶圓9〇之外周部(被處 理位置P)傾斜配置。照射單元22之傾斜角度如約為45。。 如圖54所不,照射單元22之照射光軸L2〇(雷射光束之中心 軸)與晶圓90外周部之上側傾斜部交又,正好與該交又點 之膜表面法線大致一致。或是正好與該交叉點之膜之厚度 方向大致致。在照射單元22中設有包含凸透鏡及柱面透 鏡等之集束光學系統,可將自光源21而以光纖23送來之雷 射L向曰曰圓90外周部之上側傾斜部與上述光轴心2〇之交叉 點(被照射點)集束照射。 上述構造如® 54所示,來自照射單元22之雷射光,係自 晶圓9 0外周部之上大· B ^ 方且半後外側向晶圓90之外周部斜下 方’以大約45。之角度射出、集束。而後,照射於晶圓9〇 ° I5之上側傾斜部。雷射光軸L2㈣該被照射點大致正 交,入射角約為0度。藉此,可提高加熱效率,可將被昭 射點周邊之晶圓9Q之外周部局部且確實高溫化。藉由使來 自喷出嘴嘴75之臭氧接觸於該局部加熱之部分, 103065.doc -88- 1284350 所示’可以咼鍅刻率有效除去膜92c。 發明人進行如圖54所示將雷射自斜上方45。之角度局部 集束照射於晶圓外周部之實驗。晶圓之轉數為5()啊,雷 射輸出為130瓦特。而後,以紅外線熱像儀測定晶圓垂直 外端面之表面溫度,測得上述被照射點之正下方為235 〇6 °C。 此外,將雷射照射角度對垂直形成3〇。,其他條件與上 • 述45。相同,測得被照射點正下方為2〇9.23cc。 藉此判明可確保充分大之蝕刻率。 另外將田射之照射方向自晶圓外周部之正上方,其他 之晶圓轉數及雷射輸出等條件與上述相同來進行比較實 驗’測得晶圓之垂直外端面之溫度為114·34。。,降低蝕刻 率之提高溫度。此因自晶圓外周部之正上方(對晶圓9〇。之 方向)’雷射並未直接照射於垂直之外端面。此外如圖54 所不,判明將照射方向傾斜成45。時,可將加熱溫度提高 φ 至90°之約2倍。 照射單元22之雷射照射軸L2〇只須自傾倒於晶圓9〇半徑 外側之角度朝向晶圓9〇之外周部即可。該雷射照射軸㈣ 之傾倒角度除傾斜之外,如圖56所示,亦可傾倒成水平。 如此來自照射單元22之雷射自晶圓9〇之正側方垂直地照射 於晶圓90之外端面。該入射角大致形成零度。藉此,可進 一步確實加熱晶圓90外端面之膜92c,而可更進一步提高 蝕刻率。 發明人如圖56所示地將照射單元22傾倒成水平,自正側 103065.doc -89- 1284350 方集束照射雷射於晶圓之外闲 曰圓之外周部,其他條件與上述圖54之 實驗相同(晶圓轉數:5〇 rpm,♦鼾終In the substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Figs. 52 and 53, the irradiation unit 22 is disposed obliquely to the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 (the processing position P) from the upper side of the wafer 90 and outside the radius. The inclination angle of the irradiation unit 22 is, for example, about 45. . As shown in Fig. 54, the irradiation optical axis L2 (the central axis of the laser beam) of the irradiation unit 22 intersects with the upper inclined portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, which is substantially coincident with the normal to the film surface of the intersection. Or just in the direction of the thickness of the film at the intersection. The irradiation unit 22 is provided with a focusing optical system including a convex lens, a cylindrical lens, and the like, and the laser beam L sent from the light source 21 to the optical fiber 23 can be inclined toward the upper side of the outer circumference of the circle 90 and the optical axis. At the intersection of 2〇 (irradiated point), the beam is irradiated. The above structure is as shown in Fig. 54, and the laser light from the irradiation unit 22 is larger than the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 and is half-backward to the outer periphery of the wafer 90 at a lower side of about 45. The angle is shot and bundled. Then, it is irradiated onto the upper side inclined portion of the wafer 9 〇 ° I5. The laser optical axis L2 (4) is substantially orthogonal to the illuminated point, and the incident angle is about 0 degrees. Thereby, the heating efficiency can be improved, and the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9Q around the exposure point can be locally and surely heated. By bringing the ozone from the nozzle 75 into contact with the locally heated portion, the film 92c can be effectively removed as shown by 103065.doc -88-1284350. The inventors performed the laser self-obliquely upper 45 as shown in FIG. The angle is partially focused on the experiment of irradiating the outer periphery of the wafer. The number of revolutions of the wafer is 5 (), and the output of the laser is 130 watts. Then, the surface temperature of the vertical outer end surface of the wafer was measured by an infrared camera, and 235 〇 6 ° C was measured directly below the irradiated spot. In addition, the laser irradiation angle is formed vertically to 3 〇. , other conditions and above • 45. The same, measured below the illuminated point is 2〇9.23cc. This proves that a sufficiently large etching rate can be ensured. In addition, the irradiation direction of the field shot is directly above the outer peripheral portion of the wafer, and other wafer rotation numbers and laser output conditions are the same as described above. The temperature of the vertical outer end surface of the wafer is measured as 114.34. . . , lowering the etch rate to increase the temperature. This is because the laser is not directly irradiated to the vertical outer end surface directly from the outer peripheral portion of the wafer (the direction of the wafer 9 〇). Further, as shown in Fig. 54, it was found that the irradiation direction was inclined to 45. At this time, the heating temperature can be increased by about 2 times from φ to 90°. The laser irradiation axis L2 of the irradiation unit 22 only needs to be tilted from the outer side of the radius of the wafer 9 to the outer periphery of the wafer 9〇. The tilting angle of the laser irradiation axis (4), in addition to the tilt, as shown in Fig. 56, can also be dumped to a level. Thus, the laser light from the irradiation unit 22 is perpendicularly irradiated from the outer side of the wafer 9 to the outer end surface of the wafer 90. The angle of incidence generally forms zero degrees. Thereby, the film 92c on the outer end surface of the wafer 90 can be further heated, and the etching rate can be further improved. The inventor tilts the irradiation unit 22 into a horizontal position as shown in Fig. 56, and irradiates the laser beam from the front side of the wafer 103065.doc -89-1284350 to the periphery of the free circle outside the wafer, and other conditions are as shown in Fig. 54 above. The experiment is the same (wafer revolutions: 5 rpm, ♦ 鼾 end

Pm田射輸出130瓦特)來進行加 熱實驗。而後,測定晶圓垂直外端面之表面溫度,測得為 乃6.36C。藉此,可判明對晶圓垂直之外端面,藉由自晶 圓正側方照射,可進一步离、、w 乂间,皿化,且可以更高速進行處 理。 如圖57所不’石反齓化合物等之有機膜92亦有向晶圓9叫 周部之背面侧(下側)蔓延而成膜之趨勢。欲主要除去處理 晶圓90外周部之臈92c中之該背面之膜時,可將照射單元 22配置於晶圓9〇之下側且车仰々ix /日丨、, 卜側且丰徑外侧,並自該位置朝向晶圓 9 0之外周部。 猎此’來自照射單元22之雷射自晶圓9()之下側且半徑外 侧朝向晶圓90之外周部斜上方集束照射。該雷射之光軸 L20之角度如約為45。。該雷射係以接近零度之人射角入射 於晶圓9〇外周部之下侧傾斜部。藉此,可將晶圓90之外周 部中特別是背面側之膜92c予以高溫化’可確實且以高速 蝕刻除去該背面側之膜92c。該背面處理時,噴出噴嘴Μ 及排氣喷嘴76亦宜配置於晶圓9〇外周部之下側。 如圖58所示’除傾倒配置之照射單元22之外,亦可附加 對晶圓90形成垂直之照射單元22χ。垂直照射單元 由光纖電緵23Χ而連接於與傾倒照射單元22不同之雷射光 源2IX。亦可自相同之雷射光源使2條光纖電纜分歧引出, 1條連接於垂直照射單元22χ,另i條連接於傾倒照射單元 22 ° 103065.doc -90· 1284350 具備該2條照射單元22, 22χ之裝置構造,就晶圓9〇外周 之傾斜部及垂直之外端面之膜92c,主要可以傾倒照射單 元22高溫加熱而有效除去,就晶圓9〇外周之平面部之膜 92c ’主要可以垂直照射單元22χ高溫加熱而有效除去。藉 此,可確實除去晶圓90外周部之全部不需要之膜92e。曰 照射單元22之角度並不限定於固定者,如圖59所示,角 度亦可變化。顯示於圖59之基材外周處理裝置中,設有照 φ 射單7022用之移動機構30。在移動機構30中設有導執31。 導執31形成大致12點鐘位置與大致3點鐘位置間之約9〇。之 4分之1圓周之圓弧狀。在位於導執3丨之圓弧中心之位置配 置有晶圓90之外周部(被處理位置p)。 在該導執31上安裝照射單元22,而可向導執31之周方向 移動。藉此,照射單元22及其雷射光軸L2〇始終朝向晶圓 90之外周部,且在形成晶圓9〇外周部之正上方之垂直姿勢 之位置(圖59之兩點鏈線)與形成晶圓9〇正侧方之水平姿勢 # 之位置(圖59之虛線)之間之包括90。可調整角度。該照射單 元22及雷射光軸L20之移動執跡,包含載台1〇及晶圓9〇之 一個半徑,而配置於載台10之上面及與晶圓9〇正交之垂直 面上。在移動機構30中設有使照射單元22沿著導軌31而在 上述垂直安勢位置與水平姿勢位置之間移動之驅動機構, 不過圖式省略。 附加該移動機構30之基材外周處理裝置如圖59之實線所 示’主要處理晶圓90外周部之上側傾斜部時,係將照射單 元22及雷射光軸L20在晶圓90之上側如傾斜約45。。藉此, 103065.doc -91- 1284350 心’可確實將其周邊高 上側傾斜部周邊之不需 以晶圓90外周部之上側傾斜部為中 /皿加熱,可以高蝕刻率確實除去該 要之膜92c。 ^如該圖之虛線所示,主要處理晶圓90之垂直外端面時, 係將知射早;^ 22及雷射光軸L2G傾倒於晶圓%之正側方而 ^成水平姿勢。藉此,將晶圓90之外端面為中心,可確實The Pm field output is 130 watts for heating experiments. Then, the surface temperature of the vertical outer end surface of the wafer was measured and found to be 6.36C. As a result, it was found that the end surface perpendicular to the wafer was further irradiated from the front side of the wafer, and it was further separated, and the chamber was formed, and the processing was possible at a higher speed. As shown in Fig. 57, the organic film 92 of the stone ruthenium compound or the like also has a tendency to spread toward the back side (lower side) of the wafer 9 as a peripheral portion. When the film on the back surface of the ridge 92c of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is to be mainly removed, the illuminating unit 22 may be disposed on the lower side of the wafer 9 且 and the car 々 ix / 丨 丨, 卜 side and outside the diameter And from this position toward the outer periphery of the wafer 90. The laser from the irradiation unit 22 is irradiated from the lower side of the wafer 9 () and the outer side of the radius toward the outer periphery of the wafer 90 obliquely upward. The angle of the optical axis L20 of the laser is about 45. . The laser is incident on the lower side inclined portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 at an angle of incidence close to zero. Thereby, the film 92c in the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, particularly on the back side, can be heated. The film 92c on the back side can be removed by etching at a high speed. In the back surface treatment, the discharge nozzle Μ and the exhaust nozzle 76 are preferably disposed on the lower side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 . As shown in Fig. 58, in addition to the irradiation unit 22 in the pouring arrangement, a vertical irradiation unit 22A may be additionally formed on the wafer 90. The vertical illumination unit is connected to the laser light source 2IX different from the tilting illumination unit 22 by the fiber optic cable 23 turns. Two fiber optic cables may be diverged from the same laser source, one is connected to the vertical illumination unit 22χ, and the other one is connected to the tilting illumination unit 22° 103065.doc -90· 1284350, and the two illumination units 22 are provided. In the 22-inch device structure, the film 92c on the outer circumference of the wafer and the outer surface of the wafer 92c can be mainly removed by the high temperature heating of the tilting irradiation unit 22, and the film 92c of the outer peripheral surface of the wafer 9 can be mainly used. The vertical irradiation unit 22 is efficiently removed by heating at a high temperature. Thereby, all unnecessary films 92e on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 can be surely removed.角度 The angle of the irradiation unit 22 is not limited to the fixed one, and as shown in Fig. 59, the angle may also vary. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus shown in Fig. 59 is provided with a moving mechanism 30 for φ shot sheet 7022. A guide 31 is provided in the moving mechanism 30. The guide 31 forms approximately 9 inches between approximately 12 o'clock and approximately 3 o'clock positions. One-fourth of a circle has an arc shape. The outer peripheral portion (processed position p) of the wafer 90 is disposed at a position of the arc center of the guide. The irradiation unit 22 is attached to the guide 31, and can be moved in the circumferential direction of the guide 31. Thereby, the irradiation unit 22 and its laser optical axis L2 are always oriented toward the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, and are formed at a position perpendicular to the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9〇 (the two-point chain line of FIG. 59). The position between the horizontal posture # of the positive side of the wafer 9 (the dotted line in Fig. 59) includes 90. The angle can be adjusted. The movement of the illumination unit 22 and the laser optical axis L20 includes a radius of the stage 1 and the wafer 9 and is disposed on the upper surface of the stage 10 and perpendicular to the wafer 9A. The moving mechanism 30 is provided with a drive mechanism for moving the irradiation unit 22 along the guide rail 31 between the vertical and horizontal posture positions, but the drawings are omitted. When the substrate peripheral processing device to which the moving mechanism 30 is attached is as shown by the solid line in FIG. 59, when the upper side inclined portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is mainly processed, the irradiation unit 22 and the laser optical axis L20 are on the upper side of the wafer 90. Tilt about 45. . Therefore, the 103065.doc -91 - 1284350 heart can surely heat the periphery of the upper upper inclined portion of the wafer without the upper side inclined portion of the wafer 90 as the middle/dish, and the high etching rate can be surely removed. Film 92c. As shown by the dashed line in the figure, when the vertical outer end surface of the wafer 90 is mainly processed, it is known that the image is early and the laser light axis L2G is tilted on the positive side of the wafer % to form a horizontal posture. Thereby, the outer end surface of the wafer 90 is centered, and it is possible to

高溫加熱其周邊’而可以高蝕刻率確實除去該外端面周邊 之不需要之膜92c。 如该圖之兩點鏈線所示,主要處理晶圓9叫周之上側平 面部時’使照射單元22及雷射絲㈣位於晶圓⑽正上方 而形成垂直姿勢。藉此將晶圓9〇外周上側之平面部為中 心’而可確實高溫加熱其周彡,可以高㈣率確實除去該 上侧平面部周邊之不需要之膜92c。 如此可刀別有效處理晶圓9〇外周部之各部分。 如圖60所示,欲重點性處理晶圓9〇外周部之背面側之膜 情況下,可將移動機構30之#軌31形成在大約3點鐘位置 與大約6點鐘位置之約包括9〇。之4分之丨圓周之圓弧狀。此 時照射單元22及其雷射光軸L20始終朝向晶圓卯之外周部 (被處理位置P),且在形成晶圓9〇正側方之水平姿勢之位 置(圖60之虛線)與形成晶圓9〇外周部正下方之垂直姿勢之 位置(圖6 0之兩點鏈線)之間之包括9 〇。可調整角度。 藉此如圖60之實線所示,主要處理晶圓9〇外周部之下側 傾斜α卩日守’係將知射單元22及雷射光軸L2〇在晶圓9〇之下 側如傾斜約45。。藉此,以晶圓90外周部之上側傾斜部為 103065.doc -92- 1284350 中心’可確實高溫加熱其周彡,可以高蝕 上側傾斜部周邊之不需要之膜92c。 去該 如該圖之虛線所; i v 、、“,主要處理晶圓90之垂直外端面時, 係將照射單元22乃兩u , 及田射光軸L20傾倒於晶圓9〇之正侧方妒 成水平姿勢。藉此 夕 μ圓yu之外端面為中心而可確會哀、、西 加熱其周邊,可以离砧方丨玄☆虚 以阿蝕刻率確實除去該外端面周邊之不需 要之膜92c。 @ • 如該圖之兩點鍵線所示,主要處理晶圓90外周背面侧之 平面料,係使照射單元22及雷射光軸L2〇位於晶圓9〇之 正下方而形成垂直姿勢。藉此,以晶圓90外周背面側之平 面部為中心而可確實高溫加熱其周邊,可以高蝕刻率確實 除去該背面側平面部周邊之不需要之膜92e。 如此可分別有效處理晶圓9〇外周部之各部分。 圖59及圖60中,導執31係4分之1圓周之圓弧狀,照射單 元22及雷射光轴L20之可調整角度之範圍約9〇。,不過亦可 φ 構成將導軌31形成自大約12點鐘位置至大約6點鐘位置之 約包括180。之半圓狀,可將照射單元22及雷射光軸l2〇在 自晶圓90外周部之正上方至正下方之包括18〇。之角度範圍 調整角度。 顯示於圖61〜圖67之基材外周處理裝置,在載台1〇之一 側部配置有上述處理頭1〇〇。如圖67所示,處理頭100可在 朝向載台10而進出之處理位置(圖67之實線)與自載台10離 開之後退位置(圖67之假設線)之間進退之狀態下支撐於裝 置框架(圖上未顯示)。 103065.doc -93- 1284350 處理頭100並不限定於i個’亦可在載台1〇之周方向上離 開而配置數個。 如圖61〜圖64所示,處理頭100具有:頭本體1〇1,及設 於該頭本體之柄杓型噴嘴16〇。 頭本體101形成大致立方體形狀。如圖16及圖62所示, 在頭本體101之上側部分設有雷射加熱器之照射單元U。 如圖6i〜4所示’在頭本體⑻之下側部分形成有朝向載 φ 台10之開口 102。該開口 102之頂面面對照射單元22下端之 照射窗。 在頭本體101下侧部分之壁上形成有:丨條路徑之氣體供 給路徑71,及3條路徑之排氣路徑76χ,76γ,76z。 如圖62所示,氣體供給路徑71之基端(上游端)連接於臭 氧化器70。如圖62及圖63所示,氣體供給路徑了丨之末端 (下游端)朝向頭本體101之開口 1〇2一侧之内側面而延伸。 一如圖62及圖63所示,在與頭本體1〇丨之開口 1〇2中與上述 • 氣體供給路徑71相反侧之内侧面,1條排氣路徑76X之吸入 端開口。該排氣路徑76X之吸入端之高度,以比載台1〇之 上面稍高之方式設定。排氣路徑76χ沿著晶圓9〇之旋轉方 向(如平面觀察之順時鐘方向),而配置於氣體供給路徑71 進而柄构型噴嘴1 60之下游侧。 如圖62所示,另!條排氣路徑76γ之吸入端開口於頭本體 ιοί之開口 102底面之中央部。該排氣路徑76γ之吸入端配 置於上述知射單元2 2及後述短筒部161之正下方。 如圖61及圖64所示,剩餘之丨條排氣路徑76Ζ之吸入端開 103065.doc •94· 1284350 口於頭本體101之開口 102底側之内面。該排氣路徑76Z之 吸入端以與載台10之上面大致相同高度之方式設定。 此等排氣路徑76X,76Y,76Z之下游端連接於排氣泵等 排氣機構(圖上未顯示)。 如圖62及圖63所示,在頭本體101之開口 1〇2内部設有上 述柄杓型喷嘴160。如圖65所示,柄杓型喷嘴160具有:短 筒狀之短筒部161,及細直管狀之導入部162。此等短筒部 16 1與導入部162係由石英等耐臭氧性之透明材料構成。 如圖62及圖63所示,導入部162水平地延伸。導入部ία 之基端部埋入頭本體101而被支撐,並且連接於氣體供給 路徑71之末端部。導入部162之内部構成導入臭氧(反應性 氣體)之導入路徑162a。 如導入部162之外直徑為1 mm〜5 mm,導入路徑H2a之 流路剖面積約為0.79 mm2〜19.6 mm2,長度為20 mm〜35 mm °The high temperature is used to heat the periphery thereof, and the unnecessary film 92c around the outer end surface can be surely removed at a high etching rate. As shown by the two-dot chain line in the figure, when the wafer 9 is mainly processed as the upper side of the circumference, the irradiation unit 22 and the laser (four) are positioned directly above the wafer (10) to form a vertical posture. Thereby, the flat portion on the upper side of the outer circumference of the wafer 9 is centered, and the circumference can be surely heated at a high temperature, and the unnecessary film 92c around the upper flat portion can be surely removed at a high (four) rate. In this way, the parts of the outer periphery of the wafer 9 are efficiently processed. As shown in FIG. 60, in the case where the film on the back side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 is to be treated with emphasis, the #-track 31 of the moving mechanism 30 can be formed at about 3 o'clock and about 6 o'clock. Hey. The arc of the circumference is 4 points. At this time, the irradiation unit 22 and its laser optical axis L20 are always oriented toward the outer peripheral portion of the wafer crucible (the processed position P), and at the position of the horizontal posture (the dotted line in FIG. 60) forming the positive side of the wafer 9 and forming the crystal The position between the vertical posture directly below the outer circumference of the circle 9 (the two-point chain line of Fig. 60) includes 9 〇. The angle can be adjusted. Thereby, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 60, the lower side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 is mainly processed, and the tilting unit α and the laser optical axis L2 are disposed on the lower side of the wafer 9〇 as tilted. About 45. . Thereby, the upper portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is 103065.doc - 92-1284350, and the circumference can be surely heated at a high temperature, so that the unnecessary film 92c around the upper inclined portion can be highly etched. In the case of the dashed line of the figure; iv, ", when the vertical outer end surface of the wafer 90 is mainly processed, the irradiation unit 22 is two u, and the field optical axis L20 is dumped on the positive side of the wafer 9". In the horizontal posture, the outer end surface of the outer yuu yu can be surely sorrowed, and the west is heated to the periphery thereof, and the unnecessary film 92c around the outer end surface can be surely removed from the anvil. @ • As shown by the two-point key line in the figure, the planar material on the outer peripheral side of the wafer 90 is mainly processed, and the irradiation unit 22 and the laser optical axis L2 are placed directly under the wafer 9 to form a vertical posture. In this manner, the peripheral portion of the outer peripheral side of the wafer 90 can be heated at a high temperature, and the unnecessary film 92e around the back side flat portion can be surely removed at a high etching rate. Thus, the wafer 9 can be efficiently processed. In each of the outer peripheral portions, in Fig. 59 and Fig. 60, the guide 31 is in the shape of an arc of one-fourth of a circumference, and the range of the adjustable angle of the irradiation unit 22 and the laser optical axis L20 is about 9 〇. Forming the guide rail 31 from about 12 o'clock to about 6 The position of the dot clock includes a semicircular shape of 180. The irradiation unit 22 and the laser optical axis 12 are arranged to be 18 〇 from the directly upper side to the lower side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. The angle range is adjusted. 61 to 67. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus has the processing head 1 disposed on one side of the stage 1A. As shown in Fig. 67, the processing head 100 can be moved in and out toward the stage 10. The solid line of Fig. 67 is supported by the apparatus frame (not shown) in a state of advancing and retracting from the retracted position (the assumed line of Fig. 67) from the stage 10. 103065.doc -93 - 1284350 The number of the first ones is not limited to one, and may be arranged in the circumferential direction of the stage 1〇. As shown in FIG. 61 to FIG. 64, the processing head 100 has a head body 1〇1 and is disposed on the head body. The shank type nozzle 16 is formed in a substantially cubic shape. As shown in Figs. 16 and 62, an irradiation unit U of a laser heater is provided on the upper side portion of the head body 101. As shown in Figs. 6i to 4 The lower side portion of the head body (8) is formed with an opening 102 facing the φ table 10. The opening 102 The surface faces the illumination window at the lower end of the irradiation unit 22. On the wall of the lower portion of the head body 101, a gas supply path 71 of a purlin path and exhaust paths 76, 76γ, 76z of the three paths are formed. As shown, the base end (upstream end) of the gas supply path 71 is connected to the ozonator 70. As shown in Figs. 62 and 63, the gas supply path has the end (downstream end) of the crucible facing the opening 1 of the head body 101. As shown in FIG. 62 and FIG. 63, the inner side surface of the opening 1〇2 of the head body 1〇丨 opposite to the gas supply path 71, and one exhaust path 76X The suction end is open. The height of the suction end of the exhaust path 76X is set to be slightly higher than the upper surface of the stage 1〇. The exhaust path 76 is disposed on the downstream side of the gas supply path 71 and the shank configuration nozzle 160 along the rotation direction of the wafer 9 (in the clockwise direction as viewed in plan). As shown in Figure 62, another! The suction end of the exhaust path 76γ is opened at the central portion of the bottom surface of the opening 102 of the head body ιοί. The suction end of the exhaust path 76γ is disposed directly below the above-described observation unit 22 and a short tube portion 161 which will be described later. As shown in Fig. 61 and Fig. 64, the remaining suction passage 76 has a suction end opening 103065.doc • 94· 1284350 on the inner side of the bottom side of the opening 102 of the head body 101. The suction end of the exhaust path 76Z is set to have substantially the same height as the upper surface of the stage 10. The downstream ends of the exhaust paths 76X, 76Y, 76Z are connected to an exhaust mechanism such as an exhaust pump (not shown). As shown in Figs. 62 and 63, the above-described shank type nozzle 160 is provided inside the opening 1〇2 of the head body 101. As shown in Fig. 65, the shank type nozzle 160 has a short cylindrical portion 161 and a thin tubular introduction portion 162. The short tube portion 16 1 and the introduction portion 162 are made of a transparent material such as quartz or the like. As shown in FIGS. 62 and 63, the introduction portion 162 extends horizontally. The base end portion of the introduction portion ία is embedded in the head body 101 and supported, and is connected to the end portion of the gas supply path 71. The inside of the introduction portion 162 constitutes an introduction path 162a into which ozone (reactive gas) is introduced. If the diameter of the introduction portion 162 is 1 mm to 5 mm, the flow path of the introduction path H2a is approximately 0.79 mm 2 to 19.6 mm 2 and the length is 20 mm to 35 mm ° .

導入部162之末端部延伸至頭本體1〇1之開口 1〇2内部, 並在此處連接知L简部161。 短筒部161配置於頭本體101之開口 1〇2之中央部。短筒 部161形成垂直地朝向軸線之下面開口之有蓋圓筒形。短 筒部161之直徑遠比導入部162之直徑大。短筒部161之軸 線沿著頭本體101之中心軸而與照射單元22之照射軸— 致。 如短筒部161之外直徑為 mm〜20 mm 〇 mm〜2〇 mm,高度為iq 103065.doc -95- 1284350 在短筒部161之上端(基端)一體設有將其閉塞之蓋部 163。蓋部163正對照射單元22之照射窗下方而配置。如上 述,包含蓋部163之短筒部ι61全體係由石英玻璃等透光性 材料構成,不過至少蓋部i 63具有透光性即可。透光性材 料除石英玻璃之外,亦可使用鈉玻璃及其他通用玻璃、聚 碳酸酯、丙烯酸等透明度高之樹脂。 盖4 163之厚度宜為〇·ι mm〜3 mm。 _ 紐筒部161周側部之靠近上側部分連結有導入部162,導 入部162内部之導入路徑丨62a連通於短筒部i 6丨之内部空間 161a。導入路徑162a之下游端形成與短筒部161之内部空 間161a之連通口 i6〇a。短筒部161之内部空間16u之流路 剖面積遠比導入路徑162a進而連通口 160a之流路剖面積 大。 如連通口 160a之流路剖面積約為0.79 mm2〜19 6 mm2, 而短筒部161之内部空間161a之流路剖面積為19.6瓜瓜2〜 • 3 14 mm2。 經過導入路徑162a之臭氧(反應性氣體)自連通口 16〇&進 入短筒部161之内部空間161a而膨脹,在此處暫時滯留。 短筒部161之内部空間1613形成臭氧(反應性氣體)之暫時滯 留空間。 如圖61及圖62所示,短筒部161之下面(末端)開口。在 將處理頭1〇〇設於處理位置狀態下,在短筒部161下端緣之 正下方,係载台10上之晶圓90外周部(被處理位置)之位 置,短筒部161覆蓋於被處理位置。短筒部161之下端緣與 103065.doc -96- 1284350 晶圓90外周吨 4之間隙設疋成極小,如約為〇·5 mm。短筒部 1 ό 1 内立 X . 暫時滯留空間16la經由該極小間隙而面向晶 圓90之外周部(被處理位置)。 如圖63 Pfr ~ 、, 不’在處理位置之短筒部161係比晶圓9〇之外 緣稍微大出於晶圓9〇之半徑外側而配置。藉此,短筒部 内邛之暫時滞留空間161 a經由短筒部161之突出部分之 、緣”曰曰圓90外周緣之間而與外部連通。短筒部工6丨之 φ 大出邛刀之下端緣與晶圓90外周緣之間形成暫時滯留空間 161a之滞留氣體之排放口 164。 藉由上述構造之晶圓外周處理裝置,來說明除去晶圓9〇 背面外周部之膜92c之方法。 藉由搬運機器人等,將須處理之晶圓9〇,使中心一致之 方式設置於载台1〇之上面,而吸著夾住。其次,使處理頭 100一自後退位置前進,而設置於處理位置。藉此,如圖 所示,晶圓90之外周部插入頭本體1〇1之開口 1〇2内,而配 _ 置於接近短筒部161之下方。 其次,接通雷射光源21,自照射單元22向正下方之晶圓 90外周°卩集束照射雷射光。藉此,可點狀(局部)地輻射加 熱晶圓90外周部之膜92c。光程中途雖介有短筒部i6i之蓋 部163,不過’由於該蓋部163係高透光性,因此幾乎不減 少光量,而可維持加熱效率。 上述雷射加熱之同時’自臭氧化器70傳送臭氧至氣體供 給路徑71。該臭氧導入柄杓型喷嘴16〇之導入部丨62之導入 路徑162a,並自連通口 導入短筒部i6i内部之暫時滯 103065.doc -97- 1284350The end portion of the introduction portion 162 extends to the inside of the opening 1〇2 of the head body 1〇1, and is connected thereto. The short tubular portion 161 is disposed at a central portion of the opening 1〇2 of the head body 101. The short cylindrical portion 161 is formed in a closed cylindrical shape that is vertically opened toward the lower surface of the axis. The diameter of the short cylindrical portion 161 is much larger than the diameter of the introduction portion 162. The axis of the short cylindrical portion 161 is aligned with the illumination axis of the irradiation unit 22 along the central axis of the head body 101. The outer diameter of the short cylindrical portion 161 is mm to 20 mm 〇 mm 2 2 mm, and the height is iq 103065.doc -95 - 1284350. The upper end (base end) of the short cylindrical portion 161 is integrally provided with a cover portion for closing it. 163. The lid portion 163 is disposed just below the illumination window of the irradiation unit 22. As described above, the entire short portion ι 61 including the lid portion 163 is made of a light transmissive material such as quartz glass, but at least the lid portion i 63 may have translucency. In addition to quartz glass, light-transmissive materials such as soda glass and other general-purpose glass, polycarbonate, and acrylic resins can be used. The thickness of the cover 4 163 is preferably 〇·ι mm~3 mm. The introduction portion 162 is connected to the upper side portion of the circumferential portion of the new cylindrical portion 161, and the introduction path 丨62a inside the introduction portion 162 communicates with the internal space 161a of the short cylindrical portion i6. The downstream end of the introduction path 162a forms a communication port i6〇a with the internal space 161a of the short cylindrical portion 161. The cross-sectional area of the flow path of the internal space 16u of the short cylindrical portion 161 is much larger than the cross-sectional area of the flow path of the introduction path 162a and the communication port 160a. For example, the cross-sectional area of the flow path of the communication port 160a is about 0.79 mm 2 to 19 6 mm 2 , and the cross-sectional area of the inner space 161 a of the short cylindrical portion 161 is 19.6 melon 2 to • 3 14 mm 2 . The ozone (reactive gas) that has passed through the introduction path 162a expands from the communication port 16〇& into the internal space 161a of the short cylindrical portion 161, and is temporarily retained therein. The internal space 1613 of the short cylindrical portion 161 forms a temporary retention space of ozone (reactive gas). As shown in FIGS. 61 and 62, the lower surface (end) of the short cylindrical portion 161 is opened. When the processing head 1 is placed at the processing position, the position of the outer peripheral portion (processed position) of the wafer 90 on the stage 10 is directly under the lower end edge of the short cylindrical portion 161, and the short cylindrical portion 161 is covered. The location being processed. The gap between the lower end of the short tube portion 161 and the outer circumference of the wafer 90 is set to a minimum of about 〇·5 mm. Short tube portion 1 ό 1 Inner X. The temporary retention space 16la faces the outer peripheral portion (processed position) of the wafer 90 via the extremely small gap. As shown in Fig. 63, Pfr~, the short tube portion 161 at the processing position is disposed slightly outside the radius of the wafer 9A than the outer edge of the wafer 9A. Thereby, the temporary stagnation space 161a of the inner portion of the short cylindrical portion communicates with the outside via the outer edge of the rim of the projecting portion of the short cylindrical portion 161. The cymbal of the short tube portion is larger than that of the knives. The lower end edge and the outer peripheral edge of the wafer 90 form a discharge gas 164 for the trapped gas in the temporary retention space 161a. The method of removing the film 92c on the outer peripheral portion of the back surface of the wafer 9 by the wafer peripheral processing apparatus of the above configuration is described. By transporting the robot or the like, the wafer to be processed is 9 〇, and the center is placed on the top of the stage 1 , in the same manner, and sucked and clamped. Secondly, the processing head 100 is advanced from the backward position, and is set. At the processing position, the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is inserted into the opening 1〇2 of the head body 1〇1 as shown in the drawing, and the distribution is placed below the short tube portion 161. Next, the laser is turned on. The light source 21 illuminates the laser beam from the irradiation unit 22 to the outer periphery of the wafer 90 immediately below the beam. Thereby, the film 92c that heats the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 can be irradiated in a dot-like manner (partially). The cover portion 163 of the tubular portion i6i, but 'because the cover portion 163 is highly transparent Since the light is hard, the amount of light is hardly reduced, and the heating efficiency can be maintained. The above-described laser heating simultaneously transmits ozone from the ozonator 70 to the gas supply path 71. The introduction of the ozone into the introduction portion 丨62 of the shank type nozzle 16〇 Path 162a, and the temporary lag of the inside of the short tube portion i6i from the communication port 103065.doc -97-1284350

留空間161 a。由於暫時滯留办M 布由工間16la比導入路徑162a及連 通口 160a大幅擴展,因此臭盞力嶄册 呆乳在暫時沛留空間161 a之内部 擴散而暫時滯留。藉此,可延具* J延長臭虱與晶圓90外周之上述 局部加熱位置之接觸時間,而可確保充分之反應時間。藉 :’可確實姓刻除去上述局部加熱位置之膜92c,而可提 咼處理率。此外,可奋公扭古&产 兄刀棱回臭氧之利用度而避免浪費, 可減少需要氣體量。Leave space 161 a. Since the temporarily staying M cloth is greatly expanded by the work space 16a than the introduction path 162a and the communication port 160a, the skunk force milk is temporarily dispersed in the temporary vacant space 161a. Thereby, the contact time of the skunk with the above-mentioned local heating position on the outer circumference of the wafer 90 can be extended, and a sufficient reaction time can be ensured. By the fact that the film 92c of the above-mentioned local heating position can be removed by the actual name, the treatment rate can be improved. In addition, it can be used to reduce the need for gas, and to avoid the waste, which can reduce the amount of gas required.

短筒部161比晶圓90之外周緣猶微突出,該突出部分鱼 晶圓90外周緣之間形成自短筒部161之㈣仏之㈣口 因此在短筒部161之内部6U之氣體滯留係暫時 性’可迅速自上述排放口排出處理完成之活性度降低之氣 體及反應副生成物(微粒子等),而始終供給料之臭氧至 暫時滯留空間161a,而可維持高度反應效率。 藉由調整3條路徑之排氣路徑76X,76Y,76Z之吸引排 口 4之洩漏,並可控制洩漏後開 乳體流動。藉由設置3條路徑之排氣路徑76X, 76Y ’ 7:Z,即使微粒子擴散’仍可確實吸引而排氣。 同讀由%轉載台1G,可涵蓋全周除去 膜92c。此外,驻士 #人 丨η々之 比曰圓90冰网 之冷卻、吸熱機構,來冷卻 二曰圓9。外周部之内側部分,可防止因雷 晶圓90之内侧部分浪 <.、,、V致 分之膜92。 〜上汁’而可防止損及晶圓90内側部 解除夹住载台 除去處理結束後 10,而自载台10取出 使處理頭100後退 晶圓90。 103065.doc -98- 1284350 如圖68(a)〜(c)所示,藉由將處理位置之短筒部ΐ6ι之位 置調正在載σ 10之半徑方向,並調整短筒部161之自晶圓 90外周緣之突出量,即可調整除去之膜92c之處理寬度(該 圖之斜線部分)。The short cylindrical portion 161 is slightly protruded from the outer periphery of the wafer 90, and the outer peripheral edge of the protruding portion fish wafer 90 is formed from the (four) port of the short cylindrical portion 161, so that the gas is retained in the inner portion of the short cylindrical portion 161. In the temporary state, the gas having a reduced activity and the reaction by-products (fine particles or the like) which are completed by the treatment can be quickly discharged from the discharge port, and the ozone of the material is always supplied to the temporary storage space 161a, and the high reaction efficiency can be maintained. By adjusting the leakage of the suction ports 4 of the exhaust paths 76X, 76Y, 76Z of the three paths, and controlling the leakage, the milk flows. By providing the exhaust paths 76X, 76Y' 7: Z of the three paths, even if the particles are diffused, the exhaust can be surely attracted and exhausted. The same reading is performed by the % transfer station 1G, which covers the entire circumference of the film 92c. In addition, the resident #人 丨η々 is cooled by the cooling and heat absorption mechanism of the 90 ice net to cool the second round. The inner portion of the outer peripheral portion prevents the film 92 from being dissipated by the inner portion of the laser wafer 90. The upper portion of the wafer 90 is prevented from being damaged. The inner portion of the wafer 90 is prevented from being detached from the stage. After the removal process is completed, 10 is taken out from the stage 10, and the processing head 100 is retracted from the wafer 90. 103065.doc -98- 1284350 As shown in Figs. 68(a) to (c), the position of the short cylindrical portion ΐ6ι of the processing position is adjusted in the radial direction of the load σ 10, and the self-crystal of the short cylindrical portion 161 is adjusted. The treatment width of the removed film 92c (the oblique portion of the figure) can be adjusted by the amount of protrusion of the outer circumference of the circle 90.

發明人使用圖69之實驗裝置進行蓋部163之光透過率實 驗。將石英玻璃板G仿製成蓋部163,照射來自雷射照射單 元22之雷射光L至該石英玻璃板〇上,其背面側設置雷射 功率測定器D,測定透過雷射之功率,並算出衰減率。以 數階段切換雷射照射單元22之輸出,來測定各階段之雷射 功率。石英玻璃板G準備厚度不同之2塊板,各玻璃板G同 樣地進行測定。 其結果如下。 [表1] 玻璃板厚:0.12 mmThe inventors conducted the light transmittance test of the lid portion 163 using the experimental apparatus of Fig. 69. The quartz glass plate G is patterned into a lid portion 163, and the laser light L from the laser irradiation unit 22 is irradiated onto the quartz glass plate, and a laser power measuring device D is disposed on the back side thereof, and the power transmitted through the laser is measured and calculated. Attenuation rate. The output of the laser irradiation unit 22 is switched in stages to determine the laser power at each stage. The quartz glass plate G was prepared in two plates having different thicknesses, and each of the glass plates G was measured in the same manner. The result is as follows. [Table 1] Glass plate thickness: 0.12 mm

元輸tH[Watt] | f射功率縦值Yuan lose tH[Watt] | f fire power 縦 value

如上述表,不論照射單元22之輸出及玻璃板厚為何,衰 減率均未達4%。 因此’判明即使來自照射單元22之光程上介有柄杓型喷 103065.doc -99- 1284350 嘴160之蓋部163,96%以上之雷射光L仍可透過蓋部163, 晶圓90外周部之加熱效率幾乎不降低。 另外,即使雷射能衰減部分之全部被蓋部163吸收,該 吸收率仍未達4%,因此不致發熱。且可藉由流通柄杓型 噴嘴160内之臭氧充分冷卻。因此蓋部ι63等之柄杓型噴嘴 16 0幾乎不致高溫化,幾乎無須要求财熱性。 圖70係顯示柄杓型喷嘴160之變形例者。該變形例在柄 φ 构型喷嘴160之短筒部161下端緣形成有缺口 161b,作為排 放口。如圖71所示,缺口 1611)配置於與短筒部ι61周方向 之朝向載台10側之相反侧(對應於晶圓9〇之半徑外側之位 置)。 缺口 16lb形成半徑約2 mm之半圓形。缺口 161b之形狀 及大小並不限定於上述,而可適切設定。As in the above table, the attenuation rate is less than 4% regardless of the output of the irradiation unit 22 and the thickness of the glass plate. Therefore, it is found that even if the cover portion 163 of the mouth 160 of the handle-type spray 103065.doc -99-1284350 is introduced from the illumination unit 22, more than 96% of the laser light L can pass through the cover portion 163, and the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is heated. Efficiency is hardly reduced. Further, even if all of the laser energy attenuating portion is absorbed by the lid portion 163, the absorption rate is still less than 4%, so that heat is not generated. It can be sufficiently cooled by the ozone flowing through the shank type nozzle 160. Therefore, the shank type nozzle 16 such as the cover portion ι63 hardly becomes high in temperature, and it is almost unnecessary to require heat. Fig. 70 shows a modification of the shank type nozzle 160. In this modification, a notch 161b is formed in the lower end edge of the short cylindrical portion 161 of the shank configuration nozzle 160 as a discharge port. As shown in Fig. 71, the notch 1611) is disposed on the side opposite to the stage 10 toward the stage 10 in the circumferential direction of the short cylindrical portion ι 61 (corresponding to the position outside the radius of the wafer 9A). The notch 16lb forms a semicircle having a radius of about 2 mm. The shape and size of the notch 161b are not limited to the above, and can be appropriately set.

該變形例可自缺口 161b確實排放暫時滞留空間16U之處 理完成氣體及反應副生成物,可確實供給新鮮之臭氧至暫 時滯留空間161 a,而可確實獲得高反應效率。 由於柄杓型喷嘴160之短筒部161本身有排放口,因此無 須使短筒部161自晶圓90外緣突出,而在短筒部161與晶圓 90外緣之間形成排放口 164,如圖68(c)所示,即使使短筒 部161與晶圓90之外緣一致,仍可自暫時滯留空間ΐ6ι_ 實流出處理完成氣體及反應副生成物,可擴大除去之膜 92c之處理寬度可設定之範圍。 圖72及圖73係顯示排氣系統之變形例者。 亦可在處理頭1〇〇之開口 1〇2内設置排氣噴嘴, 103065.doc -100- 1284350 76YA ’ 76ZA。如圖73之假設線所示,排氣噴嘴76χΑ係自 頭本體101側部之排氣路徑76X向開口 102之中央部,在載 台10上之晶圓90之大致切線方向上延伸。排氣噴嘴76χΑ 之末端開口係以沿著晶圓9 0之旋轉方向(如平面觀察之順 時鐘方向)’稍微離開短筒部161之下游侧,而朝向短筒部 161之側部之方式配置。排氣喷嘴76ΧΑ配置於晶圓9〇之稍 上方,並且向下若干傾斜,末端之開口朝向斜下方。 在短筒部161正下方之晶圓90上產生之微粒子等反應副 生成物,隨著晶圓90之旋轉而流向排氣喷嘴76χΑ之側。 藉由以排氣喷嘴76ΧΑ將其吸引而排氣,可確實防止在晶 圓9 0上堆積微粒子。 如圖72及圖73之假設線所示,排氣噴嘴76γΑ自頭本體 101底部之排氣路徑76Υ垂直延伸於上方。排氣噴嘴76γΑ 之末端(上端)之開口以在短筒部161下端開口之正下方稍微 離開而對峙之方式配置。在短筒部161與排氣噴嘴76γΑ之 間插入有晶圓90之外周部。 藉此,可以排氣噴f76YA將短筒部161正下方之晶圓9〇 上產生之微粒子等反應副生成物吸引至下方排氣,可確實 防止在晶圓90上堆積微粒子。同時可以使來自短筒部i6i 之六氧等反應性氣體自晶圓9〇外周部之上側邊緣流向下側 邊緣之方式來控制,除上側邊緣之外,亦可使晶圓90之外 端及下側邊緣接觸反應性氣體。藉此,可確實除去晶圓列 外周部全體之不需要之膜92c。 如圖72之假設線所示,排氣喷嘴76za係自頭本體⑺丨之 103065.doc -101 - 1284350 開口 102之底側面之排氣路徑76Z向開口 1〇2之中央部,而 在B曰圓90之半徑内側方向上延伸。排氣噴嘴76ZA之末端 開口比短筒部161稍微在底側(晶圓9〇之半徑外侧)離開,而 朝向短筒部161配置。排氣喷嘴76ZA之上下位置配置成與 短筒部161之下端部及晶圓9〇大致相同高度。 藉此’可以排氣喷嘴76ZA將短筒部161正下方之晶圓9〇 上產生之微粒子自晶圓9〇上迅速排出半徑外側而吸引排 籲氣,可確實防止在晶圓9〇上堆積微粒子,即使微粒子擴 散,仍可確實吸引排氣。 亦可選擇性安裝3個排氣喷嘴76XA,76YA,76ZA之其 中1個,亦可選擇性安裝2個,亦可3個均安裝。亦可2個或 3個均安裝,而選擇其中之1個進行吸引排氣。亦可2個或3 個同時進行吸引排氣。 顯不於圖74〜圖77之基材外周處理裝置係使用長筒型喷 嘴170(筒部),來取代上述柄杓型喷嘴丨6〇。此外,使用包 _ 含耐臭氧性樹脂(如聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯)之導入部179, 來取代與上述柄杓型喷嘴160 —體之石英製之導入部162。 長筒型喷嘴170與導入部179分別獨立。 如圖76所示,長筒型喷嘴170與上述柄杓型喷嘴16〇同樣 地係以石英等耐臭氧性之透明材料構成,並形成比短筒部 161長之下面開口之有蓋圓筒形。 如長同型f嘴170之長度為40 mm〜80 mm,外直徑為5 mm〜20 mm,内部空間之流路剖面積為ΐ9·6 mm2〜314 mm2。 在長筒型喷嘴170之上端(基端)一體設有將其閉塞之透 103065.doc -102- 1284350 明之蓋部173。如圖74及圖75所示,該蓋部173係正對於照 射單元22之照射窗下方而配置。照射單元22通過蓋部173 集束照射雷射於載台1〇上之晶圓90之外周部(被處理位 置)。 蓋部173之厚度宜為0β1 mm〜3 mm 〇 長筒型喷嘴170垂直地朝向軸線而配置於頭本體ι〇1之開 口 102中央部。長筒型喷嘴17〇以貫穿載台1〇上之晶圓9〇外 _ 周部(被處理位置)之方式配置,在中間部與晶圓90之外周 部交叉。在該長筒型喷嘴17〇與晶圓9〇外周部之交又部(對 應於被處理位置之部位)之周側部形成有切口 174。切口 174在長筒型喷嘴17〇之周方向上,涵蓋大致半圓周而延 伸切口 174之上下厚度比晶圓9〇稍大,而可插入晶圓9〇 之外周部。 如切口 174設置於自長筒型喷嘴170之上端部約1〇 mm〜3〇 mm 之位置。切口 174之厚度(上下尺寸)約2 mm〜5 mm。切口 φ 174之中心角宜為240。〜330。。 比長筒型噴嘴17〇之切口 174上側(基端侧)之部分17 i連 接有導入部179。該導入部179内之導入路徑179a之下游端 ”上側噴鳴部分171之内部連通而成為連通口 170a。長筒 型噴嘴170之上側喷嘴部分171之内部構成暫時滯留空間 171 a 〇 如圖77所不’在切口 174中插入晶圓9〇時,在該晶圓% 之外緣與長筒型噴嘴170之切口 174剩餘部分75之間,形成 有來自上側噴嘴部分171内之暫時滯留空間171 a之排放口 103065.doc 1284350 75a ° 長筒型喷嘴170之比切口 174下側部分172之内部形成連 接於排放口 75a之排放路徑。如圖乃所示,在長筒型喷嘴 170之下端直接連接有排氣路徑my。 該第二種實施形態將須處理之晶圓90設置於載台1〇之上 面,使處理頭100向處理位置前進時’在長筒型喷嘴17〇之 切口 174插入晶圓90之外周部。藉此,長筒型喷嘴17〇之内 • 部夾著晶圓90而上下隔開,並且該上下之噴嘴部分171, 172之内部空間係經由排放口 75a而連通。 其次,在晶圓90之外周部上’自照射單元22集束照射雷 射而局部加熱,並且將臭氧化器7〇之臭氧自連通口17〇&送 入上側噴嘴部分171内之暫時滞留空間17U。藉此,與第 一種實施形態同樣地,可有效除去晶圓9〇外周部之膜 92c。切口 174之緣與晶圓9〇之間極狹窄,且以排氣機構吸 引下側噴嘴部分172,因此,除可確實防止氣體自切口 174 _之緣與晶圓90之間浅漏之外,還可有效控制反應。並使處 理兀成氣體及反應副生成物自排放口 75a強制流至下側喷 嘴部分172,可自排氣路徑76γ強制排氣。即使產生微粒 子’仍可自排氣路徑76Υ強制排氣。 有時晶圓90上堆疊有彼此臈種不同之2種以上之膜。如 圖78⑷所示’有時在晶圓%上覆蓋包含二氧切等無機物 之膜94,並在其上覆蓋包含光阻等有機物之膜92。此時, 除了除去基材外周之有機膜92用之反應性氣體供給機構之 外,可設置除去基材外周之無機膜94用之其他反應性氣體 103065.doc 1284350 供給機構。 亦即,如圖79〜圖8〇所示,該兩膜疊層晶圓用之基材外 周處理裝置中,在1個大氣壓處理室2内設有: 1個載台10,有機膜除去用之反應性氣體供給機構之第 一處理頭100 ;及無機膜除去用之反應性氣體供給機構之 第二處理頭200(氣體引導構件)。 有機膜用之第一處理頭1〇〇藉由進退機構,可在沿著載 • 台10進而晶圓90外周部之處理位置(圖79及圖8〇之假設線) 與自此向徑方向外側離開之後退位置(圖79及圖8〇之實線) 之間進退。 第一處理頭100本身之構造與顯示於圖47及圖48之處理 頭100相同。 如圖80中之實線及兩點鏈線所示,有機膜處理頭1〇〇配 置於比須配置晶圓90之水平面上方,不過如該圖中之虛線 所示,亦可配置於比上述晶圓配置面下方。該虛線之有機 • 膜處理頭100形成與圖41〜圖44等所示之處理頭100相同之 構造。亦可夾著上述基材配置面而上下設置一對有機膜處 理頭100。 自有機膜處理頭100在載台1〇之周方向上離開18〇度而配 置有無機膜用之第二處理頭200。 第二處理頭200藉由進退機構可在沿著晶圓90外周部之 處理位置(圖80之假設線)與比晶圓90向徑方向外侧離開之 後退位置(該圖之實線)之間進退。 如圖81所示,第二處理頭200形成沿著晶圓9〇外周之大 103065.doc •105- 1284350 I® 如圖83所示’在第二處理頭2⑼之小徑側之 ° '面肖第一處理頭2〇〇之内部切入狀地形成有插入口 201。如圖81及圖82所示,插入口2〇1涵蓋第二處理頭· 周了向之全長而延伸。插人口2()1之上下方向之厚度係比 曰曰圓90之厚度稍大之程度。藉由上述第二處理頭2〇〇之進 退動作’晶圓90之外周部插拔於插入口⑽。According to this modification, the gas and the reaction by-products can be completely discharged from the notch 161b, and the fresh ozone can be surely supplied to the temporary retention space 161a, and the high reaction efficiency can be surely obtained. Since the short cylindrical portion 161 of the shank type nozzle 160 itself has a discharge port, it is not necessary to cause the short cylindrical portion 161 to protrude from the outer edge of the wafer 90, and a discharge port 164 is formed between the short cylindrical portion 161 and the outer edge of the wafer 90, such as As shown in Fig. 68(c), even if the short tube portion 161 is aligned with the outer edge of the wafer 90, the gas and the reaction product can be discharged from the temporary storage space ΐ6ι_, and the processing width of the removed film 92c can be enlarged. The range that can be set. 72 and 73 show a modification of the exhaust system. An exhaust nozzle, 103065.doc -100-1284350 76YA '76ZA, may also be provided in the opening 1〇2 of the processing head 1〇〇. As shown by the hypothetical line in Fig. 73, the exhaust nozzle 76 is extended from the exhaust path 76X on the side of the head body 101 toward the central portion of the opening 102 in the substantially tangential direction of the wafer 90 on the stage 10. The end opening of the exhaust nozzle 76A is disposed so as to be slightly away from the downstream side of the short cylindrical portion 161 in the rotational direction of the wafer 90 (clockwise direction as viewed in plan), and is disposed toward the side of the short cylindrical portion 161. . The exhaust nozzle 76 is disposed slightly above the wafer 9 and is inclined downward downward, and the opening of the end faces obliquely downward. The reaction by-products such as fine particles generated on the wafer 90 directly under the short cylindrical portion 161 flow toward the side of the exhaust nozzle 76A as the wafer 90 rotates. By sucking and exhausting it by the exhaust nozzle 76, it is possible to surely prevent the deposition of fine particles on the crystal 90. As shown in the hypothetical lines of Figs. 72 and 73, the exhaust nozzle 76γΑ extends vertically from the exhaust path 76Υ at the bottom of the head body 101. The opening of the end (upper end) of the exhaust nozzle 76γ is disposed so as to be slightly separated from the lower end of the opening of the short cylindrical portion 161. The outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is inserted between the short cylindrical portion 161 and the exhaust nozzle 76γ. As a result, the exhaust gas jet f76YA can suck the reaction by-products such as fine particles generated on the wafer 9A immediately below the short cylindrical portion 161 to the lower exhaust gas, thereby reliably preventing the deposition of fine particles on the wafer 90. At the same time, the reactive gas such as hexa-oxygen from the short tube portion i6i can be controlled from the upper edge of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 to the lower edge, and the outer end of the wafer 90 can be made in addition to the upper edge. The lower edge is in contact with the reactive gas. Thereby, the unnecessary film 92c of the entire outer peripheral portion of the wafer row can be surely removed. As shown in the hypothetical line of Fig. 72, the exhaust nozzle 76za is from the exhaust portion 76Z of the bottom side of the opening 102 of the head body (7) 向 103065.doc -101 - 1284350 to the central portion of the opening 1 〇 2, and at B 曰The radius 90 extends in the inner side of the radius. The end of the exhaust nozzle 76ZA is slightly smaller than the short tube portion 161 on the bottom side (outside the radius of the wafer 9A), and is disposed toward the short tube portion 161. The upper and lower positions of the exhaust nozzle 76ZA are disposed at substantially the same height as the lower end portion of the short cylindrical portion 161 and the wafer 9'. Thereby, the exhaust gas nozzle 76ZA can rapidly discharge the fine particles generated on the wafer 9 正 directly below the short cylindrical portion 161 from the wafer 9 排出 to the outside of the radius to attract the gas, and can surely prevent deposition on the wafer 9 〇. The microparticles can surely attract the exhaust gas even if the microparticles diffuse. It is also possible to selectively install one of the three exhaust nozzles 76XA, 76YA, 76ZA, or to selectively install two or three. It can also be installed in 2 or 3, and one of them is selected for suction and exhaust. Two or three simultaneous suction and exhaust can also be performed. The substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus which is not shown in Figs. 74 to 77 uses a long nozzle type nozzle 170 (tube portion) instead of the above-described shank type nozzle 丨6〇. Further, an introduction portion 179 containing an ozone-resistant resin (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate) is used instead of the introduction portion 162 made of quartz which is the same as the above-described shank type nozzle 160. The long nozzle 170 and the introduction portion 179 are independent of each other. As shown in Fig. 76, the long nozzle 170 is formed of a transparent material such as quartz or the like which is made of a transparent material such as quartz, and has a closed cylindrical shape which is longer than the short cylindrical portion 161. For example, the length of the long-type f-mouth 170 is 40 mm to 80 mm, the outer diameter is 5 mm to 20 mm, and the cross-sectional area of the internal space is ΐ9·6 mm2 to 314 mm2. At the upper end (base end) of the long-tube type nozzle 170, a cover portion 173 which is occluded and occluded is shown in Fig. 103065.doc - 102-1284350. As shown in Figs. 74 and 75, the lid portion 173 is disposed just below the illumination window of the irradiation unit 22. The irradiation unit 22 is bundled and irradiated to the outer peripheral portion (processed position) of the wafer 90 on the stage 1 by the cover portion 173. The thickness of the lid portion 173 is preferably 0β1 mm to 3 mm. The long nozzle 170 is disposed vertically at the center of the opening 102 of the head body ι 1 toward the axis. The long nozzle 17 is disposed so as to penetrate the outer circumference of the wafer 1 on the stage 1 (the processed position), and intersects the outer periphery of the wafer 90 at the intermediate portion. A slit 174 is formed in a peripheral portion of the long portion of the long nozzle 17 〇 and the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 (the portion corresponding to the position to be processed). The slit 174 covers the substantially half circumference in the circumferential direction of the long nozzle 17 而 and extends the slit 174 to a thickness slightly larger than the wafer 9 , and can be inserted into the outer periphery of the wafer 9 。. For example, the slit 174 is provided at a position of about 1 mm to 3 mm from the upper end of the long nozzle 170. The thickness of the slit 174 (upper and lower dimensions) is about 2 mm to 5 mm. The center angle of the slit φ 174 is preferably 240. ~330. . An introduction portion 179 is connected to a portion 17 i of the upper side (base end side) of the slit 174 of the long nozzle 17 〇. The inside of the upper side of the introduction path 179a in the introduction portion 179 communicates with the inside of the upper squirting portion 171 to form the communication port 170a. The inside of the upper nozzle portion 171 of the long cylindrical nozzle 170 constitutes a temporary stagnation space 171a. When the wafer 9 is inserted into the slit 174, a temporary stagnation space 171a from the upper nozzle portion 171 is formed between the outer edge of the wafer % and the remaining portion 75 of the slit 174 of the long nozzle 170. The discharge port 103065.doc 1284350 75a ° The inside of the lower nozzle portion 170 of the long nozzle 170 forms a discharge path connected to the discharge port 75a. As shown in the figure, the lower end of the long nozzle 170 is directly connected. There is an exhaust path my. In the second embodiment, the wafer 90 to be processed is placed on the top of the stage 1 and the processing head 100 is advanced toward the processing position, and the crystal is inserted into the slit 174 of the long nozzle 17 The outer circumference of the circle 90. Thereby, the inner portion of the long nozzle 17 is vertically spaced apart from the wafer 90, and the internal spaces of the upper and lower nozzle portions 171, 172 are communicated via the discharge port 75a. In the crystal On the outer peripheral portion of the 90, the self-illumination unit 22 is irradiated with a laser to locally heat, and the ozone of the ozonator 7 is sent from the communication port 17〇& to the temporary retention space 17U in the upper nozzle portion 171. Similarly to the first embodiment, the film 92c on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 can be effectively removed. The edge of the slit 174 is extremely narrow from the wafer 9〇, and the lower nozzle portion 172 is sucked by the exhaust mechanism. In addition to ensuring that the gas is shallowly leaked from the edge of the slit 174 _ and the wafer 90, the reaction can be effectively controlled, and the treatment gas and the reaction by-product are forcedly flowed from the discharge port 75a to the lower nozzle portion. 172, the exhaust gas can be forcibly exhausted from the exhaust path 76γ. Even if the fine particles are generated, the exhaust gas can be forcibly exhausted from the exhaust path 76. In the wafer 90, two or more different types of films are stacked on each other, as shown in Fig. 78(4). It is shown that a film 94 containing an inorganic substance such as dioxo is sometimes covered on the wafer %, and a film 92 containing an organic substance such as a photoresist is covered thereon. At this time, in addition to the reactivity of the organic film 92 on the outer periphery of the substrate is removed. Can be set outside the gas supply mechanism The inorganic film 94 on the outer periphery of the substrate is supplied to the other reactive gas 103065.doc 1284350. That is, as shown in FIGS. 79 to 8B, in the substrate peripheral processing device for the two-film laminated wafer, In the one atmospheric pressure processing chamber 2, one stage 10, a first processing head 100 for a reactive gas supply mechanism for removing an organic film, and a second processing head for a reactive gas supply mechanism for removing an inorganic film are provided. 200 (Gas guiding member) The first processing head 1 for the organic film can be processed at the processing position along the periphery of the carrier 10 and the wafer 90 by the advance and retreat mechanism (the assumed line of Fig. 79 and Fig. 8) ) Advance and retreat between the retreat position (the solid line in Fig. 79 and Fig. 8) from the outer side in the radial direction. The configuration of the first processing head 100 itself is the same as that of the processing head 100 shown in Figs. 47 and 48. As shown by the solid line and the two-dot chain line in FIG. 80, the organic film processing head 1 is disposed above the horizontal plane of the wafer 90 to be disposed, but as shown by the broken line in the figure, it may be disposed above Below the wafer configuration surface. The organic layer of the broken line is formed in the same manner as the processing head 100 shown in Figs. 41 to 44 and the like. A pair of organic film processing heads 100 may be disposed above and below with the substrate arrangement surface interposed therebetween. The second processing head 200 for an inorganic film is disposed from the organic film processing head 100 at a distance of 18 degrees in the circumferential direction of the stage 1A. The second processing head 200 can be separated from the processing position along the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 (the assumed line in FIG. 80) and the retracted position (the solid line in the figure) from the outer side in the radial direction of the wafer 90 by the advancing and retracting mechanism. advance and retreat. As shown in Fig. 81, the second processing head 200 is formed along the outer circumference of the wafer 9 103 103065.doc • 105-1284350 I® as shown in Fig. 83 'on the small diameter side of the second processing head 2 (9) An insertion port 201 is formed in the inside of the first processing head 2 of the shawl. As shown in Fig. 81 and Fig. 82, the insertion port 2〇1 covers the second processing head and extends over the entire length of the circumference. The thickness of the upper and lower sides of the population 2 () 1 is slightly larger than the thickness of the circle 90. The outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is inserted and removed into the insertion port (10) by the advancing and retracting operation of the second processing head 2''.

如圖83所示,插入口 2〇1之底端大幅擴大而成為第二反 應性氣體引導路徑2G2。如圖81所示,引導路徑2G2延伸於 第二處理頭200之長度方_方向),而形成與晶圓9〇之半 径大致相同曲率半徑之平面觀察之圓弧狀。將晶圓90插入 插入口201時,晶圓90之外周部位於引導路徑2〇2之内部。 如圖83所示,引導路徑2〇2之剖面形狀係正圓形,不過並 不限定於此,如亦可為半圓狀,亦可為四方形。此外,引 導路徑202之流路剖面積亦可設定成適切之大小。 無機膜除去用之反應性氣體(第二反應性氣體)係與二氧 化矽等無機物反應者,其原料氣體如使用四氟化碳 (CF4)、六氟化二碳(c2f6)等之PFC氣體及CHF3等HFC等之 氟系氣體。如圖82所示,將該氟系氣體導入作為第二反應 ί*生氣體生成源之氟電聚放電裝置260之一對電極261間之大 氣壓電漿放電空間261a予以電漿化,可獲得包含敦自由基 荨之氟系活性種之第二反應性氣體。第二反應性氣體供給 路徑262自大氣壓電漿放電空間261a延伸,而連接於第二 處理頭200之引導路徑2〇2之一端部之導入口(p〇rt)2〇2a。 排出路徑263自引導路徑202之另一端部之排出口 延 103065.doc -106- 1284350 伸。 無機膜處理頭200係由耐氟性之材料構成。 晶圓90外周之包含有機膜92()與無機膜9扑之不需要之 膜,以如下之方式除去。 [有機膜除去步驟;| 首先,進行晶圓90外周部之有機膜92c之除去步驟。預 先使處理頭100,200均後退至後退位置。而後,藉由對準 鲁 機構(圖上未顯示)將須處理之晶圓90定心而設置於載台1 〇 上。其次,使有機膜處理頭1〇〇向處理位置前進。藉此, 雷射知射單元22朝向晶圓90外周部之一個部位p,並且喷 出喷嘴75與吸引喷嘴76夾著該部位p,而在晶圓9〇之切線 方向上對峙(參照圖47及圖48)。使無機膜處理頭2〇〇仍然位 於後退位置。 而後,接通雷射源21,在晶圓90外周部之一個部位p局 部雷射加熱,並且自有機膜處理頭1〇〇之噴出噴嘴乃喷出 • 以臭氧化器7 0生成之臭氧等氧系反應性氣體,而限定性喷 設於上述被加熱部位P(參照圖47及圖48)。藉此,如圖 78(b)所示,上述部位p之有機膜92〇產生氧化反應而被蝕刻 (灰化(ashing))。包含灰化之有機膜之殘渣之處理完成氣體 可以吸引噴嘴76吸引而迅速除去。 同時’藉由以載台10吸熱、冷卻比晶圓90外周部内側之 部分(主要部分),可防止該内側部分之膜受到熱之影響而 導致品質惡化者,則如前述。 此外藉由使載台10旋轉1〜數次,涵蓋全周除去晶圓9〇 103065.doc •107· 1284350 外周部之有機臈92c,而涵蓋全周露出無機膜94c。 [無機膜除去步驟] 其次執行晶圓90外周部之無機膜94c之除去步驟。此 時曰曰圓90仍設置於載台1〇上。而後,使無機膜處理頭 2〇〇前進,將晶圓9〇之外周部插入插入口2〇卜藉此,晶圓 9〇外周部之一定長度部分被引導路徑202包圍。藉由調整 插入量,可輕易控制須除去之膜94c之寬度(處理寬度)。 其-人,將四氟化碳等之氟系氣體供給至氟系電漿放電裝 置260之電極間空間261a,並且在電極261間施加電場,而 產生^氣壓輝光放電電漿。藉此,活化氟系氣體,而生成 ^ έ氟自由基專之氟系反應性氣體。以供給路徑M2將該 氟系反應性氣體導入無機膜處理頭2〇〇之引導路徑2〇2,並 沿著該引導路徑202而流至晶圓9〇外周部之周方向。藉 此,如圖78⑷所示,可蝕刻除去晶圓9〇外周部之無機^ 94c。同時使載台職轉,藉此可涵蓋全周蝕刻除去晶圓 9〇外周部之無機膜94c。包含蝕刻之副生成物之處理完成 氣體自排出路徑263排出。此外,由於插入σ2〇ι狹窄,因 此可防止氟系反應性氣體自晶圓9〇之外周部擴散至内側部 ^。此外,藉由氟系反應性氣體之流速調整,可進一步確 貫防止氣體擴散至上述内側部分。 另外,有機膜處理頭100亦可於有機膜除去步驟結束 後,而無機膜除去步驟開始前後退至後退位置,亦可在無 機膜除去步驟結束後後退。τ在载台1()第_次旋轉除去: 機膜92c時,亦可與該有機膜除去同時進行無機膜除去。 103065.doc -108- 1284350 亦可在有機膜除去步驟中途’無機膜94C開始局部露出 時與有機膜除去同時進行無機膜除去步驟。 無機膜成分如為氮化♦等時,藉由敍刻而產生 (NH4)2SiF6’ Nh4F· HF等常溫下為固體之副生成物。因 此’此時可在無機膜除去步驟期間,使有機膜處理頭ι〇〇 ㈣處理位置’而以雷射加熱器2〇持續對晶圓90之外周部 、射田射藉此,可使上述常溫下為固體之副生成物氣 • 化。進一步可以吸引噴嘴76吸弓I氣化後之副生成物而排 出。 無機膜除去步驟後,使頭⑽,則後退至後退位置,並 且停止載台10之旋轉。而後,解除載台1〇内之爽盤機構夹 住晶圓90,而搬出晶圓9〇。 該除去方法在通過有機膜除去步驟與無機膜除去步驟之 全部期間,係處於晶圓9〇繼續設置於載台1〇上之狀態。因 此,自有機膜除去步驟轉移至無機膜除去步驟時,無須將 _曰曰圓90轉移至其他位置,而可省略轉移時間。此外,不致 t生轉移日^與轉移用1接觸等而產生微粒子。再者,亦無 /1再度對準。藉此’除可大幅縮短全體之處理時間,而提 尚l1之外亦可進行鬲精確度處理。此外,可將對準機 構3及載口 30共通化’而可謀求裝置構造之簡化及密集 化。藉由在1個共通處理室2内設置數個處理頭ι〇〇,2〇〇, 可對應於各種膜種。再者,亦可避免交又污染之問題。此 外,由於本發明係常壓系統,因此可在處理室2内輕易地 收納驅動部分等。 103065.doc -109- 1284350 另外,在晶圓90中,自下起依序堆疊有有機膜92、無機 膜94情況下’首先係執行無機膜除去步驟,其次執行有機 膜除去步驟。 有機膜處理頭100與無機膜處理頭2〇〇之離開角度並不限 定於180度,亦可離開120度及90度。 有機膜處理頭100與無機膜處理頭2〇〇之處理位置亦可重 璺’只要在彼此之後退位置及進退動作時不干擾即可。 Φ 有機膜處理頭1〇〇亦可一體地安裝於氧系反應性氣體生 成源’無機膜處理頭200亦可一體地安裝於氟系反應性氣 體生成源。 發明人使用與顯示於圖81〜圖83者相同之第二處理頭(氣 體引導構件)進行蝕刻實驗。處理對象係使用形成二氧化 石夕膜之直徑8对之晶圓。處理氣體使用四氟化碳,流量為 100 cc/min。將該處理氣體在電漿產生空間261&中予以電 聚化作為反應性氣體,並通過氣體引導構件2〇〇之引導路 φ 控202。而後’涵蓋晶圓外周部之全周蝕刻不需要之膜。 需要時間為90秒,使用氣體量為15〇 cc。 [比較例1] 比較例省略氣體引導構件,而使用自喷嘴直接點狀喷出 反應性氣體之裝置’以與實施例1相同條件進行蝕刻處理 時’需要時間為20分鐘,使用氣體量為2公升。 結果判明藉由設置本發明之氣體引導構件,可同時大幅 減少需要時間及使用氣體量。 [比較例2] 103065.doc -110- 1284350 :外’使用具有與晶圓外徑對應大小之雙重環狀之電極 構“處理頭’自與晶圓外徑大致同徑之環狀噴出口之全 周同時噴出反應性氣體,同時_處理晶圓外周部之^ 周。處理氣體流量為4公升/min。其他條件與實施例㈠目 同。此時需要時間為3〇秒,使用氣體量為2公升。 、結果判明本發明裝置之需要時間與同時處理上述全周者 並無太大改變,且可大幅減少使用氣體量。 j者’發明人使用與上述相同樣品及裝置1晶圓轉數 设定為50啊與⑽rpm ’分別進行處理。而後測定對應 =晶圓半徑方向位置之膜厚。結果顯示於圖84。該圖中: 橫軸係自晶圓外端部向半徑方向内側之距離。轉數為Μ rpmh ’處理見度為自外端部約16咖之範圍,而轉數為 3〇〇 rPm時,縮小為自外端部約! .〇 _之範圍。藉此判明 轉數愈高,愈可抑制反應性氣體對徑方向内侧之擴散,藉 由轉數可控制處理寬度。 〜 曰 圖85係顯示上述疊層膜之除去裝置之其他變形例者。节 實施形態之有機膜除去用之氧系反應性氣體與無機膜除^ 用之氟系反應性氣體’係、以共同之電漿&電裝置27〇生 成。有機膜除W之反應性氣體之原料氣體使用氧㈣。 無機膜除去用之反應性氣體之原料氣體使用四氟化碳等氣 系耽體。來自各原料氣體源之原料氣體供給路徑273, 彼此合流,而延伸至上述共同電漿放電裝置27〇之一對電 極271間之A氣壓電漿放電空間心。各原料氣體供給路 径273 ’ 274上設有開閉閥273 V,274 V。 103065.doc -111 - 1284350 來自共同電漿放電裝置270之反應性氣體供給路徑275經 由三方閥276而區分成氧系反應性氣體供給路徑277與氟系 反應性氣體供給路徑278之兩方。氧系反應性氣體供給路 徑277連接於有機膜處理頭1〇〇之喷出噴嘴乃。氟系反應性 氣體供給路徑278連接於無機膜處理頭2〇〇之引導路徑2们 之上游端。 有機膜除去步驟中,關閉氟系原料氣體供給路徑274之 開閉闕274 V,另外打開氧系原料氣體供給路徑273之開閉 閥273 V。藉此,氧等之原料氣體導入電漿放電裝置270之 放電空間271狂而活化,而>±#备1^山甘#|^>^ 而生成虱自由基及臭氧等氧系反應 性氣體。此外,葬由二士曰曰^ 9由一方閥276,將來自電漿放電裝置270 之共同反應性氣體供給路栌2 一 叫k275連接於乳糸反應性氣體供 、'路L 277。精此’臭氧等氧系反應性氣體導入有機膜處 理頭1〇0之喷出噴嘴75,可灰化除去晶圓90外周部之有機 膜 92c。 無機膜除去步驟中,關Mβ 3氧系原料氣體供給路徑273之 開閉閥273 V,另外;η* P弓咨么^ ^糸原料氣體供給路徑274之開閉 閥274 V。藉此,四氟化碳 寺鼠系原科氣體導入電漿放電 裝置270而電漿化,而生 抓—丄一 双t專之鼠糸反應性氣體。此 外,精由三方閥276,將來 自電漿放電裝置270之共同反應 眭乳體供給路徑275連接於麝圣 ^ 、系反應性氣體供給路徑278。 曰,F荨之氟系反應性氣1 Λ ^ 導路 虱體泠入無機臈處理頭200之引 命路瓜202,而在晶圓9〇 90^ σ方向&動,可蝕刻除去晶圓 7卜周部之無機膜94c。 103065.doc -112- 1284350 圖86係顯示上述疊層膜之除去裝置之改變態樣者。該態 樣之載台10具有:大徑之載台本體11〇(第一載台部),及小 徑之中心墊片111(第二載台部)。載台本體11〇形成比晶圓 90梢小徑之圓盤狀,其内部設有冷媒室41等之吸熱機構。 在載台本體110上面之中央部形成有收納凹部丨10a。 中心墊片111形成遠比載台本體11〇小徑之圓盤狀,並配 置於與載台本體110同軸上。 在載台本體110之上面及中心墊片U1之上面設有分別吸 著晶圓90用之吸著溝,不過圖式省略。 在中心墊片111之下方,與載台本體u〇及中心墊片U1 同轴上配置有塾片轉軸U2。在該墊片轉轴112之上端部連 結支撐有中心墊片111。墊片轉軸U2上連接有墊片驅動單 元 113 〇 整片驅動單元113中設有使墊片轉軸112昇降之昇降驅動 系統。塾片轉軸112進而中心墊片111藉由該昇降驅動系 • 統,可在向載台本體110上方突出之突出位置(圖86(b))與 收納於載台本體1 10之收納凹部1 l〇a之收納位置(該圖(a)) 之間昇降(可進退)。另外,亦可載台本體11()固定中心墊片 111 ’並連接於塾片驅動單元113而昇降,因而突出、收納 中心墊片111。收納位置之中心墊片i i i之上面與載台本體 110之上面形成同一平面,不過亦可比載台本體11〇之上面 向下移。 此外,在墊片驅動單元113中設有使墊片轉軸U2進而中 心墊片111旋轉之旋轉驅動系統。 103065.doc -113- 1284350 載口本體110及中〜塾片i i i中分別内藏有吸著晶圓9〇用 之夾住機構,不過圖式省略。 冷媒室41等吸熱機構僅設於載台本體11〇,而不設於中 〜塾片111 ’不過亦可設於中心塾片Hi。 無機膜處理頭200位於突出位置之中心墊片ln上面之高 度。無機膜用處理頭200在該高度中,可在接近中心墊片 111之處理位置(圖1及圖2之假設線)與遠離之後退位置(圖丄 g 及圖2之實線)之間進退。 如圖86(a)所示,有機膜除去步驟在使中心墊片iu位於 收納位置之狀態下,啟動冷卻機構,並且使載台本體ιι〇 及中心墊片111在共同之軸心周圍旋轉,而以有機膜處理 頭Η進行處理。 如圖86(b)所示’有機膜除去步驟結束後,使有機膜處 理頭Η後退至後退位置。其次,以墊片驅動單元丨丨3使中心 塾片111上昇而位於突出位置。藉此,可使晶圓9〇自載台 • 本體11 〇向上離開。 而後,使無機膜處理頭200自後退位置(圖86(b)之假設 線)前進至處理位置(該圖之實線),執行無機膜除去步驟。 由於晶圓90離開於載台本體110之上方,因此可避免载台 本體110之外周部與無機膜處理頭2〇〇之下側部干擾。進而 可增加沿著插入口 201之晶圓90徑方向之深度。藉此,可 進一步確實防止第二反應性氣體擴散至晶圓9〇之内側部 分。 另外,可充分擴大載台本體110之徑,可以吸熱機構確 103065.doc -114- 1284350 實冷卻至晶圓90之外周部附近。因而可進一步確實防止損 及比晶圓90外周部内側部分之膜質。 該無機膜除去步驟僅使中心墊片111旋轉即可。藉此可 涵蓋全周蝕刻除去晶圓90外周部之無機膜94c。 圖8 7係顯示附中心墊片載台構造之改變態樣者。 在載台本體110之内部形成有環狀之冷媒室41C作為吸熱 機構。環狀冷卻室41C構成使冷熱作用於晶圓90之正壓之 φ 流體終端。亦可在載台本體110中形成同心多重圓狀、放 射狀、渦卷狀等之冷卻路徑,來取代環狀冷卻室41 c。 在載台本體110之上面形成有吸著晶圓90用之吸著溝 15 °吸著溝15構成使吸著力作用於晶圓90之負壓之流體終 端。 在中心墊片111之上面亦設有吸著晶圓90用之吸著溝, 不過圖式省略。自該吸著溝延伸之吸引路徑連通於墊片轉 軸 112。 φ 中心墊片111藉由墊片驅動單元113之昇降驅動系統,而 在圖87之假設線所示之突出位置與該圖之實線所示之收容 位置之間上下進退(昇降),在收容位置時之中心墊片完 全收容於載台本體110之凹部11 〇a内,中心墊片U1之上面 比載台本體110之上面稍高(數mm)。 塾片轉軸112可昇降且可旋轉地插通於形成與其同轴之 旋轉筒150。 旋轉筒150之主要部分全周形成等厚之圓筒形,而垂直 地延伸。旋轉筒150之上端部連結固定於載台本體11〇。旋 103065.doc -115- 1284350 轉筒150之下端部依序經由滑輪144、同步帶(Timing belt) 143、滑輪142及變速機141而連結於旋轉驅動馬達 140(旋轉驅動機構)。藉由旋轉驅動馬達140使旋轉筒15〇旋 轉,進而旋轉載台本體110。 旋轉商150經由轴承B可旋轉地插通、支撐於固定筒18〇 之内部。 固定筒180形成與旋轉筒150及墊片轉軸112同軸之垂直 φ 圓筒形,並固定於裝置框架F。固定筒18〇至少内周面係剖 面圓形即可。固定筒180比旋轉筒15〇低,旋轉筒15〇之上 端部自固定筒180突出,其上配置有載台本體11〇。 在旋轉筒150及固定筒180中設有:將載台本體11〇之環 狀冷卻室41C作為終端之冷卻流路,及將吸著溝15作為終 端之吸引流路。 冷卻流路之前往路徑構成如下。 如圖87、圖88及圖89(c)所示,在固定筒18〇之外周面上 φ 形成有冷部水開口 181a。冷卻前往路徑管191自圖上未顯 示之冷卻用水供給源延伸而連接於開口 18la。連絡路徑 181b自開口 18U向固定筒18〇之半徑内側方向延伸。 如圖89(c)所不,在固定筒18〇之内周面形成有涵蓋全周 之溝狀之環狀路徑181c。在該環狀路徑181c之周方向之— 處連接有連絡路徑丨8丨b。 如圖广及圖88所示,在夾著環狀路徑181c而上下兩側之 固疋同180一之内周面上涵蓋全周形成有環狀密封溝md。 如圖 在%狀密封溝112d中收容有環狀之冷卻前往 103065.doc 116- !284350 路徑用填密片cm。填密片01之剖面形狀為门字形(。字 =)’並以其開口朝向環狀路徑181e之側之方式配置。填 密片G1之外周面上宜實施潤滑處理。 、 如圖87及圖88所示,在旋轉筒15〇中形成有上下筆直延 伸之軸方向路徑i51ae如圖88及圖89⑷所示,轴方向路徑 151a之下端部經由連通路徑151{?而開口於旋轉筒⑼之外 周面。連通路徑151b位於與環狀路徑18卜相同高度,並連 參通於環狀路徑181c。連通路徑仙之周方向位置依旋轉筒 150之旋轉而改變’不過在整個鳩度始終維持與環狀路徑 181c之連通狀態。 如圖87所示,軸方向路徑151a之上端部經由旋轉筒Η。 外周面之連接器154而連接於外部之中繼管157。該中繼管 157經由載台本體11G下面之連接器197而連接於環狀冷卻 室 41C。 冷卻流路之返回路徑構成如下。 • 如圖87所示,在載台本體之下面,在與前往路徑用 連接器197之180度相反侧設有連接器198。載台本體ιι〇之 環狀冷卻室41C經由該連接器198而連接於外部之中繼管 158。中繼管158連接於設於旋轉筒15〇之上側部外周之連 接器155。 如圖87所示,在旋轉筒15〇中形成有上下筆直延伸之軸 方向路徑152a。如圖89(b)所示,軸方向路徑152&配置於與 丽往路徑之軸方向路徑151&之18〇度相反側。該軸方向路 徑152a之上端部連接於連接器155。 103065.doc -117- 1284350 如圖87及圖89(b)所示,軸方向路徑15以之下端部經由連 通路徑152b而在旋轉筒150之外周面開口。連通路徑152b 與前往路徑之連通路徑151b在180度相反側,且配置於比 連通路徑151b上側。連通路徑152b依旋轉筒15〇之旋轉, 而與軸方向路徑1 52a—起圍繞中心軸旋轉。 在固定筒180之内周面上形成有涵蓋全周之溝狀之環狀 路徑182c。該環狀路徑182(:比前往路徑之環狀路徑181〇上 • 側,且位於與連通路徑15沘相同高度,並在周方向之一處 與連通路徑152b連結。連通路徑152b之周方向位置隨著旋 轉筒150之旋轉而改變,不過在整個36〇度始終維持與環狀 路徑182c之連通狀態。 如圖87及圖88所示,在夾著環狀路徑182c之上下兩側之 f定筒180之内周面上,涵蓋全周形成有冷卻返回路徑用 裱狀密封溝182d。如圖88所示,密封溝182(1 =冷卻返回路徑用填密“2。填密片〇2之剖面形= 鲁字形(C子形並以其開口朝向環狀路徑182c之侧之方式 配置。填密片G2之外周面上宜實施潤滑處理。 如圖87、圖88及圖89(b)所示,在固定筒18〇中形成有: 自環狀路徑182e延伸至半徑外側之連絡路㈣2b,及連接 ^該連絡路徑㈣之排水開口心。開口仙開口於固定 门80之外周面。冷卻返回路徑管⑼自該開口 18以延伸。 連絡路控182b與開口 182a在與前往路徑之連絡路徑18邮 開口 18U相同周方向位置,並配置於比此等上側。 吸引流路構成如下。 103065.doc -118- 1284350 如圖87、圖88及圖8 9(a)所示,在比冷卻返回路徑之開口 182a上側之固定筒18〇之外周面上形成有吸引開口 183&。 吸引官193自包含圖上未顯示之真空泵等之吸引源延伸而 連接於開口 183ae連絡路徑18扑自開口 183&向固定筒18〇 之半徑内侧方向延伸。 如圖89(a)所示,在固定筒180之内周面上形成有涵蓋全 周之溝狀之吸引用環狀路徑183c。在該環狀路徑183c之周 φ 方向一處連接有連絡路徑183b。 如圖87及圖88所示,在夾著環狀路徑18氕之上下兩側之 固疋筒180之内周面上,涵蓋全周地形成有吸引用環狀密 封溝183d。如圖88所示,在密封溝183d中收容有環狀之吸 引用填始、片G3。填密片G3之剖面形狀與上述冷卻往返路 徑之填密片G1,72同樣地形成门字形(c字形),不過其方 向與上述填密片G1,72不g,而係以開口朝向與環狀路徑 183c側相反侧之方式配置。在填密片3之外周面上宜實施 φ 潤滑處理。 如圖87所示,在旋轉筒150中形成有上下筆直延伸之吸 引用軸方向路徑153a。如圖89(a)所示,軸方向路徑153&之 下端部經由連通路徑i 53b而開口於旋轉筒15〇之外周面。 連通路徑1531?位於與環狀路徑183〇相同高度’並連通於吸 引用環狀路徑183C。連通路徑15313之周方向位置依旋轉筒 iso之旋轉而改變,不過在整個36〇度始終維持與吸引用環 狀路徑183c之連通狀態。 軸方向路徑153a及連通路徑1531}配置於對冷卻往返路徑 103065.doc -119- 1284350 之軸方向路徑151a,52a及連通路徑151b,52b,在周方向 上偏差90度之位置。 如圖87所示,軸方向路徑153a之上端部經由旋轉筒15〇 外周面之連接器156而連接於外部之中繼管159。該中繼管 159經由載台本體11〇下面之連接器199而連接於吸著溝 15 〇 以下說明使用圖87〜圖89之裝置除去晶圓90外周不需要 之膜94c,92c之動作。 以圖上未顯示之叉狀機器手臂將須處理之晶圓9〇自匣中 取出,並以對準機構對準(定心)。以上述叉狀機器手臂將 對準後之晶圓90水平舉起,而放置在位於突出位置(圖87 之假設線)之中心墊片111。由於中心墊片j i j遠比晶圓9〇 小後’因此可充分確保又狀機器手臂之操作餘量。將晶圓 90放置於中心墊片111後,使叉狀機器手臂後退。並驅動 中心墊片111用之吸引機構,將晶圓90吸著夾在中心墊片 111 上。 其次,藉由墊片驅動單元113之昇降驅動系統,使中心 墊片111下降至上面與載台1〇在同一平面。藉此,載台 之上面抵接晶圓90。此時解除中心塾片I”之吸著,進一 步使中心墊片111下降數mm而位於收容位置(圖87之實 線),並且藉由驅動真空泵等吸引源,將吸引壓依序經過 吸引管丨93、開口 183a、連絡路徑18补、環狀路徑i83c、 連通路徑153b、軸方向路徑153a、連接器156、中繼管159 及連接器199而導入吸著溝I5。藉此,可將晶圓9〇吸著於 103065.doc -120- 1284350 載台1 〇而確實保持。而後,驅動旋轉驅動馬達丨4〇,使旋 轉茼150及載台1〇 —體旋轉,進而使晶圓9〇旋轉。藉此, 旋轉筒150内部之連通路徑153]3在固定筒18〇之環狀路徑 183c之周方向上旋轉移動,不過始終維持連通路徑丨5补與 環狀路徑183c之連通狀態。因此,即使於旋轉時仍可維持 晶圓90之吸著狀態。 如圖88中之放大顯示,吸引流路之吸引壓自連通路徑 φ 153b與環狀路徑183e之連通部分,經過其上下之旋轉筒 150之外周面與固定筒18〇之内周面間之間隙,亦作用於密 封溝183d之内周面與填密片G3之間。該吸引壓在使剖面门 子形之填密片G3擴展之方向上作用。因此吸引壓愈大,填 猃片G3愈強力貼附於密封溝183(1之内周面,密封壓變大。 精此,可確實防止自旋轉筒150之外周面與固定筒18〇之内 周面間之間隙發生洩漏。 在載台1 〇開始旋轉前後,使有機膜用處理頭100自後退 # 位置(圖1及圖87之假設線)前進至處理位置(圖1及圖87之實 線)。而後,自雷射照射器2〇集束照射雷射至晶圓9〇外周 邓之一處來局部加熱,並且自喷出喷嘴75喷出臭氧等對有 機膜反應性氣體’使其接觸於晶圓9〇外周之上述局部加熱 之"卩位。藉此如圖5(b)所示,可有效蝕刻除去外周之有機 膜92c處理元成氣體及副生成物則以吸引噴嘴76吸引排 氣。 °亥有機膜除去處理時,供給冷卻水至載台本體110之環 狀冷卻室41C。 W即’將冷卻水供給源之冷卻水依序經過 103065.doc -121 - 1284350 前往路徑管191、開口 181a、連絡路徑181b、環狀路捏 181c、連通路徑i5lb、軸方向路徑151a、連接器154、中 繼管157及連接器197,而供給至環狀冷卻室41C。藉此, 可冷卻載台本體11〇及其上之晶圓9〇之比外周部内側之部 分。即使雷射照射之熱自晶圓90之外周部傳達半徑内側, 仍可迅速吸熱,可防止導致晶圓9〇之比外周部内侧之部分As shown in Fig. 83, the bottom end of the insertion port 2〇1 is greatly enlarged to become the second reactive gas guiding path 2G2. As shown in Fig. 81, the guide path 2G2 extends in the length direction of the second processing head 200, and is formed in an arc shape viewed from a plane having substantially the same radius of curvature as the radius of the wafer 9〇. When the wafer 90 is inserted into the insertion port 201, the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is located inside the guiding path 2〇2. As shown in Fig. 83, the cross-sectional shape of the guide path 2〇2 is a perfect circle, but the shape is not limited thereto, and may be a semicircular shape or a square shape. Further, the cross-sectional area of the flow path of the guiding path 202 can also be set to an appropriate size. The reactive gas (second reactive gas) for removing the inorganic film is reacted with an inorganic substance such as cerium oxide, and the raw material gas is a PFC gas such as carbon tetrafluoride (CF4) or hexafluoride (c2f6). And a fluorine-based gas such as HFC such as CHF3. As shown in Fig. 82, the fluorine-based gas is introduced into the fluorine electro-discharge device 260 as the second reaction gas generation source, and the atmospheric piezoelectric discharge space 261a between the electrodes 261 is plasma-treated to obtain the inclusion. The second reactive gas of the fluorine-based active species of the free radical. The second reactive gas supply path 262 extends from the atmospheric piezoelectric discharge space 261a and is connected to the inlet (p〇rt) 2〇2a of one end of the guide path 2〇2 of the second processing head 200. The discharge path 263 extends from the other end of the guide path 202 to the outlet 103065.doc -106-1284350. The inorganic film processing head 200 is made of a material resistant to fluorine. The film containing the organic film 92 () and the inorganic film 9 on the outer periphery of the wafer 90 is removed in the following manner. [Organic Film Removal Step; | First, a step of removing the organic film 92c on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is performed. The processing heads 100, 200 are all pre-retracted to the retracted position. Then, the wafer 90 to be processed is centered on the stage 1 by aligning the Lu mechanism (not shown). Next, the organic film processing head 1 is advanced toward the processing position. Thereby, the laser light-receiving unit 22 faces a portion p of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, and the discharge nozzle 75 and the suction nozzle 76 sandwich the portion p, and face each other in the tangential direction of the wafer 9 (refer to FIG. 47). And Figure 48). The inorganic membrane treatment head 2 is still in the retracted position. Then, the laser source 21 is turned on, and a portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is partially laser-heated, and the ejection nozzle from the organic film processing head 1 is ejected. • Ozone generated by the ozonator 70, etc. The oxygen-based reactive gas is selectively sprayed on the heated portion P (see FIGS. 47 and 48). Thereby, as shown in Fig. 78 (b), the organic film 92 of the above-mentioned portion p is oxidized and etched (ashing). The process completion gas containing the residue of the ashed organic film can be sucked by the suction nozzle 76 and quickly removed. At the same time, by the heat absorption of the stage 10 and the cooling of the portion (main portion) of the inner side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, it is possible to prevent the film of the inner portion from being affected by heat and deteriorate the quality as described above. Further, by rotating the stage 10 one to several times, the organic crucible 92c of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 〇 103065.doc • 107· 1284350 is removed over the entire circumference, and the inorganic film 94c is exposed all the way. [Inorganic Film Removal Step] Next, the removal step of the inorganic film 94c on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is performed. At this time, the round 90 is still placed on the stage 1〇. Then, the inorganic film processing head is advanced, and the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 is inserted into the insertion opening 2, whereby a predetermined length portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 is surrounded by the guiding path 202. By adjusting the insertion amount, the width (process width) of the film 94c to be removed can be easily controlled. In the human, a fluorine-based gas such as carbon tetrafluoride is supplied to the inter-electrode space 261a of the fluorine-based plasma discharge device 260, and an electric field is applied between the electrodes 261 to generate a gas-pressure glow discharge plasma. Thereby, the fluorine-based gas is activated to form a fluorine-based reactive gas which is specifically a fluorine radical. The fluorine-based reactive gas is introduced into the guide path 2〇2 of the inorganic membrane processing head 2 in the supply path M2, and flows along the guide path 202 to the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9〇. Thereby, as shown in Fig. 78 (4), the inorganic portion 94c of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 can be etched away. At the same time, the stage is rotated, thereby covering the inorganic film 94c which is etched and removed from the outer periphery of the wafer 9 weeks. The process completion gas including the by-product of etching is discharged from the discharge path 263. Further, since the insertion σ2〇 is narrow, it is possible to prevent the fluorine-based reactive gas from diffusing from the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9 to the inner portion. Further, by adjusting the flow rate of the fluorine-based reactive gas, it is possible to further surely prevent the gas from diffusing to the inner portion. Further, the organic film processing head 100 may be retracted to the retracted position before and after the organic film removing step is completed, or may be retracted after the end of the inorganic film removing step. When τ is removed by the first rotation of the stage 1 (), the inorganic film is removed simultaneously with the removal of the organic film. 103065.doc -108 - 1284350 It is also possible to carry out the inorganic film removing step simultaneously with the removal of the organic film when the inorganic film 94C starts to be partially exposed in the middle of the organic film removing step. When the inorganic film component is nitrided or the like, a by-product such as (NH4)2SiF6'Nh4F·HF or the like which is solid at normal temperature is produced by characterization. Therefore, at this time, the organic film processing head 〇〇 (4) processing position can be made during the inorganic film removing step, and the laser heater 2 〇 can continue to be irradiated to the outer periphery of the wafer 90 and the field, thereby enabling the above. At room temperature, it is a by-product of solids. Further, the nozzle 76 can be sucked and sucked by the by-product which is vaporized. After the inorganic film removing step, the head (10) is moved back to the retracted position, and the rotation of the stage 10 is stopped. Then, the refreshing mechanism in the stage 1 is removed to sandwich the wafer 90, and the wafer 9 is carried out. This removal method is in a state where the wafer 9 is continuously placed on the stage 1 while the entire period of the organic film removal step and the inorganic film removal step is passed. Therefore, when the organic film removing step is transferred to the inorganic film removing step, it is not necessary to transfer the _ circle 90 to another position, and the transfer time can be omitted. In addition, the micro-particles are generated by not contacting the transfer and the transfer. Furthermore, there is no /1 realigned. In addition, the processing time can be greatly shortened, and the precision processing can be performed in addition to l1. Further, the alignment mechanism 3 and the carrier 30 can be made common, and the structure of the device can be simplified and intensive. By providing a plurality of processing heads ι, 2 在 in one common processing chamber 2, it is possible to correspond to various film types. Furthermore, it is also possible to avoid the problem of traffic and pollution. Further, since the present invention is an atmospheric pressure system, the driving portion and the like can be easily accommodated in the processing chamber 2. Further, in the wafer 90, in the case where the organic film 92 and the inorganic film 94 are sequentially stacked from the bottom, the inorganic film removing step is first performed, and the organic film removing step is performed second. The angle of separation of the organic film processing head 100 from the inorganic film processing head 2 is not limited to 180 degrees, and may be 120 degrees and 90 degrees apart. The processing positions of the organic film processing head 100 and the inorganic film processing head 2 may be repeated as long as they do not interfere with each other in the backward position and the forward and backward movement. Φ The organic membrane treatment head 1 may be integrally attached to the oxygen-based reactive gas generation source. The inorganic membrane treatment head 200 may be integrally attached to the fluorine-based reactive gas generation source. The inventors conducted an etching experiment using a second processing head (gas guiding member) similar to that shown in Figs. 81 to 83. The object to be treated is a wafer having a diameter of 8 pairs forming a dioxide film. The treatment gas used carbon tetrafluoride at a flow rate of 100 cc/min. The process gas is electropolymerized in the plasma generation space 261 & as a reactive gas, and is guided through the guide path φ 202 of the gas guiding member 2 . Then, the film is not required to etch the entire circumference of the wafer. It takes 90 seconds and the amount of gas used is 15 〇 cc. [Comparative Example 1] In the comparative example, the gas guiding member was omitted, and the apparatus for directly discharging the reactive gas from the nozzle was used. When the etching treatment was performed under the same conditions as in Example 1, the time required was 20 minutes, and the amount of gas used was 2. liter. As a result, it was found that by providing the gas guiding member of the present invention, the time required and the amount of gas used can be greatly reduced at the same time. [Comparative Example 2] 103065.doc -110- 1284350: Externally using an electrode structure having a double ring shape corresponding to the outer diameter of the wafer, the "processing head" is an annular discharge port having a diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the wafer. The reactive gas is simultaneously ejected at the same time, and the peripheral portion of the wafer is processed at the same time. The flow rate of the processing gas is 4 liters/min. Other conditions are the same as those in the embodiment (1). The time required is 3 sec., and the amount of gas used is 2 liters. The results show that the time required for the device of the present invention does not change much with the above-mentioned whole week, and the amount of gas used can be greatly reduced. The inventor uses the same sample and device as the above. The processing is set to 50 Å and (10) rpm ', respectively. Then, the film thickness corresponding to the position in the radial direction of the wafer is measured. The result is shown in Fig. 84. In the figure: the horizontal axis is the distance from the outer end of the wafer to the inner side in the radial direction. The number of revolutions is Μ rpmh 'The treatment visibility is about 16 coffees from the outer end, and when the number of revolutions is 3〇〇rPm, it is reduced to the range from the outer end! 〇 _. The higher the higher the reactivity, the more the inner side of the radial direction For the diffusion, the processing width can be controlled by the number of revolutions. 曰 Figure 85 shows another modification of the apparatus for removing the laminated film. The oxygen-based reactive gas and the inorganic film for removing the organic film according to the embodiment are excluded. The fluorine-based reactive gas is produced by a common plasma & electric device. The raw material gas of the reactive gas of the organic film is oxygen (IV). The raw material gas for the reactive gas for inorganic film removal is used. A gas phase body such as carbon tetrafluoride. The material gas supply path 273 from each source gas source merges with each other and extends to the A gas pressure plasma discharge space between the pair of electrodes 271 of the common plasma discharge device 27 Each of the material gas supply paths 273' 274 is provided with on-off valves 273 V, 274 V. 103065.doc -111 - 1284350 The reactive gas supply path 275 from the common plasma discharge device 270 is divided into oxygen systems via a three-way valve 276. Both the reactive gas supply path 277 and the fluorine-based reactive gas supply path 278. The oxygen-based reactive gas supply path 277 is connected to the discharge nozzle of the organic film processing head 1 . The gas supply path 278 is connected to the upstream end of the guide path 2 of the inorganic membrane processing head 2. In the organic film removal step, the opening/closing 阙 274 V of the fluorine-based source gas supply path 274 is closed, and the oxygen-based material gas supply is turned on. The opening and closing valve 273 V of the path 273. Thereby, the material gas of oxygen or the like is introduced into the discharge space 271 of the plasma discharge device 270 to be madly activated, and >±#备1^山甘#|^> An oxygen-based reactive gas such as ozone or the like. In addition, the common reactive gas supply path 2 from the plasma discharge device 270 is connected to the chyle reactivity by the one valve 276. Gas supply, 'L L 277. The oxygen-reactive gas such as ozone is introduced into the discharge nozzle 75 of the organic film processing head 1 to omit the organic film 92c on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. In the inorganic film removing step, the opening and closing valve 273 V of the Mβ 3 oxygen-based material gas supply path 273 is closed, and the opening/closing valve 274 V of the material gas supply path 274 is η*P. Thereby, the carbon tetrafluoride temple mouse original gas is introduced into the plasma discharge device 270 to be plasmalized, and the sputum-reactive gas is used. Further, the three-way valve 276 is connected to the 反应 ^ , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,曰, F荨's fluorine-based reactive gas 1 Λ ^ The guide body is immersed in the inorganic hydrazine processing head 200, and the wafer can be etched and removed in the direction of the wafer 9〇90^ σ 7 Weekly inorganic film 94c. 103065.doc -112- 1284350 Fig. 86 is a view showing a modification of the above-mentioned laminated film removing device. The stage 10 of this state has a large-diameter stage body 11 (first stage portion) and a small-diameter center pad 111 (second stage portion). The stage main body 11 is formed in a disk shape having a smaller diameter than the tip of the wafer 90, and a heat absorbing mechanism such as a refrigerant chamber 41 is provided inside. A housing recess 10a is formed in a central portion of the upper surface of the stage body 110. The center spacer 111 is formed in a disk shape which is much smaller than the stage body 11 and is disposed coaxially with the stage body 110. A suction groove for sucking the wafer 90 is provided on the upper surface of the stage body 110 and on the upper surface of the center pad U1, but the drawings are omitted. Below the center spacer 111, a blade rotation shaft U2 is disposed coaxially with the stage body u and the center pad U1. A center spacer 111 is attached to the upper end of the spacer rotating shaft 112. A shim driving unit 113 is connected to the shim shaft U2. The whole driving unit 113 is provided with an elevating drive system for lifting and lowering the shim shaft 112. The cymbal rotating shaft 112 and the center washer 111 can be protruded from above the stage main body 110 by the lifting and lowering drive system (Fig. 86 (b)) and the housing recessed portion 1 1 accommodated in the stage body 1 10 .升降 a storage position (Fig. (a)) between the lifting and lowering (can advance and retreat). Further, the stage body 11 () can be fixed to the center pad 111' and connected to the blade driving unit 113 to be raised and lowered, thereby protruding and accommodating the center pad 111. The upper surface of the center pad i i i of the storage position forms the same plane as the upper surface of the stage body 110, but may also move downward from the upper surface of the stage body 11 . Further, a rotary drive system for rotating the shim shaft U2 and the center shim 111 is provided in the shim driving unit 113. 103065.doc -113 - 1284350 The clamping mechanism for absorbing the wafer 9 is respectively contained in the carrier body 110 and the middle to the cymbal i i i, but the drawings are omitted. The heat absorbing mechanism such as the refrigerant chamber 41 is provided only in the stage main body 11 〇, and is not provided in the middle 塾 piece 111 ′ but may be provided in the center cymbal piece Hi. The inorganic film processing head 200 is located at a height above the center pad ln of the protruding position. The processing head 200 for inorganic film can advance and retreat between the processing position (the assumed line of FIGS. 1 and 2) and the retreat position (the solid line of FIG. 2 and FIG. 2) close to the center pad 111 at this height. . As shown in Fig. 86 (a), in the organic film removing step, the cooling mechanism is activated in a state where the center pad iu is placed at the storage position, and the stage main body ι and the center pad 111 are rotated around the common axis. The head was treated with an organic film. After the organic film removal step is completed as shown in Fig. 86 (b), the organic film processing head is retracted to the retracted position. Next, the center cymbal 111 is raised by the spacer driving unit 丨丨3 to be in the protruding position. Thereby, the wafer 9 can be lifted from the stage • the body 11 〇 upward. Then, the inorganic film processing head 200 is advanced from the retracted position (the hypothesis line of Fig. 86 (b)) to the processing position (the solid line of the figure), and the inorganic film removing step is performed. Since the wafer 90 is separated from above the stage body 110, interference between the outer peripheral portion of the stage body 110 and the lower portion of the inorganic film processing head 2 can be avoided. Further, the depth in the radial direction of the wafer 90 along the insertion opening 201 can be increased. Thereby, it is possible to further surely prevent the second reactive gas from diffusing to the inner portion of the wafer 9'. In addition, the diameter of the stage body 110 can be sufficiently enlarged, and the heat absorbing mechanism can be cooled to the vicinity of the outer periphery of the wafer 90 by 103065.doc -114-1284350. Therefore, it is possible to surely prevent damage to the film quality of the inner portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90. This inorganic film removing step may only rotate the center pad 111. Thereby, the inorganic film 94c which is etched away from the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 can be covered. Figure 8 shows a variation of the configuration of the centering pad carrier. An annular refrigerant chamber 41C is formed inside the stage body 110 as a heat absorbing mechanism. The annular cooling chamber 41C constitutes a φ fluid terminal that causes cold heat to act on the positive pressure of the wafer 90. Instead of the annular cooling chamber 41c, a cooling path such as a concentric multiple circular shape, a radiating shape, or a spiral shape may be formed in the stage main body 110. A suction groove for absorbing the wafer 90 is formed on the upper surface of the stage body 110. The suction groove 15 constitutes a fluid terminal for applying a suction force to the negative pressure of the wafer 90. A suction groove for absorbing the wafer 90 is also provided on the upper surface of the center spacer 111, but the drawings are omitted. The suction path extending from the suction groove communicates with the shim shaft 112. The center hole 111 of the φ is moved up and down (lifting) between the protruding position shown by the hypothetical line of FIG. 87 and the receiving position shown by the solid line of the figure by the lifting drive system of the pad driving unit 113. The center pad at the position is completely housed in the recess 11a of the stage body 110, and the upper surface of the center pad U1 is slightly higher (several mm) than the upper surface of the stage body 110. The flap shaft 112 is movable up and down and rotatably inserted into a rotating cylinder 150 that is coaxial therewith. The main portion of the rotary cylinder 150 is formed into a cylindrical shape of equal thickness throughout the entire circumference, and extends vertically. The upper end portion of the rotating cylinder 150 is coupled and fixed to the stage body 11A. Rotating 103065.doc - 115 - 1284350 The lower end of the drum 150 is sequentially coupled to the rotary drive motor 140 (rotary drive mechanism) via a pulley 144, a timing belt 143, a pulley 142, and a transmission 141. The rotary cylinder 15 is rotated by the rotation drive motor 140 to rotate the stage body 110. The rotary quotient 150 is rotatably inserted and supported inside the fixed cylinder 18A via the bearing B. The fixed cylinder 180 is formed in a vertical φ cylindrical shape coaxial with the rotating cylinder 150 and the shim shaft 112, and is fixed to the apparatus frame F. The fixed cylinder 18 即可 has at least an inner circumferential surface which is circular in cross section. The fixed cylinder 180 is lower than the rotating cylinder 15, and the upper end of the rotating cylinder 15 is protruded from the fixed cylinder 180, and the stage main body 11 is disposed thereon. The rotary cylinder 150 and the fixed cylinder 180 are provided with a cooling flow path in which the annular cooling chamber 41C of the stage main body 11 is used as a terminal, and a suction flow path in which the suction groove 15 is used as a terminal. The path of the cooling flow path is as follows. As shown in Figs. 87, 88, and 89(c), a cold water opening 181a is formed on the outer circumferential surface φ of the fixed cylinder 18〇. The cooling travel path pipe 191 is extended from the cooling water supply source not shown in the drawing and connected to the opening 18la. The contact path 181b extends from the opening 18U toward the inner side of the radius of the fixed cylinder 18〇. As shown in Fig. 89 (c), a groove-shaped annular path 181c covering the entire circumference is formed on the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder 18'. A contact path 丨8丨b is connected to the circumferential direction of the annular path 181c. As shown in Fig. 88 and Fig. 88, an annular seal groove md is formed over the entire circumference of the inner circumferential surface of the upper and lower sides of the upper and lower sides of the annular path 181c. As shown in the figure, the annular sealing groove 112d accommodates the annular cooling to the 103065.doc 116-!284350 path for the packing sheet cm. The cross-sectional shape of the packing sheet 01 is a gate shape (.word =)' and is disposed such that its opening faces the side of the annular path 181e. Lubrication should be applied to the outer surface of the packing sheet G1. As shown in FIG. 87 and FIG. 88, the axial direction path i51ae which is vertically extended in the rotary cylinder 15A is formed as shown in FIG. 88 and FIG. 89 (4), and the lower end of the axial direction path 151a is opened via the communication path 151 {? On the outer circumference of the rotating cylinder (9). The communication path 151b is located at the same height as the annular path 18, and is connected to the annular path 181c. The circumferential direction of the communication path is changed in accordance with the rotation of the rotating cylinder 150. However, the state of communication with the annular path 181c is maintained throughout the entire temperature. As shown in Fig. 87, the upper end portion of the axial direction path 151a is via a rotating cylinder. The connector 154 of the outer peripheral surface is connected to the external relay pipe 157. The relay pipe 157 is connected to the annular cooling chamber 41C via a connector 197 under the stage body 11G. The return path of the cooling flow path is constructed as follows. • As shown in Fig. 87, a connector 198 is provided on the lower side of the stage main body opposite to the 180 degree of the path connecting connector 197. The annular cooling chamber 41C of the stage main body ιι is connected to the external relay pipe 158 via the connector 198. The relay pipe 158 is connected to a connector 155 provided on the outer periphery of the upper portion of the rotary cylinder 15A. As shown in Fig. 87, an axial direction path 152a extending vertically up and down is formed in the rotary cylinder 15''. As shown in Fig. 89 (b), the axial direction path 152 & is disposed on the side opposite to the 18 degrees of the axial direction path 151 & The upper end portion of the axial direction path 152a is connected to the connector 155. 103065.doc -117 - 1284350 As shown in Fig. 87 and Fig. 89 (b), the axial direction path 15 is opened at the outer peripheral surface of the rotary cylinder 150 via the communication path 152b at the lower end portion. The communication path 152b is on the opposite side of the communication path 151b of the access path and is disposed on the upper side of the comparison path 151b. The communication path 152b rotates around the central axis along with the axial direction path 1 52a in accordance with the rotation of the rotating cylinder 15''. An annular path 182c covering the entire circumference is formed on the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder 180. The annular path 182 (the distance from the upper side of the annular path 181 on the path to the path and at the same height as the communication path 15A is connected to the communication path 152b at one of the circumferential directions. The circumferential position of the communication path 152b The rotation of the rotary cylinder 150 changes, but the state of communication with the annular path 182c is maintained throughout 36 degrees. As shown in Figs. 87 and 88, the upper and lower sides of the annular path 182c are sandwiched. On the inner circumferential surface of the cylinder 180, a cooling seal return groove 182d is formed over the entire circumference. As shown in Fig. 88, the sealing groove 182 (1 = cooling return path is filled with "2. Packing sheet 2" The cross-sectional shape is U-shaped (C-shaped and arranged such that its opening faces the side of the annular path 182c. The outer peripheral surface of the packing sheet G2 should be subjected to lubrication treatment. As shown in Fig. 87, Fig. 88 and Fig. 89(b) The fixed cylinder 18 is formed with a connecting passage (4) 2b extending from the annular path 182e to the outside of the radius, and a drain opening connected to the connecting path (4). The opening opens to the outer peripheral surface of the fixed door 80. Cooling back The path tube (9) extends from the opening 18. The contact road 182b and The opening 182a is disposed at the same circumferential position as the mail opening 18U of the access path 18, and is disposed on the upper side. The suction flow path is configured as follows. 103065.doc -118- 1284350 As shown in Figs. 87, 88, and 89 ( a), a suction opening 183 & is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the fixed cylinder 18 上 on the upper side of the opening 182a of the cooling return path. The suction officer 193 is connected to the opening from a suction source including a vacuum pump or the like not shown. The 183ae contact path 18 is swung from the opening 183 & and extends toward the inner side of the radius of the fixed cylinder 18 。. As shown in Fig. 89 (a), a groove-shaped attraction ring covering the entire circumference is formed on the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder 180. The path 183c is connected to the contact path 183b at a position in the circumferential direction φ of the annular path 183c. As shown in Figs. 87 and 88, the upper and lower sides of the annular path 18 are sandwiched by the fixed cylinder 180 On the circumferential surface, an annular sealing groove 183d for suction is formed over the entire circumference. As shown in Fig. 88, an annular suction filling piece G3 is accommodated in the sealing groove 183d. The cross-sectional shape of the packing sheet G3 is The above-mentioned cooling reciprocating path of the packing sheets G1, 72 is also topographical In the shape of a gate (c-shaped), the direction is not the same as that of the above-mentioned packing sheets G1, 72, and the opening is arranged to face the side opposite to the side of the annular path 183c. It is preferable to carry out the outer peripheral surface of the packing sheet 3 φ Lubrication treatment As shown in Fig. 87, a suction axial direction path 153a extending vertically up and down is formed in the rotary cylinder 150. As shown in Fig. 89 (a), the lower end portion of the axial direction path 153 & via the communication path i 53b The opening is on the outer circumference of the rotating cylinder 15〇. The communication path 1531? is located at the same height as the annular path 183' and communicates with the reference circular path 183C. The circumferential direction of the communication path 15313 changes depending on the rotation of the rotating cylinder iso, but the state of communication with the suction annular path 183c is maintained throughout 36 degrees. The axial direction path 153a and the communication path 1531} are disposed at positions offset from the axial direction paths 151a, 52a and the communication paths 151b, 52b of the cooling reciprocating path 103065.doc - 119 - 1284350 by 90 degrees in the circumferential direction. As shown in Fig. 87, the upper end portion of the axial direction path 153a is connected to the external relay pipe 159 via the connector 156 of the outer peripheral surface of the rotary cylinder 15〇. The relay pipe 159 is connected to the suction groove 15 via the connector 199 on the lower surface of the stage main body 11 〇. Next, the operation of removing the films 94c and 92c which are unnecessary for the outer circumference of the wafer 90 using the apparatus of Figs. 87 to 89 will be described. Remove the wafer to be processed from the crucible by a forked robot not shown on the figure and align it with the alignment mechanism (centering). The aligned wafer 90 is lifted horizontally by the fork-like robot arm, and placed in the center pad 111 at the protruding position (the assumed line of Fig. 87). Since the center spacer j i j is much smaller than the wafer 9 ’, the operation margin of the machine arm can be sufficiently ensured. After the wafer 90 is placed on the center spacer 111, the forked robot arm is retracted. The center spacer 111 is driven to attract the wafer 90 to be sandwiched by the center spacer 111. Next, the center pad 111 is lowered to the upper surface of the stage 1 by the lift drive system of the pad driving unit 113. Thereby, the upper surface of the stage abuts against the wafer 90. At this time, the suction of the center cymbal I" is released, and the center spacer 111 is further lowered by several mm to be in the accommodating position (solid line in FIG. 87), and the suction pressure is sequentially passed through the suction tube by driving a suction source such as a vacuum pump. The 丨93, the opening 183a, the contact path 18 complement, the annular path i83c, the communication path 153b, the axial direction path 153a, the connector 156, the relay tube 159, and the connector 199 are introduced into the absorbing groove I5. The circle 9 〇 is sucked at 103065.doc -120-1284350. The stage 1 is indeed held. Then, the rotary drive motor 丨4〇 is driven to rotate the rotary cymbal 150 and the stage 1 to make the wafer 9〇 By this, the communication path 153]3 inside the rotary cylinder 150 is rotationally moved in the circumferential direction of the annular path 183c of the fixed cylinder 18, but the communication path 丨5 is always maintained in communication with the annular path 183c. The absorbing state of the wafer 90 can be maintained even when rotating. As shown in an enlarged view in Fig. 88, the suction pressure of the suction flow path is from the communication portion of the communication path φ 153b and the annular path 183e, and the upper and lower rotating cylinders are passed through 150 outer circumference and fixed cylinder 1 The gap between the inner circumferential surfaces of the inner circumference of the sealing groove 183d also acts between the inner peripheral surface of the sealing groove 183d and the packing sheet G3. The suction pressure acts in the direction in which the packing piece G3 of the sectional door shape expands. The larger the filling piece G3 is attached to the sealing groove 183 (the inner circumferential surface of the sealing groove 183), the sealing pressure becomes large. In this case, the outer circumferential surface of the self-rotating cylinder 150 and the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder 18 can be surely prevented. Leakage occurs in the gap. The organic film processing head 100 is advanced from the backward # position (the assumed line in Figs. 1 and 87) to the processing position (solid lines in Figs. 1 and 87) before and after the rotation of the stage 1 is started. Then, the laser is irradiated from the laser illuminator 2 to a spot of the outer periphery of the wafer 9 to locally heat, and the organic film reactive gas is ejected from the ejection nozzle 75 to contact the wafer. In the outer circumference of the outer circumference of the outer circumference, as shown in Fig. 5(b), the organic film 92c which is effectively etched and removed is treated to suck the exhaust gas by the suction nozzle 76. When the organic film removal treatment is performed, the cooling water is supplied to the annular cooling of the stage body 110. 41C. W is 'the cooling water supplied from the cooling water supply source sequentially passes 103065.doc -121 - 1284350 to the path pipe 191, the opening 181a, the contact path 181b, the annular path pinch 181c, the communication path i5lb, the axial direction path 151a, The connector 154, the relay tube 157, and the connector 197 are supplied to the annular cooling chamber 41C. Thereby, the stage body 11 and the wafer 9 on the inner side of the outer peripheral portion can be cooled. The heat of the illuminating radiation is transmitted from the outer periphery of the wafer 90 to the inside of the radius, and the heat can be quickly absorbed, thereby preventing the wafer 9 〇 from being inside the outer peripheral portion.

溫度上昇。藉此可防止損及晶圓9〇之比外周部内側部分之 膜 94,f2。 上述冷卻水流通環狀冷卻室41C内後,依序經過連接器 198、中繼管158、連接器155、軸方向路徑152a、連通路 徑152b、環狀路徑182c、連絡路徑182b及開口 182a,而自 冷卻返回路徑管192排出。 藉由載台10之旋轉,旋轉筒15〇内部之連通路徑。化亦 在ί辰狀路徑181c之周方向旋轉移動,不過,連通路徑151匕 不論其旋轉位置為何,始終維持與環狀路徑181〇之連通狀 態。同樣地,連通路徑152b亦在環狀路徑182c之周方向旋 轉移動,不過始終維持與環狀路徑181c之連通狀態。藉 此,載台10旋轉中亦維持冷卻水之流通。 如圖88之放大顯示’冷卻前往路徑之冷卻水自連通路徑 151b與環狀路徑181(:之$通部分,經過上下之旋轉筒15〇 之外周面與固定筒180内周面間之㈣,亦流入環狀密封 溝112d之内部,進-步流人剖面n字形之填密片⑴之開口 内^ d面η字形之填密片G1藉由該冷卻水之壓力擴展, 而貼附於洽封溝112d之内周面。藉此,可確實獲得填密片 103065.doc •122- 1284350 1之密封壓,而可防止冷卻水洩漏。冷卻返回路徑之填密 片G2亦可獲得相同之作用。 、 藉由載台10至少旋轉一次,可除去晶圓9〇外周全周之有 機膜92c。 有機膜92c之除去處理結束時,停止自喷出噴嘴乃喷出 氣體及自吸引噴嘴76吸引,並使有機膜用處理頭1〇〇後退 至後退位置。 此外,藉由墊片驅動單元113之昇降驅動系統,使中心 墊片111稍微上昇,附著於晶圓90之下面而吸著,另外解 除載台本體110吸著晶圓90。而後藉由上述昇降驅動系統 使中心塾片111上昇至突出位置。 龜續’使無機膜用處理頭200自後退位置(圖i及圖87之 實線)前進至處理位置(圖i及圖87之假設線)。藉此,在無 機膜用處理頭200之插入口 2〇1中插入晶圓9〇,晶圓9〇之外 周。P位於引導路徑202之内部。由於係以中心塾片i丨丨舉起 晶圓90’因此處理位置之無機膜用處理頭2〇〇可離開載台 本體no更上方,而可避免與載台本體11〇干擾。 而後,以圖上未顯不之電漿放電裝置,將氮、氧、氟系 等依無機膜94成分之氣體予以電漿化,並將該電漿氣體導 入引‘路徑202之延伸方向之一端部。該電漿氣體通過引 ‘路彳k 202,並與晶圓9〇外周部之無機膜94c反應,藉此如 圖5(c)所示,可蝕刻除去無機膜94卜處理完成氣體及副生 成物自引導路徑202之另_端經過圖上未顯示之排氣路徑 排出。 103065.doc 123- 1284350 同時,藉由墊片驅動單元1 1 3之旋轉驅動系統使中心墊 片1 1 1旋轉。藉由中心墊片1 i i至少旋轉1次,可除去晶圓 9〇外周全周之無機膜94c。 無機膜94c之除去處理結束時,停止自電漿放電裝置供 給電漿,並使無機膜用處理頭200後退至後退位置。其 次,在晶圓90與載台10之間插入叉狀機器手臂。將該叉狀 機器手臂附著於比中心墊片111半徑外側之晶圓9〇下面, φ 並且解除中心墊片111之吸著。藉此,將晶圓90轉移至叉 狀機器手臂上而搬出。 由於該表面處理裝置之載台構造可將載台本體11〇之冷 卻流露及吸引流露自中心轴Lc離開半徑方向而配置,因此 在中心部可充分確保配置昇降、旋轉中心墊片1丨丨等機構 及朝向中心墊片111之吸引流路之空間。 該載台構造亦可適用於僅除去有機膜等之一種膜。此時 當然不需要無機膜用處理頭200。此外,亦不需要中心塾 • 片111用之旋轉驅動系統。 除固定筒180之内周面外,亦可在旋轉筒150之外周面形 成溝狀之環狀路徑181c,182c,183c。 圖90係顯示第二處理頭200之改變態樣者。該第二處理 頭200(氣體引導構件)中一體連結有生成反應性氣體用之電 漿放電裝置260。 電槳放電裝置260具有:連接於電源之熱電極261H,及 接地之接地電極261E。此等電極261H,261E間之空間成 為大致常壓之電漿產生空間261a。該電漿產生空間261&中 103065.doc -124- 1284350 可導入如氮、氧、氟系氣體,或是氣系氣體或此等之混合 氣體等之處理氣體而予以電漿化。 在電漿放電裝置260之比電極261H,261E之下侧設有氣 體集束用喷嘴263。該氣體集束用噴嘴263固定於第二處理 頭200(氣體引導構件)之上面。氣體集束用喷嘴263中形成 有氣體集束路徑263a。氣體集束路徑263a連接於電漿產生 空間2 61 a之下游端,並且自此向下方逐漸縮徑。 I 該氟體集束路徑263a之下端部連接於引導路徑2〇2上游 端之導入開口 202a。 氣體引導構件200之弧長(沿著晶圓9〇周方向之長度)宜 考慮活性種之壽命等而適切設定。如顯示於圖9丨之氣體引 導構件200形成中心角度約90度之長度。顯示於圖92之氣 體引導構件200具有中心角度約18〇度之狐長。顯示於圖93 之氣體引導構件200具有中心角度約45度之狐長。 氣體引導構件200之導入開口 202a之位置並不限定於引 φ 導路徑202之上側部,如圖94(a)所示,亦可配置於引導路 徑202之外周側。該配置適用於須重點性除去晶圓9〇外端 面之膜時。 此外,如該圖(b)所示,亦可將導入開口 202a配置於引導 路徑202之下側。該配置適用於須重點性除去晶圓9〇外周 部背面之膜時。 亦可將導入開口 202a設置於氣體引導構件2〇〇之側端 面。 排出開口 202b亦同樣地,亦可設於氣體引導構件2〇〇之 103065.doc -125- 1284350 亦可設於下面,亦可設於外周 側端面’亦可設於上面 面0 氣體引導構件2〇〇之引導路徑202之剖面形狀及大小 依屑除去不需要物質之處理區域、膜種、投入氣體二 理目的等而適切設定。 處 如圖94(c)所示,亦可縮小引導路徑2〇2之剖面。The temperature rises. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the film 94, f2 which is damaged from the inner side portion of the wafer 9 损 from being damaged. The cooling water flows through the annular cooling chamber 41C, and then passes through the connector 198, the relay pipe 158, the connector 155, the axial direction path 152a, the communication path 152b, the annular path 182c, the connection path 182b, and the opening 182a. The self-cooling return path tube 192 is discharged. By the rotation of the stage 10, the internal communication path of the cylinder 15 is rotated. The rotation also moves in the circumferential direction of the 辰-shaped path 181c. However, the communication path 151 始终 maintains the communication state with the annular path 181 不论 regardless of the rotational position. Similarly, the communication path 152b also rotates in the circumferential direction of the annular path 182c, but the state of communication with the annular path 181c is always maintained. As a result, the circulation of the cooling water is maintained during the rotation of the stage 10. As shown in FIG. 88, the cooling water from the communication path 151b and the annular path 181 are cooled (between the outer peripheral surface of the upper and lower rotating cylinders 15 and the inner peripheral surface of the fixed cylinder 180). It also flows into the inside of the annular sealing groove 112d, and the packing piece G1 of the n-shaped opening in the opening of the n-shaped packing piece (1) of the inflowing flow section is extended by the pressure of the cooling water, and is attached thereto. The inner circumferential surface of the sealing groove 112d. Thereby, the sealing pressure of the packing sheet 103065.doc • 122-1284350 1 can be surely obtained, and the cooling water can be prevented from leaking. The packing sheet G2 of the cooling return path can also obtain the same effect. When the stage 10 is rotated at least once, the organic film 92c of the entire periphery of the wafer 9 can be removed. When the removal process of the organic film 92c is completed, the gas ejected from the ejection nozzle and the suction from the suction nozzle 76 are stopped. The organic film is retracted to the retracted position by the processing head 1 . Further, the center pad 111 is slightly raised by the elevating drive system of the pad driving unit 113, and is attached to the lower surface of the wafer 90 to be sucked and released. The stage body 110 sucks the wafer 90. The center cymbal 111 is raised to the protruding position by the lift drive system. The turtle continues to advance the inorganic film processing head 200 from the retracted position (solid line in FIGS. i and 87) to the processing position (Fig. i and Fig. 87) By the assumption of the line), the wafer 9 is inserted into the insertion port 2〇1 of the inorganic film processing head 200, and the wafer 9 is outside the circumference. P is located inside the guiding path 202.丨 Lifting the wafer 90', the processing head 2 for the inorganic film at the processing position can be further moved away from the stage body no, and the interference with the stage body 11 can be avoided. Then, the plasma is not shown. In the discharge device, a gas such as nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine or the like according to the inorganic film 94 is plasma-treated, and the plasma gas is introduced into one end of the direction of the extension path 202. The plasma gas passes through the guide k 202, and reacts with the inorganic film 94c on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 9b, whereby the inorganic film 94 can be etched and removed, as shown in Fig. 5(c), and the gas and by-products are self-guided from the other end of the guiding path 202. Exhaust through an exhaust path not shown on the drawing. 103065.doc 123- 1284350 The center pad 11 1 is rotated by the rotary drive system of the pad driving unit 112. By rotating the center pad 1 ii at least once, the inorganic film 94c of the entire periphery of the wafer 9 can be removed. When the removal processing of 94c is completed, the supply of the plasma from the plasma discharge device is stopped, and the inorganic film processing head 200 is retracted to the retracted position. Next, a fork-shaped robot arm is inserted between the wafer 90 and the stage 10. The fork-shaped robot arm is attached to the lower surface of the wafer 9 半径 outside the radius of the center spacer 111, and φ is released from the center spacer 111. Thereby, the wafer 90 is transferred to the fork-shaped robot arm and carried out. Since the stage structure of the surface treatment apparatus can dispose the cooling and dew condensation of the stage main body 11 from the center axis Lc in the radial direction, it is possible to sufficiently ensure the arrangement of the lifting and lowering, the rotation center spacer 1 , and the like in the center portion. The mechanism and the space of the suction flow path toward the center spacer 111. The stage structure can also be applied to a film in which only an organic film or the like is removed. At this time, of course, the processing head 200 for an inorganic film is not required. In addition, there is no need for a rotary drive system for the center plate 111. In addition to the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder 180, a groove-shaped annular path 181c, 182c, 183c may be formed on the outer circumferential surface of the rotary cylinder 150. Fig. 90 shows the change of the second processing head 200. A plasma discharge device 260 for generating a reactive gas is integrally connected to the second processing head 200 (gas guiding member). The electric discharge device 260 has a hot electrode 261H connected to a power source, and a ground electrode 261E connected to the ground. The space between the electrodes 261H, 261E becomes a plasma generating space 261a of substantially normal pressure. The plasma generating space 261 & 103065.doc -124-1284350 may be plasma-formed by introducing a processing gas such as nitrogen, oxygen, or a fluorine-based gas or a gas-based gas or a mixed gas thereof. A gas collecting nozzle 263 is provided on the lower side of the counter electrode 261H, 261E of the plasma discharge device 260. This gas bundling nozzle 263 is fixed to the upper surface of the second processing head 200 (gas guiding member). A gas clustering path 263a is formed in the gas collecting nozzle 263. The gas clustering path 263a is connected to the downstream end of the plasma generating space 2 61 a, and is gradually reduced in diameter from below. I The lower end portion of the fluorochemical clustering path 263a is connected to the introduction opening 202a at the upstream end of the guiding path 2〇2. The arc length of the gas guiding member 200 (the length along the circumferential direction of the wafer 9) should be appropriately set in consideration of the life of the active species and the like. The gas guiding member 200 as shown in Fig. 9A forms a central angle of about 90 degrees. The gas guiding member 200 shown in Fig. 92 has a fox length with a central angle of about 18 degrees. The gas guiding member 200 shown in Fig. 93 has a fox length of a central angle of about 45 degrees. The position of the introduction opening 202a of the gas guiding member 200 is not limited to the upper side portion of the guiding path 202, and may be disposed on the outer peripheral side of the guiding path 202 as shown in Fig. 94(a). This configuration is suitable when it is important to remove the film from the outer end of the wafer. Further, as shown in Fig. 2(b), the introduction opening 202a may be disposed on the lower side of the guiding path 202. This configuration is suitable for the case where it is important to remove the film on the back side of the outer circumference of the wafer. The introduction opening 202a may be provided on the side end surface of the gas guiding member 2''. Similarly, the discharge opening 202b may be provided in the gas guiding member 2, 103065.doc -125-1284350, or may be provided on the lower side, or may be provided on the outer peripheral side end surface, or may be provided on the upper surface, the gas guiding member 2 The cross-sectional shape and size of the guiding path 202 of the crucible are appropriately set according to the treatment area of the unnecessary material, the type of the membrane, the purpose of the input gas, and the like. As shown in Fig. 94(c), the profile of the guide path 2〇2 can also be reduced.

縮小處理寬度。 9 JReduce the processing width. 9 J

如該圖⑷所示’亦可將引導路徑202形成上半圓狀之剖 面形,,使晶圓90之背面接近該引導路徑2〇2之平坦1 面。藉此,可重點性處理晶圓9〇上面之外周部。亦可將引 導路徑202形成下半圓狀之剖面形狀,並且使晶圓%之上 面接近底面,而重點性處理晶圓9〇之背面。 如該圖(e)所示,亦可將引導路徑2〇2形成四方形之 形狀。 ° 氣體引‘構件2〇〇並不限定於無須加熱之無機膜等之除 去處理用,亦可適用於有機膜等需要加熱之膜之除去處理 用。此時如圖95所示,可在氣體引導構件2〇〇中附設雷射 加熱器20等之輻射加熱機構。 在氣體引導構件2〇〇之上面垂直朝下地固定有照射單元 22(照射部)。光纖電纜23自雷射加熱器20之雷射光源21延 伸,而光學性連接於雷射照射單元22。 雷射照射單元22配置於氣體引導構件200之導入開口 202a側之端部附近。 如圖96所示’在該雷射照射單元22安裝位置之氣體引導 103065.doc -126- 1284350 構件200之上側部形成有圓刮面之孔部2〇3。孔部2〇3之上 端部開口於氣體引導構件200之上面,下端部連通於引導 路徑202之上端部。 該孔部203中埋入圓柱形狀之透光構件2〇4。透光構件 204由石英玻璃等具有高光透過性之透明材料構成。透光 構件204宜為耐臭氧性等具有耐反應性氣體性者。透光構 件204之材料除石英玻璃之外,亦可使用鈉玻璃及其他通 • 用玻璃、聚碳酸酯、丙烯酸等透明度高之樹脂。 如石英玻璃具有優異透光性者,如圖69及表實驗例 中經過確認。 透光構件204之上端面形成與氣體引導構件2〇〇之上面同 一平面而露出。透光構件2〇4之下端面面對引導路徑2〇2之 上端部。 在透光構件204之正上方設有雷射照射單元22,雷射照 射單元22下端之射出窗與透光構件204相對。雷射照射單 _ 元22與透光構件204係以彼此之中心線一致之方式配置。 自雷射照射單元22向正下方集束照射之雷射,透過透光 構件204而在引導路徑202之内部聚焦。 在氣體引導構件200之導入開口 202a中連接有反應性氣 體供給源之臭氧化器70。亦可使用氧電漿裝置來取代臭氧 化器70。 載台10進而晶圓90之旋轉方向(圖95之箭頭)與引導路徑 202内之氣體流動方向一致。 5亥叙置構造係來自雷射光源21之雷射經過光纖電纟覽23, 103065.doc -127- 1284350 而自…、射單兀22向正下方集束照射。該雷射透過透光構件 204而進入引導路徑2〇2之内部,局部附著於該引導路徑 2〇2内之晶圓90外周部之一處。藉此,局部加熱晶圓之 外周部。同時來自臭氧化器7〇之臭氧氣體自導入開口 2〇2a ^入引導路徑202。藉由該臭氧接觸於上述局部加熱處, 可有效除去有機膜等需要加熱之不需要之膜。 且晶圓90之外周部在接近引導路徑2〇2上游端之位置加 熱。藉此,可與新鮮之臭氧充分產生反應。而後,上述加 熱處隨著載台10之旋轉而向引導路徑2〇2之下游侧移動, 仍暫時持續保持高溫。因此,除引導路徑2〇2上游側之部 分外,中間部分及下游側之部分亦可充分產生反應。藉此 可確實提高處理效率。 欲主要除去晶圓90外周部之背面側之膜情況下,亦可構 成將雷射照射單元22設於氣體引導構件2〇〇之下側,而自 下方集束照射雷射於引導路徑202。 圖97係顯不具備對應於晶圓之凹槽及定向平面等缺口部 之機構之實施形態者。 如圖101所示,晶圓90形成圓板形狀。晶圓9〇之尺寸(半 徑0有各種規格。該晶圓90之圓形外周部91之一部分須形 成缺口,缺口部係形成定向平面93。定向平面93之大小係 依SEMI及JEIDA等規格來決定。如r==1〇〇 mm之晶圓之定向 平面長L93為L93 = 55 mm〜60 mm。因此,自假定無定向平 面93時之晶圓外緣至定向平面93中央部之距離d為 mm〜4.6 mm 〇 103065.doc -128- 1284350 對晶圓90成膜時,膜92亦達到定向平面93之緣上。 如圖98所示,本實施形態之晶圓處理裝置中具備··匣 31〇、機器手臂320、對準部33〇及處理部34〇。匣3ι〇中收 容有須處理之晶圓90。機器手臂320自匣31〇中取出晶圓 9〇 ’(圖98⑷),經過對準部33〇(該圖(b)),而搬運至處理 部34〇(該圖(C)),進一步將處理後之晶圓90送回匣31〇,不 過圖式省略。 對準部330中設有:對準單元331及對準載台332。如圖 98⑷所示,對準载台332形成圓盤形狀,可在中心轴周圍 旋轉。如該圖(b)所示,為了對準(定心),*在該對準載台 332上暫時放置晶圓9〇。 σ 在對準早το 331中設有光學式之非接觸感測器,不過詳 細圖式省略。如該非接觸感測器係由··輸出雷射之投光 器’與接收雷射之受光器而構成。此等投光器與受光器係 以自上下夾著配置於對準載台332之晶圓9()外周部9〇a之方 式配置。按照晶圓外周部之突出程度之比率遮蔽來自投光 益、之雷射光1改變受光器之受光量。藉此,可檢測晶圓 之偏芯量。此外,藉由計測受光量不連續地驟變之部位, 亦可檢測定向平面9 3 (缺口部)。 對準單元331除構成晶圓9〇之偏芯檢測部之外,亦構成 檢測定向平面93(缺口部)之「缺口檢測部」。 藉由對準部330與機器手臂32G而構成「對準機構」。 如圖97所示,在晶圓處理裝置之處理部340中設有··處 理载台1G與處理頭37Ge處理载台1()可在垂直之作(旋轉 103065.doc •129· 1284350 軸中〜軸)之周圍旋轉。旋轉驅動部係使用編碼器馬達 342在處理載台1〇之上面設有經過對準部33〇對準之晶圓 90 ° 如圖97及圖98(c)所示,處理頭37〇配置於與2軸正交之乂 軸(第一軸)上。當然y軸係沿著處理載台1〇之半徑方向。 如圖97所示,在處理頭37〇之下端部設有開口成點狀之 供給喷嘴375。如圖99所示,該供給喷嘴375之點狀開口正 φ 好配置於7軸上。如圖97所示,供給喷嘴375之基端部經由 流體供給管71而連接於臭氧化器7〇(處理用流體供給源)。 處理用流體供給源亦可使用具有一對電極之電漿處理 頭。除臭氧化器及電漿處理裝置等乾式方式之外,亦可使 用將藥劑作為處理用流體而自供給喷嘴375喷出之濕式方 式。 在乾式方式之處理頭370中,於供給喷嘴375之近旁設有 吸引處理完成流體(包含副生成物)之吸引喷嘴,不過圖式 省略。 处1370連接於嘴鳴位置調整機構346。喷嘴位置調整 機構346具有伺服馬達及直動裝置等,使處理頭370進而供 、$噴嘴375沿著y軸滑動,來進行位置調整(參照圖99(勾, (e)〜⑴)。處理頭370進而供給噴嘴375可僅沿著7軸移動, 而對其他方向拘束。 須處理之晶圓9〇有各種尺寸。處理頭37〇配合該尺寸, 藉由位置调整機構346在7軸方向上調整位置,而與晶圓外 周部90a相對配置。 103065.doc -130- 1284350 再者’位置調整機構346藉由控制部350而與處理載台l〇 之旋轉動作同步驅動。該控制部35〇中記憶有依據處理載 台1〇之旋轉角度須設置處理頭37〇之地點資訊甚至須移動 之方向及速度之資訊。具體而言,如圖1〇〇所示,處理載 台1〇之旋轉角度為第一旋轉角度範圍‘時,處理頭3 7〇之 位置固定,設定其固定地點,為第二旋轉角度範圍h時, 移動處理頭370,來設定其方向與速度。 此時,處理載台1 〇之旋轉角度’係以自y軸至以圖99之 三角符號表示之載台10上之基準點10p之平面觀察順時鐘 方向之角度來設定。 此外,第一旋轉角度範圍φι係設定於自〇度至正好相當 於圓形外周部91之中心角之旋轉角^之範圍。㈣度範圍 Φΐ對應於圓形外周部91穿越y軸之期間。 第二旋轉角度範圍(h係設定於自(^1至36〇度之範圍。第 二旋轉角度範圍φ2之寬度(36〇〜φ9ι)正好與定向平面%之中As shown in the figure (4), the guide path 202 may be formed into a top semi-circular cross-sectional shape such that the back surface of the wafer 90 approaches the flat surface of the guide path 2〇2. Thereby, it is possible to focus on the outer periphery of the wafer 9 〇. The guiding path 202 can also be formed into a lower semi-circular cross-sectional shape, and the upper surface of the wafer is close to the bottom surface, and the back surface of the wafer 9 is focused. As shown in the figure (e), the guide path 2〇2 may be formed into a square shape. ° Gas introduction The member 2 is not limited to the removal treatment of an inorganic film that does not require heating, and may be applied to the removal treatment of a film that requires heating such as an organic film. At this time, as shown in Fig. 95, a radiant heating mechanism such as a laser heater 20 can be attached to the gas guiding member 2A. The irradiation unit 22 (irradiation portion) is fixed vertically downward on the gas guiding member 2''. The fiber optic cable 23 extends from the laser source 21 of the laser heater 20 and is optically coupled to the laser illumination unit 22. The laser irradiation unit 22 is disposed in the vicinity of the end of the gas guiding member 200 on the side of the introduction opening 202a. As shown in Fig. 96, the gas guide 103065.doc - 126 - 1284350 at the mounting position of the laser irradiation unit 22 is formed with a rounded portion 2 〇 3 on the upper side of the member 200. The upper end of the hole portion 2〇3 is open to the upper surface of the gas guiding member 200, and the lower end portion communicates with the upper end portion of the guiding path 202. A cylindrical light transmissive member 2〇4 is embedded in the hole portion 203. The light transmitting member 204 is made of a transparent material having high light transmittance such as quartz glass. The light transmitting member 204 is preferably a gas having resistance to ozone such as ozone resistance. The material of the light transmissive member 204 may be made of soda glass or other transparent glass, polycarbonate, acrylic or the like in addition to quartz glass. For example, quartz glass has excellent light transmittance, as confirmed in the experimental examples in Fig. 69 and the table. The upper end surface of the light transmitting member 204 is formed to be exposed in the same plane as the upper surface of the gas guiding member 2''. The lower end surface of the light transmitting member 2〇4 faces the upper end portion of the guiding path 2〇2. A laser irradiation unit 22 is disposed directly above the light transmitting member 204, and an emission window at the lower end of the laser irradiation unit 22 is opposed to the light transmitting member 204. The laser irradiation unit 22 and the light transmitting member 204 are disposed in such a manner that their center lines coincide with each other. The laser beam irradiated from the laser irradiation unit 22 to the immediately below is focused by the light transmitting member 204 and focused inside the guiding path 202. An ozonator 70 for a reactive gas supply source is connected to the introduction opening 202a of the gas guiding member 200. Instead of the ozonator 70, an oxygen plasma device can also be used. The direction of rotation of the stage 10 and further the wafer 90 (arrows in Fig. 95) coincides with the direction of gas flow in the guide path 202. The 5 Haishang structure is a laser from the laser source 21 through the fiber optic cable 23, 103065.doc -127-1284350 and from the ... single shot 22 to the cluster immediately below. The laser beam enters the inside of the guiding path 2〇2 through the light transmitting member 204, and is partially attached to one of the outer peripheral portions of the wafer 90 in the guiding path 2〇2. Thereby, the outer peripheral portion of the wafer is locally heated. At the same time, the ozone gas from the ozonizer 7 is introduced into the guiding path 202 from the introduction opening 2〇2a. By contacting the ozone with the above-mentioned local heating, it is possible to effectively remove an unnecessary film which is required to be heated, such as an organic film. Further, the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is heated at a position close to the upstream end of the guiding path 2〇2. Thereby, it can react fully with fresh ozone. Then, the heating portion moves toward the downstream side of the guiding path 2〇2 as the stage 10 rotates, and the temperature is maintained high for a while. Therefore, in addition to the portion on the upstream side of the guide path 2〇2, the intermediate portion and the downstream portion can also sufficiently react. This can actually improve the processing efficiency. In the case where the film on the back side of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90 is to be mainly removed, the laser irradiation unit 22 may be provided on the lower side of the gas guiding member 2, and the laser beam may be irradiated from the lower portion to the guiding path 202. Fig. 97 shows an embodiment in which a mechanism corresponding to a notch portion such as a groove of a wafer and an orientation flat is not provided. As shown in FIG. 101, the wafer 90 is formed in a disk shape. The size of the wafer 9 ( (radius 0 has various specifications. One part of the circular outer peripheral portion 91 of the wafer 90 has to be formed with a notch, and the notch portion forms an orientation flat 93. The size of the orientation flat 93 is based on SEMI and JEIDA specifications. It is decided that the orientation plane length L93 of the wafer such as r = 1 〇〇 mm is L93 = 55 mm to 60 mm. Therefore, the distance from the outer edge of the wafer to the central portion of the orientation flat 93 when the orientation plane 93 is not assumed is assumed. When the film 90 is formed into a film, the film 92 also reaches the edge of the orientation flat 93. As shown in Fig. 98, the wafer processing apparatus of the present embodiment is provided with a ··················匣31〇, robot arm 320, alignment unit 33〇 and processing unit 34〇. 匣3〇 contains the wafer to be processed 90. The robot arm 320 takes out the wafer 9〇 from the 31匣 (Fig. 98(4)) After passing through the alignment portion 33 (Fig. (b)), the wafer is transported to the processing portion 34 (Fig. (C)), and the processed wafer 90 is further returned to the crucible 31, but the drawings are omitted. The alignment portion 330 is provided with an alignment unit 331 and an alignment stage 332. As shown in Fig. 98 (4), the alignment stage 332 is formed into a disk shape, which can be in the middle. Rotating around the shaft. As shown in the figure (b), for alignment (centering), * the wafer 9 is temporarily placed on the alignment stage 332. σ is optically arranged in the alignment early το 331 Non-contact sensor, but detailed drawings are omitted. For example, the non-contact sensor is composed of a light projector that outputs a laser and a light receiver that receives a laser. The light projector and the light receiver are sandwiched from the upper and lower sides. It is disposed so as to be aligned with the outer peripheral portion 9〇a of the wafer 9() of the stage 332. The amount of light received by the light source is changed according to the ratio of the degree of protrusion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer. Therefore, the eccentricity of the wafer can be detected. Further, by measuring the portion where the amount of received light is not continuously changed, the orientation plane 9 3 (notch portion) can be detected. In addition to the core detecting portion, a "notch detecting portion" for detecting the orientation flat 93 (notch portion) is formed. The alignment portion 330 and the robot arm 32G constitute an "alignment mechanism". As shown in Fig. 97, the wafer is formed. The processing unit 340 of the processing device is provided with a processing stage 1G and a processing head 37Ge processing stage 1 () can be rotated around the vertical (rotation 103065.doc • 129· 1284350 axis to the axis). The rotary drive unit is provided with the encoder motor 342 on the processing stage 1 through the alignment portion 33. Aligned wafer 90 ° As shown in Fig. 97 and Fig. 98 (c), the processing head 37 is disposed on the x-axis (first axis) orthogonal to the two axes. Of course, the y-axis is along the processing stage 1 In the radial direction of the crucible, as shown in Fig. 97, a supply nozzle 375 having a dot shape is provided at the lower end portion of the processing head 37A. As shown in Fig. 99, the dot-shaped opening φ of the supply nozzle 375 is arranged on the 7-axis. As shown in Fig. 97, the base end portion of the supply nozzle 375 is connected to the ozonator 7 (the processing fluid supply source) via the fluid supply pipe 71. A plasma processing head having a pair of electrodes can also be used as the processing fluid supply source. In addition to the dry mode such as the ozonator and the plasma processing apparatus, a wet method in which the chemical is ejected from the supply nozzle 375 as a processing fluid can be used. In the dry type processing head 370, a suction nozzle for sucking the processed fluid (including by-products) is provided in the vicinity of the supply nozzle 375, but the drawings are omitted. The portion 1370 is connected to the mouth sound position adjustment mechanism 346. The nozzle position adjusting mechanism 346 includes a servo motor, a linear motion device, and the like, and the processing head 370 and the nozzle 375 are slid along the y-axis to perform position adjustment (see FIG. 99 (hook, (e) to (1)). Further, the supply nozzle 375 can be moved only along the 7-axis and restrained in other directions. The wafer to be processed has various sizes. The processing head 37 is matched with the size, and is adjusted in the 7-axis direction by the position adjusting mechanism 346. The position is arranged to face the wafer outer peripheral portion 90a. 103065.doc -130-1284350 Further, the position adjustment mechanism 346 is driven in synchronization with the rotation operation of the processing stage 10 by the control unit 350. The control unit 35 The memory has the information of the position and speed of the processing head 37 when the rotation angle of the stage 1 is to be processed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1 , the rotation angle of the stage 1 is processed. In the case of the first rotation angle range ', the position of the processing head 37 is fixed, and the fixed position is set. When the second rotation angle range is h, the processing head 370 is moved to set the direction and speed. At this time, the processing stage is processed. 1 〇 旋The rotation angle ' is set by observing the clockwise direction from the y-axis to the plane of the reference point 10p on the stage 10 indicated by the triangular symbol of Fig. 99. Further, the first rotation angle range φι is set at the self-twisting degree. It corresponds to the range of the rotation angle ^ of the central angle of the circular outer peripheral portion 91. The (four) degree range Φ ΐ corresponds to the period in which the circular outer peripheral portion 91 crosses the y-axis. The second rotation angle range (h is set at (1) To the range of 36 degrees. The width of the second rotation angle range φ2 (36〇~φ9ι) is exactly among the orientation plane %

心角φ93(參照圖101)-致。該角度範圍φ2對應於定向平面 93穿越y軸之期間。 第一旋轉角度範圍φ1中之供給噴嘴375之固定地點一 定於與晶圓90之半徑r大致相等之y轴上之地點(自旋轉轴盘又 晶圓90之半徑r實質上等距離離開之地點)。該地點與圓开; 外周部9 1之y軸穿越地點重疊。 ’ 第二旋轉角度範圍㈣以前半部沿¥y軸而向 (接近旋轉軸z之方向)移動’並在第二角度範圍φ2之正料 間點反轉’後半部沿著y轴而向正方向(自旋轉轴 103065.doc -131 - 1284350 方向)移動之方式設定。移動速度V,於處理載台1〇之旋轉 速度為ω1()時,前半部與後半部均設定成: ν~(2χάχω〇)/ φ93 (= (2xdxQi〇xr)/L93)…式(1) 此時,d係定向平面93之深度d,[η係長度(參照圖ι〇ι)如 式(1)所示,移動速度v(圖1〇〇中之坡度)設定成與處理載台 1〇之旋轉速度ωΐ()成正比。 上述例不之半徑Fi00 mm,定向平面長L93 = 55 mm〜6〇 mm之規格之晶圓情況下,轉數約為丨 圍㈣理頭速度v約為V吐5mm/秒〜以職/秒疋。轉角度乾 以具備上述定向平面對應機構之晶圓處理裝置除去晶圓 90外周部之不需要之膜92c時,如圖98⑷及⑻所示,將須 處理之晶圓90以機器手臂32()自E31()中取出,而放置於對 準載台332上。此時,通常晶圓對對準載台332偏芯,而 存在自載口 332之突出量最大處a與最小處㈣差⑽度。在 邊狀恕下對準載台332旋轉—次,此時,藉由對準單元如 之非接觸感測器檢測上述最大突出處a與其突出量及最小 犬出處b與其犬出量。具體而言’係將晶圓外周部90a以上 述投光器與受光器自上下夾著,來計測受光量之最小值盥 最域’&此時載台332之旋轉角度。同時,藉由計測受 iL不Λ續地驟增時之载台332之旋轉角度,亦檢測定向 之核。亚依據該計測結果,以機器手臂似進 晶圓9 0之定心(對乘、介 田办 丰)亦即,僅使晶圓90對載台332自上述 最大犬出處向最小突出虛 突出…之距:。移動了 ^ 離移動時可移動晶圓9〇’亦可移動載 103065.doc -132- 1284350 台332。此外,與此同時’將定向平面%朝向指定之方 向0 其次,如圖98⑷所示,以機器手臂32〇將上述晶圓9〇搬 運至處理部340,並設置於處理載台⑺上。由於該晶圓9〇 經過上述對準操作,因此可使處理載台1()與中心正確地__ 致0 另外,亦可將晶圓90自匣310直接搬運至處理載台1〇, 在该處理載台1G上進行與上述相同之對準(定心)。如此可 省略對準載台332。 上述晶圓90設定至處理載Μ叫,除使處理載㈣與中 心-致之外,還將定向平面93朝向指定之方向。如圖剛 及圖99⑷所示,本實施形態係將定向平面以左端部93a 朝向處理載台10之某進^ . 心丞早點l〇p之方向。該處理載台1〇之基 準點10p在初期狀態(開始處理時)係配置於7軸上。 繼續,如圖99⑷所示,藉由位置調整機構346,將處理The heart angle φ93 (refer to Fig. 101) is caused. This angular range φ2 corresponds to the period during which the orientation plane 93 traverses the y-axis. The fixed position of the supply nozzle 375 in the first rotation angle range φ1 must be at a position on the y-axis substantially equal to the radius r of the wafer 90 (the distance from the rotating shaft and the radius r of the wafer 90 is substantially equidistantly separated) ). The location is rounded; the y-axis crossing point of the outer peripheral portion 9 1 overlaps. 'Second rotation angle range (4) The previous half moves along the ¥y axis (in the direction of the rotation axis z) and reverses between the intersections of the second angle range φ2. The latter half is positive along the y axis. The setting of the direction (the direction of the rotation axis 103065.doc -131 - 1284350) is set. When the rotation speed of the processing stage 1 is ω1(), the first half and the second half are set to: ν~(2χάχω〇)/φ93 (= (2xdxQi〇xr)/L93)...(1) At this time, the d is the depth d of the orientation flat 93, [the η length (see Fig. 1) is as shown in the formula (1), and the moving speed v (the slope in Fig. 1) is set to be the processing stage. The rotation speed ωΐ() of 1〇 is proportional. In the case of a wafer with a radius of Fi00 mm and an orientation plane length of L93 = 55 mm to 6 mm, the number of revolutions is approximately 丨 (4). The head speed v is about V vent 5 mm/sec~ job/sec. Hey. When the wafer processing apparatus having the above-described orientation flat corresponding mechanism is used to remove the unnecessary film 92c of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer 90, as shown in Figs. 98 (4) and (8), the wafer 90 to be processed is machine arm 32 (). It is taken out from E31() and placed on the alignment stage 332. At this time, usually, the wafer is aligned with the alignment stage 332, and the maximum amount of protrusion a from the load port 332 is a difference (10) from the minimum (four). The gantry 332 is rotated one by one while being edged, and at this time, the maximum protrusion a and its protrusion amount and the minimum dog exit b and the amount of the dog are detected by the aligning unit such as the non-contact sensor. Specifically, the wafer outer peripheral portion 90a and the light receiver are sandwiched from above and below, and the minimum value of the received light amount 盥 the most region & the rotation angle of the stage 332 at this time is measured. At the same time, the nucleus of the orientation is also detected by measuring the angle of rotation of the stage 332 when the iL is not continuously increased. According to the measurement result, the centering of the robot arm into the wafer 90 (the pairing, the introduction of the field), that is, only the wafer 90 on the stage 332 from the above-mentioned maximum dog outlet to the minimum protrusion virtual highlight... Distance: Moved away from moving the wafer 9〇' can also move 103065.doc -132-1284350 332. At the same time, the orientation plane % is oriented toward the designated direction. Next, as shown in Fig. 98 (4), the wafer 9 is transported to the processing unit 340 by the robot arm 32, and is placed on the processing stage (7). Since the wafer 9 is subjected to the above alignment operation, the processing stage 1() and the center can be correctly __0, and the wafer 90 can be directly transported from the cassette 310 to the processing stage 1 The same alignment (centering) as described above is performed on the processing stage 1G. Thus, the alignment stage 332 can be omitted. The wafer 90 is set to handle the squeak, and the orientation plane 93 is oriented toward the designated direction in addition to the processing load (four) and center. As shown in Fig. 99 and Fig. 99 (4), in the present embodiment, the orientation plane is oriented in the direction in which the left end portion 93a faces the processing stage 10. The reference point 10p of the processing stage 1 is placed on the 7-axis in an initial state (at the start of processing). Continuing, as shown in FIG. 99 (4), the processing will be performed by the position adjustment mechanism 346.

頭370配合晶圓9G之尺寸而在y軸方向上位置調整。藉此, 使供給贺嘴3 7 5與晶圓外周部9 〇相科而罢 固丨周砟y〇a相對配置。本實施形態係 相對配置於由定向早# Jirr η,Λ r-n 十面蝠邛93a與圓形外周部91構成之角 部分。 而後,將臭氧化器70生成 頭370,並自供給噴嘴375喷 90a,與不需要之膜92C產生 92c 〇 之臭氧經由管71而供給至處理 出。該臭氧噴射至晶圓外周部 反應。藉此可除去不需要之膜 與該喷射臭氧之同時 使處理載台10以編碼器馬達342 103065.doc -133 - 1284350 在紋轉車Mz軸)之周圍以一定轉數旋轉。該旋轉方向如圖 99(a)之箭頭所不’形成平面觀察順時鐘方向。藉此,晶圓 90如該圖之⑷〜⑴巾依循時間所示地旋轉,臭氧噴射部位 在周方向上依序轉移,而可在周方向上依序除去晶圓外周 4 90a之不需要之膜92。。該圖⑻〜⑴中,晶圓外周部術之 帶狀斜線部分表示除去不需要之膜仏後之部分。 進步詳述該不需要之膜之除去步驟。 φ 上述控制部350依據相當於上述圖100之設定資料,與處 理載台10之旋轉同步地驅動位置調整機構346,來位置調 整處理頭370進而供給喷嘴375。亦即如圖⑽所示,處理 載台10之旋轉角度為範圍吣時,將供給喷嘴375預先固定 於y軸上與晶圓90之半徑^大致相等之地點。藉此,如圖 99(a)〜(e)所示,圓形外周部91穿越y軸之期間中,可使供 給噴嘴375正確地朝向圓形外周部…。因而可確實喷射臭 氧至圓形外周部91,而可確實除去圓形外周部91之不需要 • 之膜92c。而後,處理完成部分隨著旋轉而在圓形外周部 91之周方向上延伸,而後如圖99(e)所示,圓形外周部…之 王邛區域處理結束,定向平面93之右端部93b到達供給喷 嘴375之位置。此時旋轉角度範圍自抝切換成 士囷100所示,方疋轉角度範圍Φ2之前半部將處理頭37〇進 而t、…喷嘴375以上述式(1)之速度v向接近處理載台1〇之方 向移動。另外,如圖99(e)〜(g)所示,此時定向平面”之右 側部分穿越y軸,其穿越地點隨著旋轉而向旋轉轴(z轴)之 側偏移。該穿越地點之變動與上述供給喷嘴375之移動大 103065.doc -134- 1284350 致一致。藉此,可使供給喷嘴375始終沿著定向平㈣右 側部分之緣,而可確實除去該部分之不需要n 如圖100所示’旋轉角度範圍φ2之正好中間點之供給噴 嘴375’自上述Κ料周部91處料之位置⑽之大致犷之 地點),向處理載台10移動與定向平面93之深度物同量程 度。此時如圖99(g)所示,定向平面93與又軸正交,定向平 面93之正好中間部穿越y軸上之㈣之地點。因此,供給 籲喷嘴375與定向平面93之中間部位置一致,可確實除去定 向平面93中間部之不需要之膜92e。 如圖100所示,在旋轉角度範圍φ2之中間點反轉供給喷 嘴375之移動方向,旋轉角度範圍^之後半部自處理載台 1〇向遠離之方向移動’移動速度與前半部相同大小(上: 式⑴之速度V)。此時如圖99(g)〜⑴所示,定向平面93之左 側部分穿越y軸’其穿越地點隨著旋轉而向丫軸之正方向偏 移。該穿越地點之變動與上述供給喷嘴375之移動大致一 •致。藉此,可使供給噴嘴375始終沿著定向平面%左侧部 刀之緣而可確實除去該部分之不需要之膜92c。 如此’除晶圓90之圓形外周部91外,亦包含定向平面% 之外周全部區域均可確實除去其T需要之膜92c。 曰99⑴所示,紅轉角度正好為360度時,供給喷嘴3 75 回到當初之位置。 不而要之膜除去處理後之晶圓9〇,以機器手臂自處 理載台1 0取出,而送回匣3 1 〇。 該晶圓處理裝置藉由使處理頭37〇在7軸方向上滑動,除 103065.doc -135- 1284350 可對應於晶圓90之尺寸外’亦可對應於定向平面93之處 理。因此,處理部340之全體驅動系統只則個滑動㈣轴) 與1個旋轉軸(z軸)之兩轴即可,而可謀求簡化構造。 對準時,預先將定向平面93朝向處理載台ig之指定方向 l〇P,藉由與處理載台10之旋轉同步,位置調整供給嗔嘴 375,結果供給喷嘴375可沿著定向平_,即使不虚不需 要之膜除去處理同時檢測定向平面93來反鎖亦可, 化控制。 1 如圖1〇2所示,亦可以在圖上描緣圓弧之方式,在旋轉 角度範圍φ2之前半部逐漸降低,在後半部逐漸提高定向平The head 370 is positionally adjusted in the y-axis direction in accordance with the size of the wafer 9G. Thereby, the supply of the mouthpiece 375 is arranged in opposition to the outer peripheral portion of the wafer, and is disposed opposite to each other. This embodiment is disposed opposite to the corner portion formed by the orientation early # Jirr η, Λ r-n octagonal manta ray 93a and the circular outer peripheral portion 91. Then, the ozonator 70 is sprayed to the head 370, and is sprayed 90a from the supply nozzle 375, and ozone which generates 92c from the unnecessary film 92C is supplied to the processing via the tube 71. The ozone is injected to the outer peripheral portion of the wafer for reaction. Thereby, the unnecessary film can be removed and the processing stage 10 can be rotated by a certain number of revolutions around the encoder motor 342 103065.doc -133 - 1284350 around the Mz axis. The direction of rotation is as shown by the arrow in Fig. 99(a). Thereby, the wafer 90 is rotated as shown in (4) to (1) of the figure according to the time, and the ozone ejection portion is sequentially transferred in the circumferential direction, and the unnecessary outer periphery of the wafer 4 90a can be sequentially removed in the circumferential direction. Membrane 92. . In the figures (8) to (1), the hatched portion of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer indicates the portion after the unnecessary film defect is removed. The progress details the removal step of the unwanted film. φ The control unit 350 drives the position adjustment mechanism 346 in synchronization with the rotation of the processing stage 10 in accordance with the setting data corresponding to the above-described Fig. 100, and the position adjustment processing head 370 further supplies the nozzle 375. That is, as shown in Fig. 10, when the rotation angle of the processing stage 10 is in the range 吣, the supply nozzle 375 is fixed in advance to a position on the y-axis which is substantially equal to the radius ^ of the wafer 90. Thereby, as shown in Figs. 99(a) to (e), during the period in which the circular outer peripheral portion 91 passes through the y-axis, the supply nozzle 375 can be accurately directed toward the circular outer peripheral portion. Therefore, it is possible to surely eject the ozone to the circular outer peripheral portion 91, and it is possible to surely remove the unnecessary film 92c of the circular outer peripheral portion 91. Then, the processing completion portion extends in the circumferential direction of the circular outer peripheral portion 91 with the rotation, and then, as shown in Fig. 99 (e), the processing of the king's outer circumference of the circular outer peripheral portion is finished, and the right end portion 93b of the orientation flat 93 It reaches the position of the supply nozzle 375. At this time, the rotation angle range is switched from the 成 to the gentry 100, and the front half of the rotation angle range Φ2 is the processing head 37 〇 and then the nozzle 375 approaches the processing stage 1 at the speed v of the above formula (1). Move in the direction of 〇. Further, as shown in Figs. 99(e) to (g), the right side portion of the orientation plane at this time traverses the y-axis, and the crossing point thereof is shifted toward the side of the rotation axis (z-axis) with the rotation. The variation coincides with the movement of the above-mentioned supply nozzle 375 by 103065.doc -134-1284350. Thereby, the supply nozzle 375 can always be along the edge of the right side of the orientation flat (four), and the portion of the supply portion 375 can be surely removed. The supply nozzle 375' at the midpoint of the 'rotation angle range φ2' shown at 100 is moved from the position of the material (10) at the material peripheral portion 91 to the processing stage 10 and is moved to the depth of the orientation plane 93. At this time, as shown in Fig. 99(g), the orientation flat 93 is orthogonal to the parallel axis, and the just middle portion of the orientation flat 93 passes through the position of (4) on the y-axis. Therefore, the supply nozzle 375 and the orientation flat 93 are The intermediate portion is in the same position, and the unnecessary film 92e at the intermediate portion of the orientation flat 93 can be surely removed. As shown in Fig. 100, the moving direction of the supply nozzle 375 is reversed at the intermediate point of the rotation angle range φ2, and the rotation angle range is the second half. Self-handling stage 1 away from Moving to the 'moving speed is the same as the first half (top: speed V of equation (1)). At this time, as shown in Fig. 99(g) to (1), the left side of the orientation plane 93 crosses the y-axis' It is offset in the positive direction of the x-axis. The movement of the passing point is substantially the same as the movement of the supply nozzle 375. Thereby, the supply nozzle 375 can be surely removed along the edge of the left side of the orientation plane %. The portion of the film 92c is not required. In addition to the circular outer peripheral portion 91 of the wafer 90, the entire surface of the outer surface including the orientation plane % can be surely removed from the film 92c required for T. 曰99(1), red turn When the angle is exactly 360 degrees, the supply nozzle 3 75 returns to the original position. The unnecessary film is removed from the processed wafer 9 〇, and the robot arm is taken out from the processing stage 10 and returned to the 匣 3 1 〇. The wafer processing apparatus can also process corresponding to the orientation plane 93 by sliding the processing head 37 in the 7-axis direction, except that 103065.doc -135-1284350 can correspond to the size of the wafer 90. Therefore, the processing is performed. The entire drive system of the part 340 is only one sliding (four) axis) and 1 The two axes of the rotation axis (z axis) are sufficient, and the structure can be simplified. In the alignment, the orientation plane 93 is oriented in advance in the specified direction l〇P of the processing stage ig, in synchronization with the rotation of the processing stage 10, The position adjustment is supplied to the nozzle 375, and as a result, the supply nozzle 375 can be aligned along the orientation, and even if the film removal process is not required, the orientation plane 93 can be detected to be locked, and the control can be performed. 1 As shown in FIG. You can draw the arc on the graph, gradually reduce the half before the rotation angle range φ2, and gradually increase the orientation flat in the second half.

面處理期間之旋轉角廣蘇圖A 锝角度靶圍杞中之處理頭370進而供給噴 鳴375之移動速度。藉此, 、 ^ 使處理碩P0之移動與定向平 面93之弟一軸牙越地點之變一 . ^ L 廼步一致,可使供給噴嘴 375更確κ地沿著定向平面%之緣。 該裝置於晶圓外周之缺口部 ^ ^ ^ 1馬凹槽時亦可對應。 供給喷嘴可在第一軸方向上 須移動。 月動即可,處理頭之全體無 高溫下處理率提高情況下, 位之加熱器。該加熱器須為#由:置局^加熱處理中之部 接觸加熱器。另外,可在虛 …、态4之非 部吸熱而冷卻之吸熱機構。 丨叹置自曰曰囡中央 處理用流體並不限定於臭氧氣體, 之膜質及濕式或乾式等處 /不而要之膜92c 體甚至液體。 ^ 、切選擇各種成分之氣 103065.doc -136- 1284350 顯示於圖103〜圖105之裝置,係將χ軸作為配置處理頭 370之第一轴。如圖103所示,供給噴嘴375藉由位置調整 機構346而在χ轴上位置調整。 如圖104所示,在y軸上配置有晶圓外周位置計測器 34i。晶圓外周位置計測器341在藉由圖上未顯示之進退機 構而向接近旋轉軸Z之方向前進之測定位置(圖1〇5(a)中之 實線)’與向自旋轉軸z遠離之方向後退之後退位置(圖 | 105(a)中之假設線)之間,可在y軸上進退。 晶圓外周位置計測器341由光學式之非接觸感測器構 成,不過詳細圖式省略。如該非接觸感測器係由:輪出雷 射之投光II,與接收雷射之受光器構成。此等投光器與: 光器係以自上下夾著配置於載台1〇上之晶圓9〇之外周部 90a之方式配置。並依晶圓外周部之突出程度之比率遮蔽 來自投光器之雷射光,而受光器之受光量變化。藉此,可 檢測晶圓外周部之位置(進一步檢測晶圓之偏芯量)。 • 圖104及圖105中,晶圓外周之定向平面及凹槽之圖式省 略。 如圖104所示,該裝置中未設置對準機構33〇。 控制部350進行如下之控制操作(參照圖1〇6之流程圖)。 如圖104(a)所示,以機器手臂32〇自匣31〇取出須處理之 晶圓9〇(步驟1〇1),如該圖⑻所示,設置、吸著於载台1〇 上(步驟102)。由於未經過對準操作,因此,通常晶圓%對 載台1〇有若干偏芯。 其次,開始載台10之旋轉(步驟1〇3)。旋轉方向如圖 103065.doc -137- 1284350 1〇5(a)之箭頭曲線所示,如平面觀察形成順時鐘方向。因 此,沿著旋轉方向,離開90度而在上游側配置晶圓外周位 置計測器341,在下游侧配置處理頭37〇。 此外,如圖105(a)之空心箭頭所示,使晶圓外周位置計 測器341沿著y軸而自後退位置前進至計測位置(步驟1〇句, 並且使處理頭370沿著X轴自後退位置前進至處理執行位置 (步驟105)。 繼續,藉由晶圓外周位置計測器341計測晶圓外周部9〇a 之y軸上之穿越地點(步驟11〇)。如後述,在該步驟11〇中, 於載台10之旋轉周期之4分之!周期前計算晶圓外周部9〇a 穿越X軸各時刻之地點。 其次,經過步驟111之判斷而進入步驟112,藉由位置調 整機構346,使處理頭370之供給喷嘴375位於與上述步驟 110中之y軸穿越地點計測值相同值之χ軸上之地點。且將 使供給喷嘴375位於其地點之時間作為步驟11〇之4分之1周 期後、如圖105(a)所示,步驟11〇之計測值為y軸之 時,如圖105(b)所示,使其4分之丨周期後之供給噴嘴375位 於χ軸上之ri[mm]之地點。藉此,晶圓外周部9〇a中,於步 驟110時穿越y軸之處旋轉90度而穿越χ軸時,可使其X軸穿 越處上設置供給喷嘴375。由於有4分之丨周期部分之時間 性餘裕,因此可確實進行反饋處理。 晶圓外周位置計測器341與控制部350構成「對第一軸卄 算晶圓外周部穿越各時刻之地點之計算部」。 另外’圖105⑷’(b) ’⑷,⑷係依序顯示各*分之1周 103065.doc -138- 1284350 期之狀態者,該圖(b)〜(d)中,假射線之晶圓%係分別顯示 4分之1周期前之狀態者。 同時,經由管71,將臭氧化器7〇之臭氧氣體供給至處理 頭370,而自供給噴嘴375喷出(步驟113)。藉此,可將臭氧 喷射至晶圓外周部90a之X軸穿越處,可除去該處之不需要 之膜92c。該臭氧開始噴出之步驟113僅在初次之流程進 行,而後繼續執行臭氧噴出。 φ 而後回到步驟11 〇,計測晶圓外周部90a之y軸穿越地 點(步驟110),依據該計測結果,反覆進行4分之丨周期後之 供給喷嘴375之位置調整(步驟112)之操作。 藉此,如圖105(a)〜(e)中依循時間所示,可隨著晶圓9〇 之旋轉,而在周方向上依序除去晶圓外周部9〇a之不需要 之膜92c。該圖(b)〜(幻中,晶圓外周部9〇a之帶狀斜線部分 表示除去不需要之膜92c後之部分。 即使晶圓90偏芯,仍可配合其外周部9〇a之輪廓位置調 •整供給嘴嘴375,可確實除去不需要之膜92c。因此,無須 •又置偏心修正用之對準機構,而可謀$簡化裝置構造。此 外,將晶圓90自匿310取出後,不經過對準機構,而可直 接配置於載台10,可立即進行不需要物質除去處理,可省 略不而要物貝除去丽之對準操作,因此可縮短全體之處理 時間。 且由於與各k刻計异X軸穿越地點之同時,進行供給噴 嘴375之位置調整及噴出臭氧氣體,因此可進一步縮短處 理時間。 103065.doc -139- 1284350 而後’自步驟113之開始嘴出氣體時,晶圓90旋轉1次, :曰圓外周部,之周方向全部區域之不需要膜除去處理結 束(參照圖105(e))。 夺在步驟111之「是否晶圓全周處理結束?」之判 斷中,判斷為「是」。 藉此,停止自供給噴嘴375噴出臭氧氣體(步驟12〇)。 而後,如圖105(e)所示,使處理頭37〇後退至後退位置 ·(步驟121),並且使晶圓外周位置計測器341後退至後退位 置(步驟12 2)。 此外,停止載台10之旋轉(步驟123)。 而後,解除載台10對晶圓9〇之吸著夾住(步驟124)。 而後,以機器手臂320自載台10搬出晶圓90(步驟125), 並送回匣310(步驟126)。 晶圓外周位置計測器341係自供給喷嘴向載台之旋轉方 向上游側偏差90度配置,不過並不限定於9〇度,亦可比其 φ 更大角度偏差,亦可小角度偏差。 藉由晶圓外周位置計測器341檢測晶圓之定向平面及凹 槽等缺口部’來計算其X軸穿越地點時,亦可進行缺口部 之緣之處理。 顯示於圖106之流程圖之控制動作,係與晶圓外周部9〇a 之位置計算同時進行噴嘴位置調整及氣體喷出,不過如圖 107之流程圖所示,亦可在晶圓外周部9〇a之全周之位置計 算全部結束後,進行喷嘴位置調整及氣體喷出。 亦即,圖107中,係在步驟1〇4及步驟105之晶圓外周位 103065.doc -140- 1284350The rotation angle during the surface treatment is wide. The processing head 370 in the angle target cofferdam is further supplied with the moving speed of the squealing 375. Thereby, ^, the movement of the processing P0 and the orientation of the orientation plane 93 are changed to one point. ^ L is the same step, so that the supply nozzle 375 can be more surely κ along the edge of the orientation plane. The device can also correspond to a recess in the outer circumference of the wafer. The supply nozzle must be moved in the direction of the first axis. It can be used at the end of the month, and the whole of the processing head has no high temperature treatment rate, and the heater is located. The heater must be in contact with the heater during the heat treatment. In addition, the heat absorbing mechanism can absorb heat and cool in the non-portion of the virtual state. The sigh is placed in the center of the processing fluid and is not limited to the ozone gas, the film quality and the wet or dry type, or the film 92c or even the liquid. ^, cutting the gas of various components 103065.doc -136- 1284350 The device shown in Figs. 103 to 105 is the first axis of the configuration processing head 370. As shown in Fig. 103, the supply nozzle 375 is positionally adjusted on the x-axis by the position adjustment mechanism 346. As shown in Fig. 104, a wafer peripheral position measuring device 34i is disposed on the y-axis. The wafer peripheral position measuring device 341 moves toward the measurement position (solid line in FIG. 1A(5)) that is advanced in the direction approaching the rotation axis Z by the advance/retract mechanism not shown in the drawing, and is away from the rotation axis z. The direction between the backward and backward positions (the assumed line in Fig. 105(a)) can advance and retreat on the y-axis. The wafer peripheral position measuring device 341 is constituted by an optical non-contact sensor, but the detailed drawings are omitted. For example, the non-contact sensor is composed of: a light-emitting diode II that rotates out of the laser, and a light-receiver that receives the laser. These light projectors and the optical device are disposed so as to sandwich the outer peripheral portion 90a of the wafer 9 disposed on the stage 1 from the upper and lower sides. The laser light from the light projector is shielded according to the degree of protrusion of the outer periphery of the wafer, and the amount of light received by the light receiver changes. Thereby, the position of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer can be detected (further detecting the amount of eccentricity of the wafer). • In Figures 104 and 105, the pattern of the orientation plane and the groove on the outer circumference of the wafer is omitted. As shown in Fig. 104, the alignment mechanism 33 is not provided in the apparatus. The control unit 350 performs the following control operations (see the flowchart of FIGS. 1 and 6). As shown in Fig. 104 (a), the wafer to be processed 9 〇 is taken out from the robot arm 32 (step 1 〇 1), and as shown in the figure (8), it is placed and sucked on the stage 1 (Step 102). Since the alignment operation is not performed, the wafer % usually has a plurality of eccentricities on the stage 1 . Next, the rotation of the stage 10 is started (step 1〇3). The direction of rotation is shown in the arrow curve of Fig. 103065.doc -137- 1284350 1〇5(a), and the clockwise direction is formed as viewed in plan. Therefore, the wafer outer peripheral position measuring device 341 is disposed on the upstream side and the processing head 37 is disposed on the downstream side, 90 degrees apart in the rotational direction. Further, as shown by the open arrow in FIG. 105(a), the wafer outer peripheral position measuring device 341 is advanced from the retracted position to the measurement position along the y-axis (step 1 〇, and the processing head 370 is self-aligned along the X-axis. The retracted position proceeds to the processing execution position (step 105). Continuing, the wafer outer peripheral position measuring device 341 measures the crossing point on the y-axis of the wafer outer peripheral portion 9A (step 11A). As will be described later, in this step In the 11th step, the rotation period of the stage 10 is 4 minutes. Before the cycle, the position of the outer peripheral portion 9〇a of the wafer crossing the X-axis is calculated. Next, after the judgment of step 111, the process proceeds to step 112, where the position is adjusted. The mechanism 346 causes the supply nozzle 375 of the processing head 370 to be located at the position on the x-axis which is the same value as the y-axis crossing point measurement value in the above step 110. The time at which the supply nozzle 375 is located at its place is taken as step 11 After one cycle, as shown in Fig. 105 (a), when the measured value of step 11 is the y-axis, as shown in Fig. 105 (b), the supply nozzle 375 is placed after the cycle of 4 minutes. The position of the ri [mm] on the shaft. Thereby, in the outer peripheral portion 9a of the wafer, in step 110 When it is rotated 90 degrees across the y-axis and crosses the x-axis, the supply nozzle 375 can be placed at the X-axis crossing point. Since there is a time margin of the cycle portion of 4 minutes, the feedback processing can be surely performed. The outer peripheral position measuring device 341 and the control unit 350 constitute a "calculation unit that calculates the position where the outer peripheral portion of the wafer passes through each time point for the first axis." Further, 'Fig. 105(4)'(b) '(4), (4) sequentially displays each * In the state of 103065.doc -138- 1284350 for one week, in the graphs (b) to (d), the % of wafers of the dummy rays are respectively displayed before the period of one-fourth of a cycle. Meanwhile, via the tube 71 The ozone gas of the ozonator 7 is supplied to the processing head 370, and is ejected from the supply nozzle 375 (step 113). Thereby, ozone can be ejected to the X-axis crossing portion of the wafer outer peripheral portion 90a, and the ozone can be removed. The unnecessary film 92c is used. The step 113 of starting the ozone discharge is performed only in the initial flow, and then the ozone discharge is continued. φ Then, returning to the step 11 〇, the y-axis crossing point of the wafer outer peripheral portion 90a is measured (step 110). ), based on the measurement result, after repeating the 4th cycle The operation of the position adjustment (step 112) of the supply nozzle 375. Thereby, as shown by the time in FIG. 105 (a) to (e), the wafer 9 依 can be rotated in the circumferential direction. The unnecessary film 92c of the outer peripheral portion 9a of the wafer is removed. In the figure (b) to (the phantom, the hatched portion of the outer peripheral portion 9a of the wafer indicates a portion after removing the unnecessary film 92c. Even if the crystal The circular 90 eccentricity can still be adjusted with the contour position of the outer peripheral portion 9〇a to adjust the supply nozzle 375, and the unnecessary film 92c can be surely removed. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide an alignment mechanism for eccentricity correction. Try to simplify the structure of the device. Further, after the wafer 90 is taken out from the hiding 310, it can be directly placed on the stage 10 without passing through the alignment mechanism, and the unnecessary substance removal processing can be performed immediately, and the alignment operation of the object can be omitted. Therefore, the overall processing time can be shortened. Further, since the position of the supply nozzle 375 is adjusted and the ozone gas is ejected at the same time as the X-axis crossing point, the processing time can be further shortened. 103065.doc -139- 1284350 Then, when the gas is discharged from the beginning of the step 113, the wafer 90 is rotated once, and the outer peripheral portion of the circle is rounded, and the unnecessary film removal process is completed in all the circumferential directions (refer to Fig. 105 (e )). In the judgment of "Is the wafer full-cycle processing completed?" in step 111, the judgment is "Yes". Thereby, the discharge of the ozone gas from the supply nozzle 375 is stopped (step 12A). Then, as shown in Fig. 105(e), the processing head 37 is retracted to the retracted position (step 121), and the wafer outer peripheral position measuring device 341 is moved back to the retreating position (step 12 2). Further, the rotation of the stage 10 is stopped (step 123). Then, the stage 10 is released from the suction of the wafer 9 (step 124). Then, the robot arm 320 carries the wafer 90 from the stage 10 (step 125), and returns to the crucible 310 (step 126). The wafer outer circumferential position measuring device 341 is disposed 90 degrees from the supply nozzle to the upstream side in the rotation direction of the stage. However, the wafer outer circumferential position measuring device 341 is not limited to 9 degrees, and may have a larger angular deviation than φ or a small angle deviation. When the wafer outer circumferential position measuring device 341 detects the notch portion of the wafer and the notch portion such as the groove to calculate the X-axis crossing point, the edge of the notch portion can be processed. The control operation shown in the flowchart of Fig. 106 performs nozzle position adjustment and gas ejection simultaneously with the position calculation of the outer peripheral portion 9〇a of the wafer, but as shown in the flow chart of Fig. 107, it may be on the outer periphery of the wafer. After the position calculation of the entire circumference of 9〇a is completed, the nozzle position adjustment and the gas ejection are performed. That is, in FIG. 107, the wafer outer periphery in steps 1〇4 and 105 is 103065.doc -140-1284350

料:器341與處理頭37G之位置設定後,在載台職轉i -人之期間,藉由晶圓外周位置計測器341計測晶圓外周部 90a在y軸上之穿越地點,而獲得晶圓外周部9(^全周之位 置=料(步驟115)。亦即,獲得對應於載台1〇之旋轉角度之 晶圓外周部9〇3之7軸穿越地點之資料。將該資料偏差9〇度 時,即成為對應於載台1〇之旋轉角度之(各時刻之)晶圓外 周部9()α2χ軸穿越地點之計算資料。將該計算資料預先記 憶於上述控制部350之記憶體中。 θ另外,上述計算資料,亦可計算晶圓90對載台1〇之偏芯 置與偏芯方向,而使用該偏芯資料來取代全周之位置資 料。亦即’藉由步驟1()1中將晶圓9G放置於載台1()時之誤 差產生之偏芯,如圖104(b)所示,晶圓外周部90a中存在自 載台1〇之突出量最大處&與最小處匕偏移18〇度。以晶圓外 周位置相器341檢測該最大突出處a與其突出量及最小突 出處b與其突出量。自最小突出處b向最大突出處a之方向 即:偏芯方向,最大突出處a之突出量與最小突出❺之突 出里之差之2分之i即係偏芯量。依據該偏芯資料與晶圓卯 之半裣貝料,可計算對應於载台1〇之旋轉角度之(各時刻 之)晶圓外周部9〇a之X軸穿越地點。 而後,進入步驟U6,依據上述計算資料,以位置調整 機構346在X軸方向上位置調整處理頭370進而供給喷嘴 3/5。亦即,依據載台10之旋轉角度,在其旋轉角度中晶 圓9〇之X軸穿越之計算地點設置供給喷嘴375。與該位置調 整同時’自供給噴嘴375喷出臭氧。藉此,不論晶圓9〇之 103065.doc -141 - !284350 偏芯為何,均可噴射臭氧至晶圓外周部90a之x軸穿越處, 而了確實除去該處之不需要之膜92 c。 曰曰圓90旋轉1次之前持續進行該步驟116之喷嘴位置調 整及噴出臭氧。藉此,涵蓋晶圓外周部之周方向全部 :域可除去不需要之膜92c。藉此在步驟ιΐ7之「是否晶 圓全周處理結束?」之判斷中判斷為「yes」。 而後之步驟與圖1〇6相同(步驟120〜126)。 (產業上之利用可行性) 本發月如可利用於半導體晶圓之製程及液晶顯示基板之 製程中除去外周之不需要之膜。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖係·4示本發明第一種實施形態之基材外周處理裝 置,且係沿著圖2之W線之正面剖面圖。 圖2係上述裝置之平面圖。 圖係放大顯示上述裝置之膜除去處理部分之正面剖面 圖。 圖(a)係.、、、員示藉由與圖丨相同之裝置,測定對於自晶圓外 端緣之被加熱部位附近向徑方向内侧之距離之晶圓溫度之 實驗例結果圖。 圖4(b)係顯不將比⑷接近被加熱部位之位置(非常接近 被加熱部位)作為橫軸之原點之測定溫度圖。 圖5係顯示藉由與圖1相同之裝置,測定對於自晶圓外端 緣之被加熱#位近旁向徑方向内側之距離之晶圓溫度之其 他實驗例結果圖。 103065.doc -142- 1284350 圖6係吸熱機構之改變態樣之載台之解說正面圖。 圖7係吸熱機構之改變態樣之載台之解說正面圖。 圖8係吸熱機構之改變態樣之載台之解說平面圖。 圖9係顯示載台之吸熱機構之改變態樣之解說平面圖。 圖10(a)係吸熱機構之改變態樣之載台之解說平面圖。 圖10(b)係圖10(a)之載台之解說正面圖。 圖11係吸熱機構使用派耳帖元件之改變態樣之載台之解 說正面圖。 圖12係僅在外周區域設有吸熱機構之載台之平面圖。 圖13係圖12之載台等之解說側面圖。 圖14係放大顯示晶圓外周之凹槽周邊之平面圖,(a)顯示 將雷射照射單元之照射點徑保持一定來處理之情況,(b)_ 示在凹槽之位置擴大照射點徑之狀態,(e)顯示(b)之處理 後之狀態。 圖1 5係顯示將雷射照射單元之焦點對準晶圓外周上,將 φ 照射點徑形成1 mm進行處理之狀態之解說正面圖。 圖16係顯示雷射照射單元在晶圓外周上之照射點徑為 3mm之方式調整焦點處理之狀態之解說正面圖。 圖17係解說將雷射照射單元在晶圓之半徑方向微小滑 動’以對應於比照射點徑大之處理寬之方式進行處理之二 況之正面圖。 Θ 圖18(a)係插入真空夾盤機構之載台之平面圖。 圖18(b)係圖18(a)之載台之解說正面剖面圖。 圖19(a)係真空夾盤機構之改變態樣之載台之平面圖 103065.doc -143 - 1284350 圖19(b)係圖19(a)之載台之解說正面剖面圖。 圖20係真空吸著夾盤機構之變形例之載台之平面圖。 圖21係圖20之載台之正面剖面圖。 圖22係僅在外周區域設置夾盤機構之變形例之載台之平 面圖。 圖23係圖22之載台之正面剖面圖。 圖24係顯示反應性氣體供給機構等改變實施形態之基材 _ 外周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 圖25係顯示反應性氣體供給機構等改變實施形態之基材 外周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 圖26係顯示反應性氣體供給機構等改變實施形態之基材 外周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 圖27係顯示輻射加熱器與反應性氣體供給機構之配置關 係等之改變實施形態之基材外周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 圖28係放大顯示圖27之裝置之膜除去處理部分之正面剖 • 面圖。 圖29係顯示反應性氣體供給機構之反應性氣體供給源等 之改變實施形態之基材外周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 圖30係顯示輻射加熱器與反應性氣體供給機構等之改變 實施形態之基材外周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 圖31係沿著圖30之ΧΧΧΙ— χχχι線之上述裝置之平面剖 面圖。 圖32係顯示藉由與圖3〇相同之裝置測定對於自晶圓外端 緣之被加熱部位之近旁向徑方向内側方向之距離之晶圓溫 103065.doc 1/t/1 1284350 度之實驗結果圖。 圖3 3係顯示對溫度之臭氧分解半衰期之圖。 圖34係顯示附加喷嘴冷卻器與惰性氣體供給部等之改變 實施形態之基材外周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 圖35係顯示圖34中改變輻射加熱器之實施形態之基材外 周處理裝置之正面剖面圖。After the position of the material 341 and the processing head 37G is set, the wafer peripheral position measuring device 341 measures the crossing point of the wafer outer peripheral portion 90a on the y-axis during the period in which the wafer is rotated by the wafer, and the crystal is obtained. The outer circumference of the circle 9 (the position of the whole circumference = material (step 115). That is, the data of the 7-axis crossing point of the outer peripheral portion 9〇3 of the wafer corresponding to the rotation angle of the stage 1 is obtained. At the time of 9 〇, it is the calculation data of the α2 axis crossing point of the wafer outer peripheral portion 9 () corresponding to the rotation angle of the stage 1 。. The calculation data is stored in advance in the memory of the control unit 350. In addition, the above calculation data can also calculate the eccentricity and eccentric direction of the wafer 90 on the stage 1 and use the eccentric data to replace the position data of the whole week. 1()1, the eccentricity of the error when the wafer 9G is placed on the stage 1 (), as shown in FIG. 104(b), the maximum amount of protrusion from the stage 1 is present in the outer peripheral portion 90a of the wafer. & offset from the minimum position by 18 degrees. The maximum protrusion a and the amount of protrusion and the maximum are detected by the wafer peripheral phase detector 341 The protrusion b and the amount of protrusion. From the direction of the smallest protrusion b to the direction of the largest protrusion a: the eccentric direction, the difference between the protrusion amount of the largest protrusion a and the protrusion of the smallest protrusion 即 is the eccentricity According to the eccentric core material and the semi-mussel material of the wafer crucible, the X-axis crossing point of the outer peripheral portion 9〇a of the wafer corresponding to the rotation angle of the stage 1〇 can be calculated. Then, enter In step U6, according to the above calculation data, the position adjustment mechanism 346 adjusts the processing head 370 in the X-axis direction to supply the nozzle 3/5. That is, according to the rotation angle of the stage 10, the wafer 9 is in the rotation angle thereof. The supply point 375 is set at the calculation point of the X-axis crossing. Simultaneously with the position adjustment, the ozone is ejected from the supply nozzle 375. Thus, regardless of the eccentricity of the wafer, the 105065.doc -141 - !284350 ejector can be ejected. The ozone is passed to the x-axis of the outer peripheral portion 90a of the wafer, and the unnecessary film 92c is removed. The nozzle position adjustment and the ozone discharge are continued in the step 116 before the round 90 is rotated once. , covering the circumferential direction of the outer periphery of the wafer: The unnecessary film 92c can be removed from the field. Therefore, it is judged as "yes" in the judgment "whether or not the wafer is completely processed in the end of the wafer?" in the step ΐ7. The subsequent steps are the same as in Figs. 1 to 6 (steps 120 to 126). (Effective use of the industry) This month, if it is used in the process of semiconductor wafer and the process of liquid crystal display substrate, it is not necessary to remove the film on the outer periphery. [Simplified description of the drawing] Fig. 4 shows the first aspect of the present invention. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus of the embodiment is a front cross-sectional view taken along line W of Fig. 2. Fig. 2 is a plan view of the apparatus. The figure is a front cross-sectional view showing a portion of the film removal processing of the apparatus. Fig. (a) is a graph showing an experimental example of the wafer temperature at a distance from the vicinity of the heated portion of the outer edge of the wafer to the inner side in the radial direction by means of the same apparatus as Fig. Fig. 4(b) shows a measurement temperature diagram in which the position closer to the portion to be heated (very close to the portion to be heated) is taken as the origin of the horizontal axis. Fig. 5 is a graph showing the results of other experimental examples of the wafer temperature at a distance from the outer edge of the wafer to the inner side in the radial direction of the outer edge of the wafer by the same apparatus as Fig. 1. 103065.doc -142- 1284350 Figure 6 is a front view of the stage of the changing aspect of the heat absorbing mechanism. Figure 7 is a front elevational view of the stage of the changing aspect of the heat absorbing mechanism. Figure 8 is a plan view of the stage of the changing aspect of the heat absorbing mechanism. Fig. 9 is a plan view showing a modification of the heat absorbing mechanism of the stage. Figure 10 (a) is a plan view of the stage of the changing aspect of the heat absorbing mechanism. Figure 10 (b) is a front view of the stage of Figure 10 (a). Figure 11 is a front elevational view of the stage of the heat sink using a modified version of the Peltier element. Fig. 12 is a plan view showing a stage in which only a heat absorbing mechanism is provided in the outer peripheral region. Fig. 13 is a side view showing the stage of Fig. 12 and the like. Fig. 14 is a plan view showing the periphery of the groove on the outer periphery of the wafer in an enlarged manner, (a) showing the case where the irradiation spot diameter of the laser irradiation unit is kept constant, and (b)_ showing the position of the groove to enlarge the irradiation spot diameter. State, (e) shows the state after processing of (b). Fig. 1 is a front view showing the state in which the focus of the laser irradiation unit is aligned on the outer circumference of the wafer, and the diameter of the φ irradiation is formed to be 1 mm. Fig. 16 is a front elevational view showing the state in which the focus processing is adjusted so that the irradiation spot diameter of the laser irradiation unit is 3 mm on the outer circumference of the wafer. Fig. 17 is a front view showing a state in which the laser irradiation unit is slightly slid in the radial direction of the wafer to be processed in a manner corresponding to a processing width larger than the irradiation spot diameter. Θ Figure 18 (a) is a plan view of the stage inserted into the vacuum chuck mechanism. Figure 18 (b) is a front cross-sectional view of the stage of Figure 18 (a). Figure 19 (a) is a plan view of a stage of a modified state of the vacuum chuck mechanism 103065.doc -143 - 1284350 Figure 19 (b) is a front cross-sectional view of the stage of Figure 19 (a). Figure 20 is a plan view showing a stage of a modification of the vacuum suction chuck mechanism. Figure 21 is a front cross-sectional view of the stage of Figure 20. Fig. 22 is a plan view showing a stage in which a modification of the chuck mechanism is provided only in the outer peripheral region. Figure 23 is a front cross-sectional view of the stage of Figure 22. Fig. 24 is a front cross-sectional view showing a substrate _ peripheral processing apparatus according to an embodiment in which a reactive gas supply mechanism or the like is changed. Fig. 25 is a front cross-sectional view showing a substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus according to a modification of a reactive gas supply mechanism. Fig. 26 is a front cross-sectional view showing a substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus according to a modification of a reactive gas supply mechanism. Fig. 27 is a front sectional view showing a substrate peripheral processing apparatus according to a modified embodiment of the arrangement relationship between the radiant heater and the reactive gas supply means. Figure 28 is a front elevational cross-sectional view showing the film removal processing portion of the apparatus of Figure 27 in an enlarged manner. Fig. 29 is a front sectional view showing a substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus according to a modified embodiment of a reactive gas supply source of a reactive gas supply means. Fig. 30 is a front sectional view showing a substrate peripheral processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the radiant heater and the reactive gas supply means. Figure 31 is a plan cross-sectional view of the above apparatus taken along line χχχ χχχ ι of Figure 30. Figure 32 is a graph showing the measurement of the wafer temperature 103065.doc 1/t/1 1284350 degrees for the distance from the side of the heated portion to the inner side of the heated portion from the outer edge of the wafer by the same apparatus as in Figure 3〇. Results map. Figure 3 is a graph showing the half-life of ozone decomposition over temperature. Fig. 34 is a front cross-sectional view showing a substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the additional nozzle cooler and the inert gas supply unit. Figure 35 is a front cross-sectional view showing the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of the embodiment in which the radiant heater is changed in Figure 34.

圖36係顯示喷嘴冷卻器等之改變實施形態之基材外周處 理裝置之正面剖面圖。 態之基材外周 圖37係顯示附加氣體滯留處之改變實施形 處理裝置之正面剖面圖。 之解說正面圖。 數個光纖電纜之 圖38係顯示附加透光性圍柵之實施形態 圖39係顯示輻射加熱器之光學系統使用 實施形態之解說正面圖。 口形成構件之正面剖 圖40(a)係具有回旋流形成部之噴出 面圖。 圖40(b)係上述具有回旋流形成部之噴、 側面剖面圖。 、 形成構件之 圖41係顯示具備具有噴出噴嘴與排氣 材外周處理裝置之平面解說圖。 处理頭之基 圖42係圖41之基材外周處理褒置之正面解 圖43係顯示具備具有噴出喷嘴與排氣喷 材外周處理裝置之改變態樣之平面解說圖。&理頭之基 圖44係圖43之基材外周處理裝置之正 圖45(a)係放大顯示圖43之裝 田 HP之正面圖,(b) 103065.doc -145- 1284350 係其底面圖。 圖46(a)係顯示以雷射將旋轉之晶圓背面外周部局部輕射 加熱時之晶圓表側面之溫度分布測定結果之平面解說圖。 圖46(b)係顯示圖46(a)中對晶圓背面之周方向位置之、、w 度之測定結果圖。 圖47係顯示具備具有喷出喷嘴與排氣噴嘴之處理頭之基 材外周處理裝置之其他改變態樣之平面解說圖。 圖48係圖47之基材外周處理裝置之正面解說圖。 圖49係顯示將吸引喷嘴配置於晶圓之半徑外侧之變形態 樣之晶圓外周處理裝置之概略構造平面圖。 圖50係顯示將吸引喷嘴配置於夾著晶圓而與噴出噴嘴相 反側之變形態樣之晶圓外周處理裝置之概略構造平面圖。 圖51係沿著圖50之以^線之晶圓外周部周邊之放大剖 面圖。Fig. 36 is a front sectional view showing a substrate peripheral processing apparatus of a modified embodiment of a nozzle cooler or the like. The outer periphery of the substrate is shown in Fig. 37 as a front cross-sectional view showing the modification of the additional gas retention means. The explanation of the front view. Fig. 38 showing an embodiment of an additional optical transmissive fence Fig. 39 is a front view showing an embodiment of an optical system using a radiant heater. Front cross section of the port forming member Fig. 40 (a) is a discharge surface view of the swirling flow forming portion. Fig. 40 (b) is a side view showing a spray and a side cross section of the above-described swirling flow forming portion. Fig. 41 is a plan view showing a peripheral processing apparatus having a discharge nozzle and an exhaust material. The base of the processing head Fig. 42 is a front view of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Fig. 41. Fig. 43 is a plan view showing a modification of the peripheral processing apparatus having the discharge nozzle and the exhaust nozzle. FIG. 44 is a front view of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of FIG. 43 (a) is an enlarged front view of the loading HP of FIG. 43, and (b) 103065.doc -145-1284350 is a bottom surface thereof. Figure. Fig. 46 (a) is a plan view showing the results of measurement of the temperature distribution on the side surface of the wafer when the outer peripheral portion of the wafer is rotated by laser light. Fig. 46 (b) is a view showing a measurement result of the w-degree of the position in the circumferential direction of the wafer back surface in Fig. 46 (a). Fig. 47 is a plan view showing another modification of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus having the processing head having the discharge nozzle and the exhaust nozzle. Figure 48 is a front elevational view of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Figure 47. Fig. 49 is a schematic plan view showing a wafer peripheral processing apparatus in which a suction nozzle is disposed outside the radius of the wafer. Fig. 50 is a schematic plan view showing a wafer peripheral processing apparatus in which a suction nozzle is disposed on a side opposite to the discharge nozzle with the wafer interposed therebetween. Figure 51 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing the periphery of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer taken along line 50 of Figure 50.

圖52係照射方向係自晶圓之上側且自半徑外側斜下方朝 向晶圓外周部之基材外周處理裝置之平面解說圖。 圖53係圖52之基材外周處理裝置之正面解說圖。 圖54係放大顯示圖53之照射單元與晶圓外周部之正面剖 面圖。 圖55係不需要臈除去處理後之晶圓外周部之剖面圖。 圖56係照射方向自晶圓之正旁朝向晶圓之照射單元之正 面解說圖 圖5 7係照射方向自日圓 目Ba ®之下侧且自半徑外側斜上方朝向 晶圓外周部之照射單元之正面解說圖。 103065.doc -146- 1284350 圖5 8係具有傾倒照射單元與垂直照射單元之基材外周處 理裝置之正面解說圖。 圖5 9係具備使照射單元在比晶圓上侧圓弧狀移動之機構 之基材外周處理裝置之正面解說圖。 圖60係具備使照射單元在比晶圓下側圓?瓜狀移動之機構 之基材外周處理裝置之正面解說圖。 圖61係沿著圖62之LXI_LXI線顯示具備柄杓型喷嘴之基 φ 材外周處理裝置之縱剖面圖。 圖62係沿著圖6丨之LXII-Lxn線之處理頭之縱剖面圖。 圖63係沿著圖61之]^XIII_LXln線之基材外周處理裝置之 平剖面圖。 圖64係沿著圖6丨之LXIV_LXIV線之基材外周處理裝置之 平剖面圖。 圖65係上述柄杓型喷嘴之立體圖。 圖66係放大顯示圖6丨之裝置之晶圓外周部之膜除去處理 癱 情況之解說剖面圖。 圖67係圖61之基材外周處理裝置之平面圖。 圖68(a)-(c)係顯示上述柄杓型喷嘴之短筒部與晶圓外緣 之配置關係之設定例之解說平面圖。 圖69係用於上述柄杓型喷嘴之透光性測定實驗之實驗裝 置之解說正面圖。 圖係顯示上述柄杓型喷嘴之改變態樣之立體圖。 圖71係放大齡藉由使用圖7()之柄翻噴嘴之基材外周 處理裝置進行#a®外周部之料去處理情況之解說剖面 103065.doc -147- 1284350 圖。 圖72係沿著圖73之LXXII-LXXII線顯示具備柄杓型喷嘴 之基材外周處理裝置之排氣系統之變形例之縱剖面圖。 圖73係沿著圖72之LXXIII_LXXIII線之上述裝置之縱剖 面圖。 圖74係沿著圖75之LXXIV-LXXIV線顯示取代柄杓型喷 嘴而具備長筒型喷嘴之基材外周處理裝置之縱剖面圖。 φ 圖75係沿著圖74之LXXV-LXXV線之上述裝置之處理頭 之縱剖面圖。 圖76係上述長筒型喷嘴之立體圖。 圖77係放大顯示藉由圖74之裝置進行晶圓外周部之膜除 去處理情況之解說剖面圖。 圖78係堆疊有機膜與無機膜之晶圓之外周部分之放大剖 面圖,(a)顯示有機膜及無機膜之除去處理前之狀態,(b) 顯示有機膜除去後而無機膜除去前之狀態,(c)顯示有機膜 φ 及無機膜之除去處理後之狀態。 圖79係顯示圖78之兩膜疊層晶圓用之基材外周處理裝置 之概略構造之平面解說圖。 圖80係上述兩膜疊層晶圓用之基材外周處理裝置之正面 解說圖。 圖81係上述兩膜疊層晶圓用之基材外周處理裝置之第二 處理頭(氣體引導構件)之平面圖。 圖82係沿著圖81之LXXXII-LXXXII線將上述第二處理頭 在周方向(長度方像)上展開之剖面圖。 103065.doc -148- 1284350 圖83係沿著圖81之LXXXIII-LXXXIII線之上述第二處理 頭(氣體引導構件)之剖面圖。 圖84係顯示使用與圖81相同之第二處理頭之實驗結果, 且係顯示對於自晶圓之外端部向半徑方向内侧之距離之不 需要物質除去處理後之膜厚圖。 圖85係顯示上述兩膜疊層晶圓用之基材外周處理裝置之 改變態樣之概略構造圖。 圖86(a)係以有機膜除去步驟之狀態顯示上述兩膜疊層晶 圓用之基材外周處理裝置之其他改變態樣之概略構造之正 面解說圖。 圖86(b)係以無機膜除去步驟之狀態顯示圖86(a)之裝置 之正面解說圖。 圖87係顯示具有中心墊片之載台構造之改變態樣之縱剖 面圖。 圖88係放大顯示圖87之載台構造之固定筒與旋轉筒之邊 界部分之縱剖面圖。 圖89(a)係沿著圖88之LXXXIXA-LXXXIXA線之載台之 軸總成之水平剖面圖。 圖89(b)係沿著圖88之LXXXIXB-LXXXIXB線之載台之軸 總成之水平剖面圖。 圖89(c)係沿著圖88之LXXXIXC-LXXXIXC線之載台之軸 總成之水平剖面圖。 圖90係概略顯示第二處理頭之改變態樣之正面剖面圖。 圖91係第二處理頭(氣體引導構件)之平面圖。 103065.doc -149- 1284350 圖92係顯示延長周長之氣體引導構件之平面圖。 圖93係顯示縮短周長之氣體引導構件之平面圖。 圖94(a)〜(e)係顯示氣體引導構件之剖面形狀之變形例之 剖面圖。 圖95係顯示可對應於需要加熱之膜之氣體引導構件之實 施形態之平面圖。 圖96係沿著圖95iXCVI_XCVI線之放大剖面圖。 • 圖97係顯示可對應於晶圓外周之定向平面或凹槽之基材 外周處理裝置之處理部之侧面剖面圖。 圖98係圖97之裝置之平面圖,(a)顯示自匣中取出晶圓之 狀態,(b)顯示對準晶圓之狀態,(c)顯示將晶圓設置於處 理部之狀態。 H 99(a) (i)係按知時間表示圖97之處理部中進行晶圓外 周部之不需要膜除去處理情況之平面圖^ 圖100係將儲存於喷嘴位置調整機構之控制部之供給喷 _ 嘴位置之設定資訊圖示化顯示之圖。 圖101係將晶圓誇張顯示定向平面之平面圖。 圖102係將圖100之設定資訊之變形例圖示化而顯示之 圖。 圖103係顯示不對準而可處理晶圓外周之裝置之處理部 之側面剖面圖。 圖104係圖103之裝置之平面圖,⑷顯示自£中取出晶圓 之狀悲’(b)顯示將晶圓設置於處理部之狀離。 圖1〇5(a)~(e)係各4分之丨周期依序表示在圖1〇3及圖ι〇4 103065.doc -150- 1284350 理情 流程 關係 之裝置之處理”進行晶圓外周部之不需要臈除去處 況之平面圖。 圖106係顯示圖103及104之裝置之動作之流程圖。 圖107係顯示圖103及104之裝置之動作變形例之 圖。 圖108係顯示藉由臭氧之有機臈蝕刻率與溫度之 圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 10 載台 10a 支撐面 13 吸著孔 14 吸引路徑 15 吸著溝 16 環狀溝 17 連通溝 20 雷射加熱器(輻射加熱器) 21 雷射光源 22 照射單元(照射部) 23 光纖電纜(光傳送系統) 30 電漿喷頭(反應性氣體供給源) 36 噴出噴嘴 36a 噴出口 41 冷媒室(吸熱機構) 41C 環狀冷卻室(吸熱機構) 103065.doc -151- 1284350Fig. 52 is a plan view showing a substrate peripheral processing apparatus in which the irradiation direction is from the upper side of the wafer and obliquely downward from the outside of the radius toward the outer peripheral portion of the wafer. Figure 53 is a front elevational view of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Figure 52. Fig. 54 is a front elevational cross-sectional view showing the irradiation unit of Fig. 53 and the outer peripheral portion of the wafer in an enlarged manner. Fig. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the outer peripheral portion of the wafer after the removal process is not required. Fig. 56 is a front view of the irradiation unit from the side of the wafer toward the wafer. Fig. 5 is an irradiation unit from the lower side of the circle Ba® and from the outer side of the radius to the outer periphery of the wafer. Positive explanation map. 103065.doc -146- 1284350 Fig. 5 is a front view of a substrate peripheral processing apparatus having a tilting irradiation unit and a vertical irradiation unit. Fig. 5 is a front view of a substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus including a mechanism for moving an irradiation unit in an arc shape on the upper side of the wafer. Fig. 60 is a view in which the irradiation unit is made to be smaller than the lower side of the wafer? A front view of the substrate peripheral processing device of the melon-like moving mechanism. Fig. 61 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the base φ material peripheral processing apparatus having a shank type nozzle along the line LXI_LXI of Fig. 62; Figure 62 is a longitudinal sectional view of the processing head taken along line LXII-Lxn of Figure 6; Figure 63 is a plan sectional view of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus taken along line ?XIII_LXln of Figure 61. Figure 64 is a plan sectional view of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus taken along line LXIV_LXIV of Figure 6; Figure 65 is a perspective view of the above-described shank type nozzle. Fig. 66 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing the state of the film removal process of the wafer peripheral portion of the apparatus of Fig. 6A. Figure 67 is a plan view showing the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of Figure 61. Fig. 68 (a) - (c) are plan views showing an example of setting of the arrangement relationship between the short cylindrical portion of the shank type nozzle and the outer edge of the wafer. Fig. 69 is a front elevational view showing the experimental apparatus for the light transmittance measurement experiment of the above-described shank type nozzle. The figure shows a perspective view of a change of the above-described shank type nozzle. Fig. 71 is a cross-sectional view showing the section of the outer peripheral portion of the #a® by using the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of the handle-turning nozzle of Fig. 7(), 103065.doc - 147 - 1284350. Fig. 72 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a modification of the exhaust system of the substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus having the sill-type nozzle along the line LXXII-LXXII of Fig. 73; Figure 73 is a longitudinal sectional view of the above apparatus taken along the line LXXIII_LXXIII of Figure 72. Fig. 74 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus including a long-nozzle nozzle in place of the handle-type nozzle along the line LXXIV-LXXIV of Fig. 75; φ Fig. 75 is a longitudinal sectional view of the processing head of the above apparatus taken along the line LXXV-LXXV of Fig. 74. Figure 76 is a perspective view of the above-described long nozzle. Fig. 77 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing the state of film removal by the peripheral portion of the wafer by the apparatus of Fig. 74. 78 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing the outer peripheral portion of the wafer on which the organic film and the inorganic film are stacked, (a) showing the state before removal of the organic film and the inorganic film, and (b) showing the removal of the organic film before the removal of the inorganic film. The state, (c) shows the state after removal of the organic film φ and the inorganic film. Fig. 79 is a plan view showing the schematic configuration of a substrate peripheral processing apparatus for the two film laminated wafers of Fig. 78; Fig. 80 is a front view showing the substrate peripheral processing apparatus for the two film laminated wafers. Fig. 81 is a plan view showing a second processing head (gas guiding member) of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus for the two film laminated wafers. Figure 82 is a cross-sectional view showing the second processing head in the circumferential direction (length square image) along the line LXXXII-LXXXII of Figure 81. 103065.doc -148- 1284350 Fig. 83 is a cross-sectional view of the above second processing head (gas guiding member) taken along line LXXXIII-LXXXIII of Fig. 81. Fig. 84 is a view showing the results of experiments using the second processing head similar to that of Fig. 81, and showing the film thickness after the material removal treatment is performed for the distance from the outer end portion of the wafer to the inner side in the radial direction. Fig. 85 is a schematic structural view showing a modification of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus for the above two film laminated wafers. Fig. 86 (a) is a front view showing a schematic configuration of another modification of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus for the two film laminated crystals in the state of the organic film removing step. Fig. 86 (b) is a front view showing the apparatus of Fig. 86 (a) in a state in which the inorganic film removing step is performed. Figure 87 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing a modification of the stage structure having a center spacer. Figure 88 is a longitudinal sectional view showing, in an enlarged manner, a boundary portion between a fixed cylinder and a rotating cylinder of the stage structure of Figure 87. Figure 89 (a) is a horizontal sectional view of the shaft assembly of the stage along the line LXXXIXA-LXXXIXA of Figure 88. Figure 89 (b) is a horizontal sectional view of the shaft assembly of the stage along the line LXXXIXB-LXXXIXB of Figure 88. Figure 89 (c) is a horizontal sectional view of the shaft assembly of the stage along the line LXXXIXC-LXXXIXC of Figure 88. Figure 90 is a front cross-sectional view schematically showing a modification of the second processing head. Figure 91 is a plan view of a second processing head (gas guiding member). 103065.doc -149 - 1284350 Figure 92 is a plan view showing the gas guiding member of the extended circumference. Figure 93 is a plan view showing a gas guiding member that shortens the circumference. Fig. 94 (a) to (e) are cross-sectional views showing a modification of the cross-sectional shape of the gas guiding member. Fig. 95 is a plan view showing an embodiment of a gas guiding member which can correspond to a film to be heated. Figure 96 is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along line 95iXCVI_XCVI of Figure 95. • Fig. 97 is a side cross-sectional view showing the processing portion of the substrate peripheral processing apparatus which can correspond to the orientation flat or groove of the outer circumference of the wafer. Figure 98 is a plan view of the apparatus of Figure 97, (a) showing the state in which the wafer is taken out from the crucible, (b) showing the state in which the wafer is aligned, and (c) showing the state in which the wafer is placed on the processing portion. H 99 (a) (i) is a plan view showing the case where the unnecessary film removal process of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer is performed in the processing unit of Fig. 97 in accordance with the known time. Fig. 100 is a supply spray of the control unit stored in the nozzle position adjusting mechanism. _ The setting information of the mouth position is graphically displayed. Figure 101 is a plan view showing the orientation of the wafer in an exaggerated manner. Fig. 102 is a diagram showing a modification of the setting information of Fig. 100. Figure 103 is a side cross-sectional view showing the processing portion of the apparatus for processing the outer periphery of the wafer in misalignment. Fig. 104 is a plan view of the apparatus of Fig. 103, and (4) shows that the wafer is removed from the sheet, and (b) shows that the wafer is placed in the processing portion. Fig.1〇5(a)~(e) are the processing of the device in the process of the relationship between the steps of Fig. 1〇3 and Fig. 1034 103065.doc -150-1284350. A plan view of the operation of the apparatus of Figs. 103 and 104 is shown in Fig. 106. Fig. 107 is a diagram showing a modification of the operation of the apparatus of Figs. 103 and 104. Fig. 108 is a diagram showing the operation of the apparatus of Figs. Diagram of etch rate and temperature from organic bismuth of ozone. [Description of main components] 10 Stage 10a Support surface 13 Suction hole 14 Suction path 15 Suction groove 16 Annular groove 17 Connection groove 20 Laser heater (radiation heating 21 Laser light source 22 Irradiation unit (irradiation unit) 23 Optical fiber cable (optical transmission system) 30 Plasma nozzle (reactive gas supply source) 36 Discharge nozzle 36a Ejection port 41 Refrigerant chamber (endothermic mechanism) 41C Ring cooling Room (endothermic mechanism) 103065.doc -151- 1284350

41U,41L 冷媒室(吸熱機構) 46 冷媒通路(吸熱機構) 47 環狀路徑 48 連通路徑 Pe 派耳帖元件(吸熱機構) 70 臭氧化器(反應性氣體供給源) 75 喷出喷嘴 76 吸引喷嘴 90 晶圓(基材) 90a 晶圓之外周部 92 有機膜 93 凹槽、定向平面等之缺口部 94 無機膜 92c,94c 晶圓外周部之膜(不需要物質) 100 第一處理頭 110 載台本體 111 中心墊片 120 紅外線加熱器(輻射加熱器) 121 紅外線燈(光源) 122 集束光學系統(照射部) 140 旋轉驅動馬達(旋轉驅動機構) 150 旋轉筒 160 柄杓型喷嘴 162 導入部 103065.doc 152· 1284350 161 筒部 161a 暫時滯留空間 163 蓋部 180 固定筒 Gl,G2 填密片 200 第二處理頭(氣體引導構件) 201 插入口 202 引導路徑 204 透光構件 346 喷嘴位置調整機構 350 控制部 375 供給喷嘴(喷出喷嘴) P 被處理位置 C 環狀面 103065.doc -153 -41U, 41L Refrigerant chamber (heat absorbing mechanism) 46 Refrigerant passage (heat absorbing mechanism) 47 Annular path 48 Communication path Pe Peltier element (endothermic mechanism) 70 Ozonator (reactive gas supply source) 75 Discharge nozzle 76 Suction nozzle 90 wafer (substrate) 90a wafer outer peripheral portion 92 organic film 93 notch portion of groove, orientation flat surface, etc. inorganic film 92c, 94c film on the outer peripheral portion of the wafer (unnecessary substance) 100 first processing head 110 Center body 111 Center spacer 120 Infrared heater (radiation heater) 121 Infrared lamp (light source) 122 Cluster optical system (illumination unit) 140 Rotary drive motor (rotary drive mechanism) 150 Rotary cylinder 160 Shank type nozzle 162 Introduction part 103065. Doc 152· 1284350 161 Tube portion 161a Temporary retentate space 163 Cover portion 180 Fixing cylinder G1, G2 Packing sheet 200 Second processing head (gas guiding member) 201 Inserting port 202 Guide path 204 Transmissive member 346 Nozzle position adjusting mechanism 350 Control Section 375 Supply nozzle (spray nozzle) P Processed position C Annular surface 103065.doc -153 -

Claims (1)

1284350 十、申請專利範園: =土材外周處理方法’其特徵為:其係使覆蓋於基材 夕卜周部之不雲i & 个而要物質與反應性氣體接觸而除去之方法; 其使基材接觸切於載台之支撐面,㈣㈣之外周部 予:加熱’另外,對比外周部更靠近内側之部分,以設 ,述載CT之吸熱機構予以吸熱,並且對前述已加熱之 外周部供給前述反應性氣體。 春2.-種基材外周處理方法,其特徵為:其係使覆蓋於基材 卜周邛之不而要物質與反應性氣體接觸而除去之方法; 其使基材接觸支撐於載台之支撐面,以熱光線將該基材 之:周邛局部輻射加熱,另外,對比外周部更靠近内侧 之邛刀,以设於前述載台之吸熱機構予以吸熱,並且對 月’J述局部位置供給前述反應性氣體。 3· -種基材外周處理裝置,其特徵為:其係使覆蓋於基材 外周4之不需要物質與反應性氣體接觸而除去之裝置; ^ 其包含: (a}載台,其係具有接觸支撐基材之支撐面; (b)加熱器,其係對被該載台支撐之基材之外周部所在 之被處理位置賦予熱; (0反應性氣體供給機構,其係供給前述反應性氣體至 前述被處理位置;及 (d)吸熱機構,其係設於前述載台上,並自前述支撐面 吸熱。 4.如請求項3之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述吸熱機構係 103065.doc 1284350 以冷媒冷卻前述载台。 如請求項4之基材外周處理裝置,#中於前述^ 部形成有冷媒室作為前述吸熱機構,該冷媒室中: 之供給路控與排出路徑相連。 ,、 6.1284350 X. Patent application garden: = soil material peripheral treatment method' is characterized in that it is a method for removing the surface of the substrate and removing it from contact with the reactive gas; The substrate is brought into contact with the support surface of the carrier, and (4) (4) the outer peripheral portion is heated: in addition, the portion of the outer peripheral portion is closer to the inner side, and the endothermic portion carrying the CT is used to absorb heat, and the heated portion is heated. The reactive gas is supplied to the outer peripheral portion. Spring 2. A substrate peripheral treatment method characterized in that it is a method for removing a non-reactive substance covering a substrate and contacting a reactive gas; and contacting the substrate with the support substrate The support surface is heated by the local radiant heat of the substrate by the heat ray, and the scalpel closer to the inner side of the outer peripheral portion is heated by the heat absorbing mechanism provided on the stage, and the local position is described. The aforementioned reactive gas is supplied. A substrate peripheral processing apparatus characterized in that it is a device for removing an unnecessary substance covering the outer periphery 4 of the substrate from contact with a reactive gas; ^ comprising: (a) a stage having Contacting the support surface of the support substrate; (b) a heater that imparts heat to the treated position at the outer periphery of the substrate supported by the stage; (0 a reactive gas supply mechanism that supplies the aforementioned reactivity The gas is supplied to the processing position; and (d) the heat absorbing mechanism is disposed on the carrier and absorbs heat from the support surface. 4. The substrate peripheral processing device according to claim 3, wherein the heat absorbing mechanism is 103065. Doc 1284350 Cooling the aforementioned stage with a refrigerant. According to the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of claim 4, a refrigerant chamber is formed in the above portion as the heat absorbing mechanism, and the supply path of the refrigerant chamber is connected to the discharge path. 6. ,其中於前述栽台中設 該冷媒通路中有冷煤通 1其中前述冷媒通路包 及連繫此等環狀路徑 如請求項4之基材外周處理裝置 有冷媒通路作為前述吸熱機構, 過0 如請求項4之基材外周處理裝置 含··形成同心狀之數條環狀路徑 之連通路徑。 8. 如請求項3之基材外周處理裝 含將吸熱側朝向前述支撐面, 件0 置,其中前述吸熱機構包 而設於載台内之派耳帖元 9.如請求項3之基材外周處理裝置,纟中前述吸熱機構僅 設於前述載台之外周侧部分與中央側部分中之外周Wherein the refrigerant passage is provided with a cold coal passage 1 in the refrigerant passage, wherein the refrigerant passage pack and the annular passage such as the substrate peripheral processing device of claim 4 have a refrigerant passage as the heat absorption mechanism, The substrate peripheral processing apparatus of claim 4 includes a communication path of a plurality of concentric annular paths. 8. The substrate peripheral processing package of claim 3, wherein the heat absorbing side is disposed toward the support surface, wherein the heat absorbing mechanism is packaged in the carrier. 9. The substrate of claim 3 In the peripheral processing device, the heat absorbing mechanism is disposed only in the outer peripheral side portion and the outer side portion of the outer side portion of the stage 分。 〇 其中在前述載台之外 ’另外在前述載台之 10·如請求項9之基材外周處理裝置, 周側部分設置吸著基材之夾盤機構 中央側部分形成有比設置前述夾盤機構之部分凹陷之凹 部〇 11.如請求項3之基材外周處理装置,其中前述載台之支撐 面比前述基材稍小,前述基材之外周部所在之被處理= 置位於延長於比前述支撐面徑方向外側之面上。 12·如請求⑽之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述加熱器係轄 103065.doc 1284350 射加熱$ ’其係包含:熱光線之光源,及將來自該光源 之熱光線向前述被處理位置集束照射之照射部。 2求項12之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述反應性氣體 供給機構包含將前述反應性氣體喷出至前述被處理位置 喷出口,别述噴出口係配置於比前述照射部接近被處 理位置。 14·如4求項13之基材外周處理裝置,纟巾前述照射部係配 置比前述延長面靠背面側, 月J述喷出口配置於比前述延長面靠背面側或大致前述 延長面上。 、月长項12之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述照射部將熱 光線朝向前述被處理位置,而自傾倒於前述支撐面之半 徑外側之方向照射。 16.如請求項12之基材外周處理裝置,其中包含移動機構, 其係使前述照射部朝向前述被處理位置,並且在與前述 支撐面正交之面内移動。 R如請求項12之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述反應性氣體 供給機構包含形成前述噴出口之噴出口形成構件,該喷 出口形成構件係由透光材料構成。 以如請求項3之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述反應性氣體 供給機構包含:導人部,其係將前述反應性氣體導至前 述,處理位置附近;及筒部,其係連接於該導入部,並 且蓋住前述被處理位置; 前述筒部之内部比前述導入部開擴,而成為使前述反 103065.doc 1284350 應性氣體暫時滞留之暫時滞留空間。 19.如請求項18之基材外周處理裝置,其中在前述筒部之基 端部設有將其閉塞之透光性之蓋部, 在該盍邛之外侧配置有朝向前述被處理位置集束照射 熱光線之輻射加熱器,作為前述加熱器。 月求項3之基材外周處理農置,其中前述反應性氣體 i:-機構包含噴出前述反應性氣體至前述被處理位置之 • 喷出喷嘴,該噴出噴嘴之噴出方向,係沿著配置於前述 載台之基材外周部所在位置之環狀面之大致周方向。 211請㈣20之基材外周處理裝置,其中進-步包含沿著 述衣狀面之周方向,以夾著前述喷出喷嘴與前述被處 里位置而相對之方式配置之吸引噴嘴。 22.=求項21之基材外周處理襄置:其中前述加熱器係在 月,J述%狀面中之嗜ψ _ . 熱之輕射加熱器 引喷嘴之間局部照射輕射 23·1:求項21之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述載台係在自 月'卜1出噴嘴向前述吸引喷嘴之正方向旋轉。 之基材外周處理裝置,其中使前述輕射加熱 。π輻射位置在前述噴出噴 贺出噴嘴側。 貝角之間偏向 25.如請求項3之基 # + 载台本體,…J 其中前述載台包含: 述吸熱機^成有冷媒室或冷媒路徑作為前 該載^,其係設置成可突出、收納於 本體之中央部; 103065.doc l28435〇 進一步包含·· 固定筒,其係設有冷媒之開口; 、、疑轉同,其係可旋轉地插通於前述固定筒,並且與前 述載台本體同軸地連結;及 疋轉驅動機構,其係使前述旋轉筒旋轉; 在刖述固定筒内周面及前述旋轉筒之外周面上形成連 接於前述開口之環狀路徑, 月)述旋轉筒中形成延伸於轴方向之軸方向路徑,該 :方向路徑之一端部與前述環狀路徑相連,另一端部與 述冷媒室或冷媒路徑相連。 μ求項25之基材外周處理裝置,其中夾著前述固定筒 内周面或前述旋轉筒外周面之前述環狀路徑,而在兩侧 形成環狀之密封溝, 各密封溝中收容有朝向前述環狀路徑而開口之剖面门 字形之填密片。 27·如請求項3之基材外周虛採驻 # & η恳理裝置,其中前述反應性氣體 供給機構包含氣體引導構件, 該氣體引導構件包含:插入口,其係可插拔地插入基 材,及引導路住,其係連接於該插人口之底端,並且包 圍基材外周部而延伸於基材之周方向; 在前述引導路徑之延伸方6 μ、s冗义$ 甲万向上通過月,〗述反應性氣體。 28·如請求項27之基材外周處理梦 义里衷置,其中可述加熱器包含 朝向前述引導路徑之内部隼炭昭 、果…、射”、、光線之照射部,前 述氣體引導構件中,面對前奸2|道的" 回對則述引導路徑而埋入有使前述 103065.doc 1284350 照射部之熱光線透過之透光構件。 29·如請求項3之基材外周處理裝置,其中前述基材之外周 部上堆疊有不需要物質之有機膜與無機膜, 前述反應性氣體係與前述有機膜反應者,前述反應性 氣體供給機構用於除去前述有機膜,另外, 進一步包含:其他反應性氣體供給機構,其係將與前 述無機膜反應之其他反應性氣體供給至前述載台上之基 材外周部。 & 30.如請求項3之基材外周處理農置,#中前述基材係在外 周部之-部分形成有凹槽或定向平面等之缺口部之圓形 之晶圓, 前述反應性氣體供給機構包含可沿著與ϋ〇 心^正交之第-軸滑動之反應性氣體之供給喷嘴, 則述晶圓在前述載台上定心而 軸之周圍旋轉,並且, “載口在中心 藉由與該旋轉同步,而沿著 + ^ , 牙軸调整前述徂給 嘴鳴之位置,在前述晶圓 ,、、’ 勒昧一+,似 ㈣外周部對前述第—轴斧 越時’别述供給噴嘴之末端部朝向 轴聲 之半徑實質上等距離離開之第述中心轴與晶圓 述晶圓之缺口部對前述第-轴穿越時^置^ ’在前 嘴之末端部始終朝向其穿越地點之方式以:::供給嗔 軸滑動前述供給噴嘴。 ^ ’沿著前述第/ 31·如請求項3之基材外周處理裝置,复 之晶圓, 〃中前述基材係圓形 I03065.doc 1284350 則述反應性氣體供給機構包含可沿著與前述載台之中 心軸正交之裳_ . 一軸滑動之反應性氣體之供給喷嘴, 前述載台吸著保持前述晶圓,並且在中心轴之周圍旋 轉, 一進-步包含計算部,其係計算前述晶圓之外周部對與 則述中心軸正父之第一軸穿越之各時刻之地點, 前述處理用流體之供給噴嘴依據前述計算結果,藉由 籲 沿者第-轴調整位置,而始終朝向前述穿越地點,並且 進行前述處理用流體之供給。Minute. In addition to the above-described stage, in addition to the above-mentioned stage 10, the substrate peripheral processing apparatus of claim 9, the center side portion of the chuck mechanism provided with the absorbing substrate on the peripheral side portion is formed to be more than the above-described chuck The partially recessed recessed portion of the mechanism of claim 1. The substrate peripheral processing device of claim 3, wherein the support surface of the stage is slightly smaller than the substrate, and the outer peripheral portion of the substrate is processed to be placed at an extension ratio The support surface is on the outer side in the radial direction. 12. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus of claim 10, wherein said heater is administrated by 103065.doc 1284350, and comprises: a source of heat rays; and illuminating the heat rays from the source to the processed position. Irradiation section. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus according to Item 12, wherein the reactive gas supply means includes the reactive gas to be discharged to the processing position discharge port, and the discharge port is disposed closer to the processing position than the irradiation portion. 14. The substrate outer peripheral processing apparatus according to claim 13, wherein the irradiation unit is disposed on a side of the back surface of the extended surface, and the discharge port is disposed on a side of the back surface of the extended surface or substantially on the extended surface. The substrate peripheral processing device of the moon length item 12, wherein the illuminating portion irradiates the hot ray toward the processed position and is irradiated from a direction which is outside the radius of the support surface. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus according to claim 12, further comprising a moving mechanism that moves the irradiation portion toward the processed position and moves in a plane orthogonal to the support surface. The substrate peripheral processing device of claim 12, wherein the reactive gas supply mechanism includes a discharge port forming member that forms the discharge port, and the discharge port forming member is made of a light transmissive material. The substrate peripheral processing device according to claim 3, wherein the reactive gas supply mechanism includes: a guiding portion that guides the reactive gas to the vicinity of the processing position; and a tubular portion that is connected to the introduction And covering the treated position; the inside of the tubular portion is expanded than the introduction portion, and is a temporary retention space for temporarily retaining the anti-103065.doc 1284350 gas. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus according to claim 18, wherein a cover portion for blocking the light transmissive portion is provided at a base end portion of the tubular portion, and a bundle is irradiated toward the processed position on the outer side of the crucible A radiant heater for heat rays as the aforementioned heater. The base material of the monthly claim 3 is disposed in the outer periphery, wherein the reactive gas i:-mechanism includes a discharge nozzle that discharges the reactive gas to the processed position, and the discharge direction of the discharge nozzle is arranged along the The circumferential direction of the annular surface at the position of the outer peripheral portion of the substrate of the stage. 211. The substrate peripheral processing device according to (4), wherein the step further comprises a suction nozzle disposed to face the position of the garment along the circumferential direction of the garment-like surface so as to face the position of the nozzle. 22. = Substrate peripheral treatment device of claim 21: wherein the heater is in the month of the month, and the heat is applied to the nozzle. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus of claim 21, wherein the stage is rotated from a front end nozzle to a front direction of the suction nozzle. A substrate peripheral processing device in which the aforementioned light radiation is heated. The π-radiation position is on the side of the aforementioned ejection ejection nozzle. The deviation between the horns is 25. The base of the request item 3 + the stage body, ... J wherein the aforementioned stage comprises: the heat absorbing machine has a refrigerant chamber or a refrigerant path as the front load, which is set to be protruded And being stored in a central portion of the main body; 103065.doc l28435〇 further comprising: a fixing cylinder provided with an opening of the refrigerant; and a suspected rotation, which is rotatably inserted through the fixed cylinder, and The base body is coaxially coupled; and a twisting drive mechanism that rotates the rotating drum; forming an annular path connected to the opening on the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder and the outer peripheral surface of the rotating cylinder An axial direction path extending in the axial direction is formed in the cylinder, and one end of the direction path is connected to the annular path, and the other end is connected to the refrigerant chamber or the refrigerant path. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus of the item 25, wherein the annular path is formed on both sides of the inner circumferential surface of the fixed cylinder or the outer circumferential surface of the rotating cylinder, and the sealing groove is accommodated in each sealing groove. A cross-sectional gate-shaped packing sheet that is opened in the aforementioned annular path. 27. The substrate of claim 3, wherein the reactive gas supply mechanism comprises a gas guiding member, the gas guiding member comprising: an insertion port that is insertably inserted into the substrate And the guiding path, which is connected to the bottom end of the inserted population, and surrounds the outer peripheral portion of the substrate and extends in the circumferential direction of the substrate; the extension of the guiding path is 6 μ, s redundant meaning Through the month, the reactive gas is described. 28. The peripheral processing of the substrate of claim 27, wherein the heater includes an inner portion facing the guiding path, an illuminating portion of the light, a light, and a light, in the gas guiding member. In the face of the pre-existing 2|way, the guide path is embedded with a light-transmitting member that transmits the heat rays of the irradiating portion of the 103065.doc 1284350. 29) The substrate peripheral processing device of claim 3 An organic film and an inorganic film in which an unnecessary substance is stacked on the outer peripheral portion of the substrate, wherein the reactive gas system is reacted with the organic film, and the reactive gas supply means is for removing the organic film, and further includes Other reactive gas supply means for supplying the other reactive gas which reacts with the inorganic film to the outer peripheral portion of the substrate on the stage. & 30. Processing the substrate on the outer periphery of the substrate of claim 3, # The substrate is a circular wafer in which a portion of the outer peripheral portion is formed with a notch portion such as a groove or an orientation flat surface, and the reactive gas supply mechanism includes a crucible ^ orthogonal to the first-axis sliding reactive gas supply nozzle, the wafer is centered on the stage and rotated around the axis, and "the carrier is centered by the rotation, along with + ^ , the axis adjusts the position of the above-mentioned 徂 to the mouth sound, in the above-mentioned wafer, ,, ' 勒 昧 + , 似 , , , 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 供给 供给The radius is substantially equidistant from the center axis of the wafer and the notch portion of the wafer is traversed by the first axis. The way the tip end of the front nozzle is always facing the crossing point is:::supply The x-axis slides the aforementioned supply nozzle. ^ ' along the foregoing paragraph / 31. The substrate peripheral processing apparatus of claim 3, the wafer, the substrate is circular, I03065.doc 1284350, wherein the reactive gas supply mechanism is included along the The central axis of the stage is orthogonal to the skirt. The one-axis sliding reactive gas supply nozzle, the stage absorbing and holding the wafer, and rotating around the central axis, the step-by-step calculation unit is calculated The supply nozzle of the processing fluid is adjusted by the position of the outer peripheral portion of the wafer and the time at which the first axis of the central axis of the central axis passes, and the supply nozzle of the processing fluid is adjusted by the position of the first axis. The aforementioned traversing point is directed to the supply of the aforementioned processing fluid. 103065.doc103065.doc
TW094123262A 2004-07-09 2005-07-08 Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material TWI284350B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004203993 2004-07-09
JP2004203994 2004-07-09
JP2004308597 2004-10-22
JP2004311140 2004-10-26
JP2004342994A JP2006156600A (en) 2004-11-26 2004-11-26 Wafer processing method and processing apparatus
JP2004342993A JP2006156599A (en) 2004-11-26 2004-11-26 Wafer processing method and processing apparatus
JP2005066297 2005-03-09
JP2005066296 2005-03-09
JP2005195965A JP3802918B2 (en) 2004-10-26 2005-07-05 Perimeter processing apparatus and processing method
JP2005195964A JP4813831B2 (en) 2005-07-05 2005-07-05 Surface treatment stage structure
JP2005195963A JP2007019066A (en) 2005-07-05 2005-07-05 Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material
JP2005195966A JP4772399B2 (en) 2004-10-22 2005-07-05 Method and apparatus for processing substrate outer periphery
JP2005195961A JP3769584B2 (en) 2004-07-09 2005-07-05 Substrate processing apparatus and method
JP2005195962A JP3765826B2 (en) 2004-07-09 2005-07-05 Substrate outer periphery processing method and apparatus
JP2005195960A JP3769583B1 (en) 2004-07-09 2005-07-05 Substrate processing apparatus and method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200636801A TW200636801A (en) 2006-10-16
TWI284350B true TWI284350B (en) 2007-07-21

Family

ID=39455081

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW094123262A TWI284350B (en) 2004-07-09 2005-07-08 Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material
TW095103091A TWI284369B (en) 2004-07-09 2005-07-08 Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW095103091A TWI284369B (en) 2004-07-09 2005-07-08 Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (2) TWI284350B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI557274B (en) * 2016-04-11 2016-11-11 嘉聯益科技股份有限公司 Method for etching printed circuit board
US11694915B2 (en) 2018-12-19 2023-07-04 Xia Tai Xin Semiconductor (Qing Dao) Ltd. Transferring device of semiconductor manufacturing and method of cleaning transferring chamber of the transferring device

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4809744B2 (en) * 2006-09-19 2011-11-09 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Wafer center detection method and recording medium recording the method
TWI452646B (en) * 2007-07-12 2014-09-11 Kondoh Ind Ltd A dry air or a nitrogen gas filling device in a semiconductor wafer storage container, and a wafer electrostatic removing device using the same
TWI789706B (en) * 2021-02-19 2023-01-11 台灣積體電路製造股份有限公司 Post electrofill module and calibration method used for post electrofill module

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI557274B (en) * 2016-04-11 2016-11-11 嘉聯益科技股份有限公司 Method for etching printed circuit board
US11694915B2 (en) 2018-12-19 2023-07-04 Xia Tai Xin Semiconductor (Qing Dao) Ltd. Transferring device of semiconductor manufacturing and method of cleaning transferring chamber of the transferring device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200620459A (en) 2006-06-16
TWI284369B (en) 2007-07-21
TW200636801A (en) 2006-10-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101109912B1 (en) Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material
TWI284350B (en) Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material
US20080017613A1 (en) Method for processing outer periphery of substrate and apparatus thereof
JP4994074B2 (en) Substrate cleaning apparatus, substrate cleaning method, substrate processing apparatus
US5669979A (en) Photoreactive surface processing
JP3765826B2 (en) Substrate outer periphery processing method and apparatus
US8887741B2 (en) Liquid processing apparatus, liquid processing method and storage medium
TWI595592B (en) Substrate processing apparatus
TW517313B (en) Windows used in thermal processing chambers
US8163129B2 (en) Method and apparatus for cleaning a substrate
JP3769583B1 (en) Substrate processing apparatus and method
JP3769584B2 (en) Substrate processing apparatus and method
CN101097849A (en) Method for processing outer periphery of substrate and apparatus thereof
TW201301396A (en) Annealing method and annealing equipment
JP6037445B2 (en) Fluorescence measuring apparatus and fluorescence measuring method
JP2007005347A (en) Heat-treating apparatus
JPH1197371A (en) Heat treating device
KR20220026132A (en) Apparatus for treating substrate
JP4666427B2 (en) Quartz window and heat treatment equipment
US6896594B2 (en) Method for grinding lens
JP2007019066A (en) Method and device for treating outer periphery of base material
JP2006253329A (en) Method and device for processing substrate periphery
KR102040954B1 (en) Apparatus for treating substrate
JP2022164087A (en) Laser processing device
JP2005236073A (en) Device and method for processing substrate